eric6-6.0.8/eric/i18n/PaxHeaders.20306/eric6_zh_CN.GB2312.ts 0000644 0000000 0000000 00000000132 12554463353 017237 x ustar 00 30 mtime=1437755115.752471004
30 atime=1438509824.231429181
30 ctime=1438509828.074433061
eric6-6.0.8/eric/i18n/eric6_zh_CN.GB2312.ts 0000644 0001750 0000144 00013221460 12554463353 020223 0 ustar 00detlev users 0000000 0000000
AboutDialog
About Eric
关于Eric
&About
关于(&A)
A&uthors
作者(&u)
&Thanks To
鸣谢(&T)
&License Agreement
许可协议(&L)
<p>{0} is an Integrated Development Environment for the Python programming language. It is written using the PyQt Python bindings for the Qt GUI toolkit and the QScintilla editor widget.</p><p>For more information see <a href="{1}">{1}</a>.</p><p>Please send bug reports to <a href="mailto:{2}">{2}</a>.</p><p>To request a new feature please send an email to <a href="mailto:{3}">{3}</a>.</p><p>{0} uses third party software which is copyrighted by its respective copyright holder. For details see the copyright notice of the individual package.</p>
AboutPlugin
Display information about this software
显示软件信息
About Qt
关于 Qt
About &Qt
关于 &Qt
Display information about the Qt toolkit
显示Qt工具包信息
<b>About Qt</b><p>Display some information about the Qt toolkit.</p>
<b>关于 Qt</b><p>显示Qt工具包的部分相关信息。</p>
About {0}
&About {0}
<b>About {0}</b><p>Display some information about this software.</p>
AdBlockAccessHandler
Subscribe?
<p>Subscribe to this AdBlock subscription?</p><p>{0}</p>
AdBlockDialog
AdBlock Configuration
Enable AdBlock
Actions
Learn more about writing rules...
Update Subscription
Browse Subscriptions...
Remove Subscription
Enter search term for subscriptions and rules
Enter the update period (1 to 14 days)
Search...
Add Rule
Remove Rule
Disable Subscription
Enable Subscription
Update All Subscriptions
<p>Do you really want to remove subscription <b>{0}</b> and all subscriptions requiring it?</p><ul><li>{1}</li></ul>
<p>Do you really want to remove subscription <b>{0}</b>?</p>
Default Update Period (days):
AdBlockExceptionsDialog
AdBlock Exceptions
Enter a host to block AdBlock for
Press to add the host
&Add
添加(&A)
Press to delete the selected hosts
&Delete
删除(&D)
Enter host to be added...
AdBlockIcon
AdBlock lets you block unwanted content on web pages.
Disable AdBlock
Enable AdBlock
Blocked URL (AdBlock Rule) - click to edit rule
{0} with ({1})
No content blocked
AdBlock
Remove AdBlock Exception
Add AdBlock Exception
AdBlock Exceptions...
AdBlock Configuration...
AdBlockManager
Custom Rules
AdBlockSubscription
Load subscription rules
Downloading subscription rules
Got empty subscription rules.
Saving subscription rules
Unable to open adblock file '{0}' for reading.
<p>Subscription rules could not be downloaded.</p><p>Error: {0}</p>
Unable to open adblock file '{0}' for writing.
AdBlock file '{0}' does not start with [Adblock.
<p>AdBlock subscription <b>{0}</b> has a wrong checksum.<br/>Found: {1}<br/>Calculated: {2}<br/>Use it anyway?</p>
AdBlockTreeWidget
Add Custom Rule
Write your rule here:
Add Rule
Remove Rule
{0} (recently updated)
AddBookmarkDialog
Add Bookmark
添加书签
Enter the name
Enter the address
Url
Title
Add Folder
Name:
名称:
Address:
Description:
描述:
Enter a description
Folder:
AddDirectoryDialog
Add Directory
添加文件夹
Add a directory to the current project
为当前工程添加文件夹
<b>Add Directory Dialog</b>
<p>This dialog is used to add a directory to the current project.</p>
<b>添加目录对话框</b>
<p>使用本对话框为当前项目添加文件夹。</p>
<b>Target Directory</b>
<p>Select the target directory via a directory selection dialog.</p>
<b>目标文件夹</b>
<p>通过文件夹选择对话框选择目标文件夹。</p>
&Target Directory:
目标文件夹(&T):
Enter the name of the directory to add
输入要添加的文件夹名称
<b>Source Directory</b>
<p>Enter the name of the directory to add to the current project.
You may select it with a dialog by pressing the button to
the right.</p>
<b>源文件夹</b>
<p>输入要添加到当前项目的文件夹名称。 您可以通过点击对话框右边的按钮来
进行选择。</p>
Select, whether a recursive add should be performed
如果需要添加子文件夹,选择该选项
&Recurse into subdirectories
包含子文件夹(&R)
Enter the target directory for the file
为文件输入目标文件夹
<b>Target Directory</b>
<p>Enter the target directory. You may select it
with a dialog by pressing the button to the right.</p>
<b>目标文件夹</b>
<p>输入目标文件夹。您可以通过点击对话框右边的按钮来
进行选择。</p>
<b>Source Directory</b>
<p>Select the source directory via a directory selection dialog.</p>
<b>源文件夹</b>
<p>通过文件夹选择对话框选择源文件夹。</p>
&Source Directory:
源(&S)文件夹:
&File Type:
文件(&F)类型:
Source Files
源文件
Forms Files
窗体文件
Resource Files
资源文件
Interface Files
界面文件
Other Files (*)
其它文件 (*)
Select directory
选择文件夹
AddFileDialog
Add Files
添加文件
<b>Add Files Dialog</b>
<p>This dialog is used to add files to the current project.</p>
<b>添加文件对话框</b>
<p>本对话框用于为当前项目添加文件。</p>
<b>Source Files</b>
<p>Select the source files via a files selection dialog.</p>
<b>源文件</b>
<p>通过文件选择对话框选择源文件。</p>
&Target Directory:
目标文件夹(&T):
Enter the target directory for the file
为文件输入目标文件夹
<b>Target Directory</b>
<p>Enter the target directory. You may select it
with a dialog by pressing the button to the right.</p>
<b>目标文件夹</b>
<p>输入目标文件夹。您可以通过点击对话框右边的按钮来
进行选择。</p>
<b>Target Directory</b>
<p>Select the target directory via a directory selection dialog.</p>
<b>目标文件夹</b>
<p>通过文件夹选择对话框选择目标文件夹。</p>
&Source Files:
源(&S)文件:
Enter the name of files to add separated by the path separator
输入要添加的文件名,使用路径分隔符进行分隔
<b>Source Files</b>
<p>Enter the name of files to add to the current project separated
by the path separator. You may select them with a dialog by pressing
the button to the right.</p>
<b>源文件</b>
<p>输入要添加到当前项目中的文件名,通过路径分隔符进行分隔。
您可以通过点击对话框右侧的按钮来进行选择。</p>
Select, if the files should be added as sourcecode (overriding automatic detection)
如果要使文件作为源代码进行添加(自动检测将失效),选择该选项
Is source&code files
是源代码文件
Alt+C
Alt+C
Select target directory
选择目标文件夹
Select Files
选择文件
Select user-interface files
选择用户界面文件
Select resource files
选择资源文件
Select source files
选择源文件
Select interface files
选择界面文件
Select translation files
选择翻译文件
All Files (*)
所有文件 (*)
Select files
选择文件
Source Files ({0});;Forms Files ({1});;Resource Files ({2});;Interface Files ({3});;Translation Files ({4});;All Files (*)
Forms Files ({0})
Resource Files ({0})
Source Files ({0});;All Files (*)
Interface Files ({0})
Translation Files ({0})
AddFoundFilesDialog
Add found files to project
将已找到的文件添加到项目中
Adds the found files to the current project.
将已找到的文件添加到当前项目中。
List of found files.
已找到文件的清单。
Add All
添加所有的
Add all files.
添加所有文件。
Add Selected
添加选中的
Add selected files only.
只添加选中的文件。
AddLanguageDialog
Add Language
添加语言
Add a language to the current project
为当前项目添加语言
<b>Add Language Dialog</b>
<p>This dialog is used to add a language to the current project.</p>
<b>添加语言对话框</b><p>本对话框用于为当前项目添加一种语言。</p>
&Language:
语言(&L):
Select a language to add to the current project
选择要添加到当前项目中的语言
<b>Language</b>
<p>Select a language to add to the current project.</p>
<b>语言</b>
<p>选择要添加到当前项目中的语言。</p>
af
af
ar
ar
bg
bg
bo
bo
br
br
bs
bs
ca
ca
cs
cs
cy
cy
da
da
de
de
el
el
en
en
en_GB
en_GB
en_US
en_US
eo
eo
es
es
et
et
eu
eu
fi
fi
fr
fr
ga
ga
gl
gl
gu
gu
he
he
hi
hi
hu
hu
id
id
is
is
it
it
ja
ja
km
km
ko
ko
lt
lt
lv
lv
mi
mi
mk
mk
mr
mr
nl
nl
no
否
no_NY
no_NY
oc
oc
pl
pl
pt
pt
pt_BR
pt_BR
ro
ro
ru
ru
sk
sk
sl
sl
sr
sr
sv
sv
ta
ta
th
th
tr
tr
uk
uk
vn
vn
wa
wa
zh_CN.GB2312
zh_CN.GB2312
zh_TW.Big5
zh_TW.Big5
AddProjectDialog
Add Project
添加项目
&Name:
名称(&N):
Enter the name of the project
输入项目名称
Project&file:
项目文件(&f):
Enter the name of the project file
输入项目文件名称
Select the project file via a file selection dialog
通过文件选择对话框选择项目文件
&Description:
描述(&D):
Enter a short description for the project
为项目输入简短描述
Project Properties
项目属性
Project Files (*.e4p)
项目文件 (*.e4p)
Select to make this project the main project
Is &main project
&Category:
Select a project category
ApplicationDiagramBuilder
Application Diagram {0}
Parsing modules...
正在分析模块……
<<Application>>
<<Application>>
<<Others>>
<<Others>>
Load Diagram
<p>The diagram belongs to the project <b>{0}</b>. Shall this project be opened?</p>
%v/%m Modules
Application Diagram
应用程序图
ApplicationPage
<b>Configure the application</b>
<b>配置应用程序</b>
Select, if only one instance of the application should be running
如果将要运行的应用程序只有一个实例,选择该选项
Single Application Mode
单应用程序模式
Select to show the startup splash screen
选择显示启动画面
Show Splash Screen at startup
在程序启动时显示启动画面
Open at startup
在程序启动时打开
Select to not open anything
选择不打开任何文件
None
无
Select to open the most recently opened file
选择打开最近打开过的文件
Last File
最后打开的文件
Select to open the most recently opened project
选择打开最近打开过的项目
Last Project
最后打开的项目
Select to open the most recently opened multiproject
选择打开最近打开的的多重项目
Last Multiproject
最后打开的多重项目
Select to restore the global session
选择恢复全局会话
Global Session
全局会话
Check for updates
检查更新
Select to disable update checking
选择不进行更新检查
Select to check for updates at every startup
选择在每次程序启动时检查更新
Always
总是
Select to check for updates once a day
选择每天检查更新
Daily
每天
Select to check for updates once a week
选择每周检查更新
Weekly
每周
Select to check for updates once a month
选择每月检查更新
Monthly
每月
Error Log
Select to check the existence of an error log upon startup
Reporting
Select to use the system email client to send reports
Use System Email Client
Check for Error Log at Startup
AuthenticationDialog
Authentication Required
已请求鉴别
Icon
图标
Info
信息
Username:
用户名:
Enter username
输入用户名
Password:
密码:
Enter password
输入密码
Select to save the login data
选择保存登录数据
Save login data
保存登录数据
BackgroundService
{0} not configured.
Restart background client?
An error in Erics background client stopped the service.
Erics background client disconnected because of an unknown reason.
Background client disconnected.
The background client for <b>{0}</b> disconnect because of an unknown reason.<br>Should it be restarted?
<p>The background client for <b>{0}</b> has stopped due to an exception. It's used by various plug-ins like the different checkers.</p><p>Select<ul><li><b>'Yes'</b> to restart the client, but abort the last job</li><li><b>'Retry'</b> to restart the client and the last job</li><li><b>'No'</b> to leave the client off.</li></ul></p><p>Note: The client can be restarted by opening and accepting the preferences dialog or reloading/changing the project.</p>
BookmarkActionSelectionDialog
<b>Add/Edit Bookmark</b>
Add Bookmark
添加书签
Edit Bookmark
Remove from Speed Dial
Add to Speed Dial
BookmarkInfoDialog
Edit Bookmark
Edit this Bookmark
Press to remove this bookmark
Remove this Bookmark
Title:
BookmarkPropertiesDialog
Bookmark Properties
Name:
名称:
Enter the name
Address:
Enter the address
Description:
描述:
Enter a description
BookmarkedFilesDialog
Configure Bookmarked Files Menu
配置书签文件菜单
Delete the selected entry
删除所选入口
<b>Delete</b>
<p>Delete the selected entry.</p>
<b>删除</b>
<p>删除所选入口。</p>
&Delete
删除(&D)
Alt+D
Alt+D
Move up
上移
<b>Move Up</b>
<p>Move the selected entry up.</p>
<b>上移</b><p>向上移动所选入口。</p>
&Up
向上(&U)
Alt+U
Alt+U
Select the file via a file selection dialog
通过文件选择对话框选择文件
<b>File</b>
<p>Select the file to be bookmarked via a file selection dialog.</p>
<b>文件</b>
<p>通过文件选择对话框选择将要设置书签的文件。</p>
Move down
下移
<b>Move Down</b>
<p>Move the selected entry down.</p>
<b>下移</b>
<p>向下移动所选入口。</p>
&Down
向下(&D)
Add a new bookmarked file
添加一个新的已设置书签的文件
<b>Add</b>
<p>Add a new bookmarked file with the value entered below.</p>
<b>添加</b>
<p>使用以上输入的值添加一个新的已设置书签的文件。</p>
&Add
添加(&A)
Alt+A
Alt+A
&File:
文件(&F):
Change the value of the selected entry
改变所选入口的值
<b>Change</b>
<p>Change the value of the selected entry.</p>
<b>改变</b>
<p>改变所选入口的值。</p>
C&hange
改变(&h)
Alt+H
Alt+H
Enter the filename of the file
输入文件名
<b>File</b>
<p>Enter the filename of the bookmarked file.</p>
<b>文件</b>
<p>输入已设置书签的文件的名称。</p>
BookmarksDialog
Manage Bookmarks
Enter search term for bookmarks
Press to add a new bookmarks folder
Add &Folder
&Open
Open in New &Tab
Edit &Name
Edit &Address
&Delete
删除(&D)
New Folder
Press to delete the selected entries
&Properties...
属性(&P)……
BookmarksImportDialog
Import Bookmarks
Choose source from which you want to import bookmarks:
Choose the source to import from
Cancel
取消
Choose Directory ...
Choose File ...
<b>Importing from {0}</b>
Finish
完成
Error importing bookmarks
Shows the name of the bookmarks file or directory
Next >
下一步 >
BookmarksImporters
XBEL File
HTML File
BookmarksManager
Bookmarks Bar
Bookmarks Menu
Loading Bookmarks
Toolbar Bookmarks
Menu
Saving Bookmarks
Export Bookmarks
Exporting Bookmarks
Remove Bookmark
Insert Bookmark
Name Change
Address Change
Error saving bookmarks to <b>{0}</b>.
Error exporting bookmarks to <b>{0}</b>.
Converted {0}
XBEL bookmarks (*.xbel);;XBEL bookmarks (*.xml);;HTML Bookmarks (*.html)
Error when loading bookmarks on line {0}, column {1}:
{2}
BookmarksMenu
Open all in Tabs
&Open
Open in New &TabCtrl+LMB
&Remove
移除(&R)
&Properties...
属性(&P)……
BookmarksMenuBarMenu
Default Home Page
Speed Dial
Open all in Tabs
BookmarksModel
Title
Address
BookmarksToolBar
Bookmarks
书签
&Open
&Remove
移除(&R)
Add &Bookmark...
Add &Folder...
Open in New &TabCtrl+LMB
&Properties...
属性(&P)……
BreakPointModel
Filename
文件名
Line
行
Condition
条件
Temporary
临时的
Enabled
已开启
Ignore Count
忽略计数
BreakPointViewer
Breakpoints
断点
Add
添加
Edit...
编辑……
Enable
允许
Enable all
允许所有
Disable
禁止
Disable all
禁止所有
Delete
删除
Delete all
全部删除
Goto
跳转
Configure...
配置……
Enable selected
允许所选择的
Disable selected
禁止所选择的
Delete selected
删除所选择的
Browser
File-Browser
文件浏览器
Open
打开
Run unittest...
运行单元测试……
Configure...
配置……
New toplevel directory...
新顶层文件夹……
Add as toplevel directory
添加为顶层文件夹
Remove from toplevel
从顶层移除
Find in this directory
在该文件夹中查找
Find&&Replace in this directory
在该文件夹中查找和替换(&R)
New toplevel directory
新建顶层文件夹
Open in Icon Editor
Copy Path to Clipboard
Refresh directory
Goto
跳转
Line {0}
<b>The Browser Window</b><p>This allows you to easily navigate the hierarchy of directories and files on your system, identify the Python programs and open them up in a Source Viewer window. The window displays several separate hierarchies.</p><p>The first hierarchy is only shown if you have opened a program for debugging and its root is the directory containing that program. Usually all of the separate files that make up a Python application are held in the same directory, so this hierarchy gives you easy access to most of what you will need.</p><p>The next hierarchy is used to easily navigate the directories that are specified in the Python <tt>sys.path</tt> variable.</p><p>The remaining hierarchies allow you navigate your system as a whole. On a UNIX system there will be a hierarchy with <tt>/</tt> at its root and another with the user home directory. On a Windows system there will be a hierarchy for each drive on the system.</p><p>Python programs (i.e. those with a <tt>.py</tt> file name suffix) are identified in the hierarchies with a Python icon. The right mouse button will popup a menu which lets you open the file in a Source Viewer window, open the file for debugging or use it for a unittest run.</p><p>The context menu of a class, function or method allows you to open the file defining this class, function or method and will ensure, that the correct source line is visible.</p><p>Qt-Designer files (i.e. those with a <tt>.ui</tt> file name suffix) are shown with a Designer icon. The context menu of these files allows you to start Qt-Designer with that file.</p><p>Qt-Linguist files (i.e. those with a <tt>.ts</tt> file name suffix) are shown with a Linguist icon. The context menu of these files allows you to start Qt-Linguist with that file.</p>
BrowserModel
Name
名称
Globals
全局
Attributes
属性
Coding: {0}
Class Attributes
CallStackViewer
Show source
显示源代码
Clear
清除
Save
保存
File: {0}
Line: {1}
{2}{3}
File: {0}
Line: {1}
Save Call Stack Info
Text Files (*.txt);;All Files (*)
<p>The file <b>{0}</b> already exists. Overwrite it?</p>
Error saving Call Stack Info
<p>The call stack info could not be written to <b>{0}</b></p><p>Reason: {1}</p>
Call Stack
CallTraceViewer
Call Trace
Press to start tracing calls and returns
Press to stop tracing calls and returns
Press to resize the columns to their contents
Press to clear the call trace
Press to save the call trace as a text file
From
从
To
到
Save Call Trace Info
Text Files (*.txt);;All Files (*)
<p>The file <b>{0}</b> already exists. Overwrite it?</p>
Error saving Call Trace Info
<p>The call trace info could not be written to <b>{0}</b></p><p>Reason: {1}</p>
ChatWidget
Chat
Users
Press to send the text above
Send
发送
Connection
Host:
Port:
Shows the connection status
Server
Shows the status of the server
Start Server
! Unknown command: {0}
* {0} has joined.
* {0} has left.
Stop Server
! Server Error: {0}
Disconnect
Connect
Share Editor
Press to toggle the shared status of the current editor
Press to start a shared edit
Press to end the edit and send the changes
Press to cancel the shared edit
Clear
清除
Save
保存
Copy
复制
Save Chat
Text Files (*.txt);;All Files (*)
Error saving Chat
<p>The chat contents could not be written to <b>{0}</b></p><p>Reason: {1}</p>
Enter the text to send
Enter the server port
Press to clear the hosts list
Cut all
Copy all
Kick User
Ban User
Ban and Kick User
* {0} has been kicked.
* {0} has been banned.
* {0} has been banned and kicked.
<p>The file <b>{0}</b> already exists. Overwrite it?</p>
New User
{0} has joined.
User Left
{0} has left.
Message from <{0}>
Enter the host and port to connect to in the form "host@port"
ChromeImporter
Google Chrome stores its bookmarks in the <b>Bookmarks</b> text file. This file is usually located in
Please choose the file to begin importing bookmarks.
Chromium stores its bookmarks in the <b>Bookmarks</b> text file. This file is usually located in
File '{0}' does not exist.
File '{0}' cannot be read.
Reason: {1}
Google Chrome Import
Chromium Import
Imported {0}
ClickToFlash
Press to activate the content; context menu for more options
Load
载入
Object blocked by ClickToFlash
Show information about object
Delete object
Add '{0}' to Whitelist
Remove '{0}' from Whitelist
Configure Whitelist
Flash Object
<b>Attribute Name</b>
<b>Value</b>
No information available.
ClickToFlashWhitelistDialog
ClickToFlash Whitelist
Press to add site to the whitelist
&Add...
添加(&A)…
Press to remove the selected entries
&Remove
移除(&R)
Press to remove all entries
R&emove All
Enter host name to add to whitelist:
Enter search term for hosts
CodeMetricsDialog
Code Metrics
代码度量
<b>Code Metrics</b>
<p>This dialog shows some code metrics.</p>
<b>代码度量</b>
<p>该对话框显示部分代码度量。</p>
<b>Code metrics</b>
<p>This list shows some code metrics.</p>
<b>代码度量</b>
<p>该列表显示部分代码度量。</p>
Name
名称
Start
开始
End
结束
Lines
行
Lines of code
代码行
Comments
注释
Empty
空
<b>Summary</b>
<p>This shows some overall code metrics.</p>
<b>摘要</b>
<p>显示部分全面代码度量。</p>
Summary
摘要
#
#
Shows the progress of the code metrics action
显示代码度量行为进程
Collapse all
折叠所有
Expand all
展开所有
files
文件
lines
行
bytes
字节
comments
注释
empty lines
空行
non-commentary lines
没有注释的行
documentation lines
文件行
Exclude Files:
排除文件:
Enter filename patterns of files to be excluded separated by a comma
输入要排除文件的文件名样式,用逗号分隔
Press to start the code metrics run
%v/%m Files
CodeStyleCheckerDialog
Code Style Check Result
<b>Code Style Check Results</b>
<p>This dialog shows the results of the code style check. Double clicking an
entry will open an editor window and position the cursor at the respective line and position.</p>
Exclude Files:
排除文件:
Enter filename patterns of files to be excluded separated by a comma
输入要排除文件的文件名样式,用逗号分隔
Press to start the code style check run
Start
开始
Press to fix the selected issues
Fix Selected
Press to load the default values
Load Defaults
Press to store the current values as defaults
Store Defaults
Press to reset the default values
Reset Defaults
Exclude Messages:
Enter message codes or categories to be excluded separated by a comma
Press to select the message codes from a list
Included Messages:
Enter message codes or categories to be included separated by a comma
Fix Issues:
Enter message codes of issues to be fixed automatically (leave empty to fix all)
Don't Fix Issues:
Enter message codes of issues not to be fixed automatically
Max. Line Length:
Enter the maximum allowed line length (PEP-8: 79 characters)
Docstring Type:
Select the rule set for docstrings
Select to allow hanging closing brackets
Allow hanging closing brackets
Select to repeat each message type
Repeat messages
Select to fix some issues
Fix issues automatically
<b>Result List</b>
<p>This list shows the results of the code style check. Double clicking
an entry will open this entry in an editor window and position the cursor at
the respective line and position.</p>
File/Line
文件/行
Code
代码
Message
消息
PEP-257
Eric
Statistics...
Press to show some statistics for the last run
Show
显示
Press to show all files containing an issue
Error: {0}
Fix: {0}
No issues found.
Shows the progress of the code style check
%v/%m Files
Select to show ignored issues
Show ignored
{0} (ignored)
CodeStyleCheckerPlugin
Check Code Style
&Code Style...
Check code style.
<b>Check Code Style...</b><p>This checks Python files for compliance to the code style conventions given in various PEPs.</p>
CodeStyleCodeSelectionDialog
Code Style Message Codes
Select the message codes from the list:
Select the message codes from this table
Code
代码
Message
消息
CodeStyleFixer
Triple single quotes converted to triple double quotes.
Introductory quotes corrected to be {0}"""
Single line docstring put on one line.
Period added to summary line.
Blank line before function/method docstring removed.
Blank line inserted before class docstring.
Blank line inserted after class docstring.
Blank line inserted after docstring summary.
Blank line inserted after last paragraph of docstring.
Leading quotes put on separate line.
Trailing quotes put on separate line.
Blank line before class docstring removed.
Blank line after class docstring removed.
Blank line after function/method docstring removed.
Blank line after last paragraph removed.
Tab converted to 4 spaces.
Indentation adjusted to be a multiple of four.
Indentation of continuation line corrected.
Indentation of closing bracket corrected.
Missing indentation of continuation line corrected.
Closing bracket aligned to opening bracket.
Indentation level changed.
Indentation level of hanging indentation changed.
Visual indentation corrected.
Extraneous whitespace removed.
Missing whitespace added.
Whitespace around comment sign corrected.
One blank line inserted.
%n blank line(s) inserted.
%n superfluous lines removed
Superfluous blank lines removed.
Superfluous blank lines after function decorator removed.
Imports were put on separate lines.
Long lines have been shortened.
Redundant backslash in brackets removed.
Compound statement corrected.
Comparison to None/True/False corrected.
'{0}' argument added.
'{0}' argument removed.
Whitespace stripped from end of line.
newline added to end of file.
Superfluous trailing blank lines removed from end of file.
'<>' replaced by '!='.
Could not save the file! Skipping it. Reason: {0}
no message defined for code '{0}'
CodeStyleStatisticsDialog
Code Style Checker Statistics
Count
Code
代码
Message
消息
%n issue(s) found
%n issue(s) fixed
%n file(s) checked
%n file(s) with issues found
%n issue(s) ignored
CodingError
The coding '{0}' is wrong for the given text.
ColorDialogWizard
QColorDialog Wizard
QColorDialog 向导
Q&ColorDialog Wizard...
Q&ColorDialog 向导……
<b>QColorDialog Wizard</b><p>This wizard opens a dialog for entering all the parameters needed to create a QColorDialog. The generated code is inserted at the current cursor position.</p>
<b>QColorDialog 向导</b><p>该向导打开一个对话框,可以输入创建QColorDialog需要的所有参数。产生的代码插入到当前光标位置。</p>
No current editor
没有当前编辑器
Please open or create a file first.
请您先打开或创建一个文件。
ColorDialogWizardDialog
QColorDialog Wizard
QColorDialog 向导
Type
类型
Select to generate a QColorDialog.getColor dialog
选择产生 QColorDialog.getColor 对话框
Colour
颜色
Select to generate a QColorDialog.getRgba dialog
选择产生 QColorDialog.getRgba 对话框
RGBA
RGBA
Enter a variable name or a colour
输入变量名或颜色
Qt.red
Qt.red
Qt.darkRed
Qt.darkRed
Qt.green
Qt.green
Qt.darkGreen
Qt.darkGreen
Qt.blue
Qt.blue
Qt.darkBlue
Qt.darkBlue
Qt.cyan
Qt.cyan
Qt.darkCyan
Qt.darkCyan
Qt.magenta
Qt.magenta
Qt.darkMagenta
Qt.darkMagenta
Qt.yellow
Qt.yellow
Qt.darkYellow
Qt.darkYellow
Qt.white
Qt.white
Qt.lightGray
Qt.lightGray
Qt.gray
Qt.gray
Qt.darkGray
Qt.darkGray
Qt.black
Qt.black
Qt.transparent
Qt.transparent
Qt.color0
Qt.color0
Qt.color1
Qt.color1
Enter a variable name
输入变量名
Enter the alpha value
输入透明值
Enter the blue value
输入蓝色值
Enter the green value
输入绿色值
Enter the red value
输入红色值
Alpha
透明
Blue
蓝
Red
红
Green
绿
Test
测试
QColorDialog Wizard Error
QColorDialog 向导错误
Title
Enter the dialog title
<p>The colour <b>{0}</b> is not valid.</p>
Result
Enter the result variable name
Colour Variable
Parent
Select "self" as parent
self
Select "None" as parent
None
无
Select to enter a parent expression
Expression:
表达式:
Enter the parent expression
CompareDialog
File Comparison
文件比较
File &1:
文件 &1:
Enter the name of the first file
输入第一个文件的名称
Press to select the file via a file selection dialog
请通过文件选择对话框选择文件
File &2:
文件 &2:
Enter the name of the second file
输入第二个文件的名称
Press to move to the first difference
点击移动到第一个不同点
Press to move to the previous difference
点击移动到上一个不同点
Press to move to the next difference
点击移动到下一个不同点
Press to move to the last difference
点击移动到最后一个不同点
Alt+S
Alt+S
Compare
比较
Press to perform the comparison of the two files
点击比较两个文件
Compare Files
比较文件
Select file to compare
选择要比较的文件
Select, if the horizontal scrollbars should be synchronized
&Synchronize horizontal scrollbars
Total: {0}
Changed: {0}
Added: {0}
Deleted: {0}
<p>The file <b>{0}</b> could not be read.</p>
ConfigurationWidget
Application
应用程序
CORBA
CORBA
Email
电子邮件
Graphics
图形
Icons
图标
Network
网络
Plugin Manager
插件管理器
Printer
打印机
Python
Python
Qt
Qt
Shell
命令行
Tasks
任务
Templates
模板
Version Control Systems
版本控制系统
Debugger
调试器
General
通用配置
Ruby
Ruby
Editor
编辑器
APIs
API
Autocompletion
自动完成
QScintilla
QScintilla
Calltips
调用提示
Filehandling
文件处理
Searching
查找
Spell checking
拼写检查
Style
风格
Typing
键盘输入
Exporters
输出器
Highlighters
高亮功能
Filetype Associations
文件类型关联
Styles
风格
Properties
属性
Help
帮助
Help Documentation
帮助文档
Help Viewers
帮助浏览器
Project
项目
Project Viewer
项目浏览器
Multiproject
多重项目
Interface
界面
Viewmanager
视图管理器
Appearance
外观
Preferences
参数选择
Please select an entry of the list
to display the configuration page.
请在左边选择一个列表项以显示配置页面。
Configuration Page Error
配置页面错误
Python3
<p>The configuration page <b>{0}</b> could not be loaded.</p>
Keywords
Cooperation
Tray Starter
VirusTotal Interface
Security
Enter filter text...
Notifications
IRC
Code Checkers
eric6 Web Browser
Connection
undefined
unknown
未知
New Connection
<p>Accept connection from <strong>{0}@{1}</strong>?</p>
* Connection to {0}:{1} refused.
* Connection attempted by banned user '{0}'.
CookieDetailsDialog
Cookie Details
Domain:
Name:
名称:
Path:
Secure:
Expires:
Contents:
CookieExceptionsModel
Website
Status
状态
Allow
Block
Allow For Session
CookieModel
Website
Name
名称
Path
路径
Secure
Expires
Contents
CookiesConfigurationDialog
Configure cookies
<b>Configure cookies</b>
&Accept Cookies:
Select the accept policy
Always
总是
Never
Only from sites you navigate to
Show a dialog to configure exceptions
&Exceptions...
&Keep until:
Select the keep policy
They expire
I exit the application
At most 90 days
Show a dialog listing all cookies
&Show Cookies...
Select to filter tracking cookies
&Filter Tracking Cookies
CookiesDialog
Cookies
Press to remove the selected entries
&Remove
移除(&R)
Press to remove all entries
Remove &All
Enter search term for cookies
Press to open the cookies exceptions dialog to add a new rule
Add R&ule...
CookiesExceptionsDialog
Cookie Exceptions
New Exception
&Domain:
Enter the domain name
Press to always reject cookies for the domain
&Block
Press to accept cookies for the domain for the current session
Allow For &Session
Press to always accept cookies for the domain
Allo&w
Exceptions
异常
Enter search term for exceptions
Press to remove the selected entries
&Remove
移除(&R)
Press to remove all entries
Remove &All
Allow For Session
CooperationClient
unknown
未知
Illegal address: {0}@{1}
No servers present.
CooperationPage
<b>Configure cooperation settings</b>
Select to start the server automatically
Start server automatically
Server Port:
Enter the port number to listen on
Select to incrementally try other ports for the server
Try other ports for server
No. ports to try:
Enter the maximum number of additional ports to try
Server
Connections
Select to accept incomming connections automatically
Accept connections automatically
Banned Users
Delete the selected entries from the list of banned users
Delete
删除
Enter the user and host of the banned user
Add the user to the list of banned users
Add
添加
CorbaPage
<b>Configure CORBA support</b>
<b>配置 CORBA 支持</b>
IDL Compiler
IDL 编译器
Press to select the IDL compiler via a file selection dialog.
请通过文件选择对话框选择 IDL 编译器。
Enter the path to the IDL compiler.
输入 IDL 编译器路径。
<b>Note:</b> Leave this entry empty to use the default value (omniidl or omniidl.exe).
<b>注意:</b> 如果该入口为空则使用默认值(omniidl 或 omniidl.exe)。
Select IDL compiler
选择 IDL 编译器
CreateDialogCodeDialog
Forms code generator
窗体代码产生器
&Filename:
文件名(&F):
Press to generate a new forms class
点击产生新窗体类
&New...
新建(&N)……
&Classname:
类名(&C):
Select the class that should get the forms code
选择将获得窗体代码的类
Displays the name of the file containing the code
显示包含代码的文件名称
Enter a regular expression to filter the list below
输入正则表达式对以上列表进行过滤
Filter &with:
过滤器(&w):
Create Dialog Code
创建对话框代码
uic error
uic 错误
Code Generation
代码生成
The file <b>{0}</b> exists but does not contain any classes.
<p>There was an error loading the form <b>{0}</b>.</p><p>{1}</p>
<p>Could not open the code template file "{0}".</p><p>Reason: {1}</p>
<p>Could not open the source file "{0}".</p><p>Reason: {1}</p>
<p>Could not write the source file "{0}".</p><p>Reason: {1}</p>
Crypto
Master Password
Enter the master password:
The given password is incorrect.
There is no master password registered.
DebugServer
created
must be same as in EditWatchpointDialog
创建
changed
must be same as in EditWatchpointDialog
改变
Connection from illegal host
连接非法主机
Not connected
未连接
<p>A connection was attempted by the illegal host <b>{0}</b>. Accept this connection?</p>
Passive debug connection received
Passive debug connection closed
DebugUI
Run Script
运行脚本
&Run Script...
运行脚本(&R)……
Run the current Script
运行当前脚本
<b>Run Script</b><p>Set the command line arguments and run the script outside the debugger. If the file has unsaved changes it may be saved first.</p>
<b>运行脚本</b><p>设置命令行参数,并在调试器之外运行脚本。如果文件未对更改进行保存,则可能会先行保存。</p>
Run Project
运行项目
Run &Project...
运行项目(&P)……
Run the current Project
运行当前项目
<b>Run Project</b><p>Set the command line arguments and run the current project outside the debugger. If files of the current project have unsaved changes they may be saved first.</p>
<b>运行项目</b><p>设置命令行参数,并在调试器之外运行当前项目。如果当前项目未对更改进行保存,则可能会先行保存。</p>
Coverage run of Script
脚本覆盖率测试
Coverage run of Script...
脚本覆盖率测试……
Perform a coverage run of the current Script
对当前脚本进行覆盖率测试运行
<b>Coverage run of Script</b><p>Set the command line arguments and run the script under the control of a coverage analysis tool. If the file has unsaved changes it may be saved first.</p>
<b>脚本覆盖率测试</b><p>设置命令行参数,并在覆盖率分析工具的控制下运行脚本。如果文件未保存则会先行保存。</p>
Coverage run of Project
项目覆盖率测试
Coverage run of Project...
项目覆盖率测试……
Perform a coverage run of the current Project
对当前项目进行覆盖率测试运行
<b>Coverage run of Project</b><p>Set the command line arguments and run the current project under the control of a coverage analysis tool. If files of the current project have unsaved changes they may be saved first.</p>
<b>项目覆盖率测试</b><p>设置命令行参数,并在覆盖率分析工具的控制下运行项目。如果当前项目的文件未保存则会先行保存。</P>
Profile Script
剖析脚本
Profile Script...
剖析脚本……
Profile the current Script
剖析当前脚本
<b>Profile Script</b><p>Set the command line arguments and profile the script. If the file has unsaved changes it may be saved first.</p>
<b>剖析脚本</b><p>设置命令行参数,并剖析脚本。如果文件未保存则会先行保存。</p>
Profile Project
剖析项目
Profile Project...
剖析项目……
Profile the current Project
剖析当前项目
<b>Profile Project</b><p>Set the command line arguments and profile the current project. If files of the current project have unsaved changes they may be saved first.</p>
<b>剖析项目</b><p>设置命令行参数,并剖析当前项目。如果当前项目的文件未保存则会先行保存。</p>
Debug Script
调试脚本
&Debug Script...
调试脚本(&D)……
Debug the current Script
调试当前脚本
<b>Debug Script</b><p>Set the command line arguments and set the current line to be the first executable Python statement of the current editor window. If the file has unsaved changes it may be saved first.</p>
<b>调试脚本</b><p>设置命令行参数,并将当前行设为当前编辑窗口首先执行的 Python 声明。如果文件未保存则会先行保存。</p>
Debug Project
调试项目
Debug &Project...
调试项目(&P)……
Debug the current Project
调试当前项目
<b>Debug Project</b><p>Set the command line arguments and set the current line to be the first executable Python statement of the main script of the current project. If files of the current project have unsaved changes they may be saved first.</p>
<b>调试当前项目</b><p>设置命令行参数,并将当前行设为当前项目主脚本首先执行的 Python 声明。如果当前项目的文件未保存则会先行保存。</p>
Restart the last debugged script
重新启动最后调试的脚本
Stop the running script.
中止正在运行的脚本。
Continue
继续
&Continue
继续(&C)
Continue running the program from the current line
从当前行继续运行程序
<b>Continue</b><p>Continue running the program from the current line. The program will stop when it terminates or when a breakpoint is reached.</p>
<b>继续</b><p>从当前行继续运行程序。当程序终止或到达断点的时候,程序也将中止。</p>
Continue to Cursor
继续到光标
Continue &To Cursor
继续到光标(&T)
Continue running the program from the current line to the current cursor position
继续运行程序从当前行到当前光标所在位置
<b>Continue To Cursor</b><p>Continue running the program from the current line to the current cursor position.</p>
<b>继续到光标</b><p>继续运行程序从当前行到当前光标所在位置。</p>
Single Step
单步执行
Sin&gle Step
单步执行(&g)
Execute a single Python statement
执行单条 Python 语句
<b>Single Step</b><p>Execute a single Python statement. If the statement is an <tt>import</tt> statement, a class constructor, or a method or function call then control is returned to the debugger at the next statement.</p>
<b>单步执行</b><p>执行单条 Python 语句。如果该语句是 <tt>import</tt> 语句、类构造函数或者函数调用的方法,则由调试器 控制下一行语句。</p>
Step Over
跳过
Step &Over
跳过(&O)
Execute a single Python statement staying in the current frame
保持在当前框架中执行单条 Python 语句
<b>Step Over</b><p>Execute a single Python statement staying in the same frame. If the statement is an <tt>import</tt> statement, a class constructor, or a method or function call then control is returned to the debugger after the statement has completed.</p>
<b>跳过</b><p>保持在相同框架中执行单条 Python 语句。如果该语句是 <tt>import</tt> 语句、类构造函数或者函数调用的方法,则则由调试器控制下一行语句。</p>
Step Out
跳出
Step Ou&t
跳出(&t)
Execute Python statements until leaving the current frame
执行 Python 语句直到离开当前框架
<b>Step Out</b><p>Execute Python statements until leaving the current frame. If the statements are inside an <tt>import</tt> statement, a class constructor, or a method or function call then control is returned to the debugger after the current frame has been left.</p>
<b>跳出</b><p>执行 Python 语句直到离开当前框架。如果该语句处于 <tt>import</tt> 声明、类构造函数或函数调用的方法中,在离开当前框架后将由调试器进行控制。</p>
Stop
中止
&Stop
中止(&S)
Stop debugging
中止调试
<b>Stop</b><p>Stop the running debugging session.</p>
<b>中止</b><p>中止正在运行中的调试会话。</p>
Evaluate
赋值
E&valuate...
赋值(&v)……
Evaluate in current context
在当前上下文中赋值
<b>Evaluate</b><p>Evaluate an expression in the current context of the debugged program. The result is displayed in the shell window.</p>
<b>赋值</b><p>在调试程序的当前上下文中为表达式赋值。结果显示在命令行窗口中。</p>
Execute
执行
E&xecute...
执行(&x)……
Execute a one line statement in the current context
在当前上下文中执行一行语句
<b>Execute</b><p>Execute a one line statement in the current context of the debugged program.</p>
<b>执行</b><p>在调试程序的当前上下文中执行一行语句。</p>
Variables Type Filter
变量类型过滤器
Varia&bles Type Filter...
变量类型过滤器(&b)……
Configure variables type filter
配置变量类型过滤器
<b>Variables Type Filter</b><p>Configure the variables type filter. Only variable types that are not selected are displayed in the global or local variables window during a debugging session.</p>
<b>变量类型过滤器</b><p>配置变量类型过滤器。在调试会话期间,只有未被选择的变量类型会被显示在全局或局部变量窗口中。</p>
Exceptions Filter
异常过滤器
&Exceptions Filter...
异常过滤器(&E)……
Configure exceptions filter
配置异常过滤器
<b>Exceptions Filter</b><p>Configure the exceptions filter. Only exception types that are listed are highlighted during a debugging session.</p><p>Please note, that all unhandled exceptions are highlighted indepent from the filter list.</p>
<b>异常过滤器</b><p>配置异常过滤器。在调试会话期间,只有已列出的异常类型会被加亮显示。</p><p>注意:所有未处理的异常在过滤器列表中将被取消加亮。</p>
Ignored Exceptions
忽略的异常
&Ignored Exceptions...
忽略的异常(&I)
Configure ignored exceptions
配置忽略的异常
<b>Ignored Exceptions</b><p>Configure the ignored exceptions. Only exception types that are not listed are highlighted during a debugging session.</p><p>Please note, that unhandled exceptions cannot be ignored.</p>
<b>忽略的异常</b><p>配置忽略的异常。在调试会话期间,只有已列出的异常类型会被加亮显示。</p><p>注意:未处理的异常不能被忽略。</p>
Toggle Breakpoint
切换断点
<b>Toggle Breakpoint</b><p>Toggles a breakpoint at the current line of the current editor.</p>
<b>切换断点</b><p>在当前编辑器的当前行切换断点。</p>
Edit Breakpoint
编辑断点
Edit Breakpoint...
编辑断点……
<b>Edit Breakpoint</b><p>Opens a dialog to edit the breakpoints properties. It works at the current line of the current editor.</p>
<b>编辑断点</b><p>打开一个对话框编辑断点属性。对当前编辑器的当前行起作用。</p>
Next Breakpoint
下一个断点
Ctrl+Shift+PgDown
Debug|Next Breakpoint
Ctrl+Shift+PgDown
<b>Next Breakpoint</b><p>Go to next breakpoint of the current editor.</p>
<b>下一个断点</b><p>跳转到当前编辑器的下一个断点。</p>
Previous Breakpoint
前一个断点
Ctrl+Shift+PgUp
Debug|Previous Breakpoint
Ctrl+Shift+PgUp
<b>Previous Breakpoint</b><p>Go to previous breakpoint of the current editor.</p>
<b>前一个断点</b><p>跳转到当前编辑器的前一个断点。</p>
Clear Breakpoints
清除断点
Ctrl+Shift+C
Debug|Clear Breakpoints
Ctrl+Shift+C
<b>Clear Breakpoints</b><p>Clear breakpoints of all editors.</p>
<b>清除断点</b><p>清除所有编辑器的断点。</p>
&Debug
调试(&D)
&Start
开始(&S)
&Breakpoints
断点(&B)
Start
开始
Debug
调试
The program being debugged contains an unspecified syntax error.
被调试的程序包含一个未指定的语法错误。
An unhandled exception occured. See the shell window for details.
产生了一个未处理的异常。详细信息参见命令行窗口。
The program being debugged has terminated unexpectedly.
被调试的程序意外终止。
Breakpoint Condition Error
断点条件错误
Watch Expression Error
监视表达式出错
Watch expression already exists
监视表达式已存在
Coverage of Project
项目覆盖率
Coverage of Script
脚本覆盖率
There is no main script defined for the current project. Aborting
当前项目未定义主脚本。终止
Profile of Project
项目轮廓
Profile of Script
脚本轮廓
There is no main script defined for the current project. No debugging possible.
当前项目未定义主脚本。不能进行调试。
Enter the statement to evaluate
输入赋值语句
Enter the statement to execute
输入执行语句
Shift+F11
Debug|Toggle Breakpoint
Shift+F11
Shift+F12
Debug|Edit Breakpoint
Shift+F12
<p>The program has terminated with an exit status of {0}.</p>
<p><b>{0}</b> has terminated with an exit status of {1}.</p>
<p>The file <b>{0}</b> contains the syntax error <b>{1}</b> at line <b>{2}</b>, character <b>{3}</b>.</p>
<p>The debugged program raised the exception <b>{0}</b><br>"<b>{1}</b>"<br>File: <b>{2}</b>, Line: <b>{3}</b></p><p>Break here?</p>
<p>The debugged program raised the exception <b>{0}</b><br>"<b>{1}</b>"</p>
<p>The condition of the breakpoint <b>{0}, {1}</b> contains a syntax error.</p>
<p>The watch expression <b>{0}</b> contains a syntax error.</p>
<p>A watch expression '<b>{0}</b>' already exists.</p>
<p>A watch expression '<b>{0}</b>' for the variable <b>{1}</b> already exists.</p>
The program has terminated with an exit status of {0}.
"{0}" has terminated with an exit status of {1}.
Program terminated
The program has terminated with an exit status of {0}.
"{0}" has terminated with an exit status of {1}.
Restart
<b>Restart</b><p>Set the command line arguments and set the current line to be the first executable Python statement of the script that was debugged last. If there are unsaved changes, they may be saved first.</p>
<b>Stop</b><p>This stops the script running in the debugger backend.</p>
DebugViewer
Enter regular expression patterns separated by ';' to define variable filters.
输入正则表达式模块(模块间用“;”分隔)以定义变量过滤器。
Enter regular expression patterns separated by ';' to define variable filters. All variables and class attributes matched by one of the expressions are not shown in the list above.
输入正则表达式模块(模块间用“;”分隔)以定义变量过滤器。所有与表达式中的一个模块匹配的变量和类属性不会显示在以上列表中。
Set
设置
Source
源文件
Threads:
ID
Name
名称
State
waiting at breakpoint
running
DebuggerGeneralPage
<b>Configure general debugger settings</b>
<b>配置通用调试环境</b>
Network Interface
网络接口
<font color="#FF0000"><b>Note:</b> These settings are activated at the next startup of the application.</font>
<font color="#FF0000"><b>注意:</b> 这些设置将在下次启动应用程序时生效。</font>
Select to listen on all available network interfaces (IPv4 mode)
选择侦听所有有效网络接口(IPv4 模式)
All network interfaces (IPv4)
所有网络接口(IPv4)
Select to listen on all available network interfaces (IPv6 mode)
选择侦听所有有效网络接口(IPv6 模式)
All network interfaces (IPv6)
所有网络接口(IPv6)
Select to listen on the configured interface
选择侦听已配置的接口
Only selected interface
只有已选择的接口
Select the network interface to listen on
选择要侦听的网络接口
Allowed hosts
被允许的主机
Delete
删除
Edit...
编辑……
Add...
添加……
Passive Debugger
被动调试器
Enables the passive debug mode
打开被动调试模式
<b>Passive Debugger Enabled</b>
<p>This enables the passive debugging mode. In this mode the debug client (the script) connects to the debug server (the IDE). The script is started outside the IDE. This way mod_python or Zope scripts can be debugged.</p>
<b>被动调试模式已打开</b>
<p>打开被动调试模式。在该模式中调试客户端(脚本)将连接调试服务器(IDE)。脚本将在 IDE 之外启动。通过这种方法可以调试 mod_python 或 Zope 脚本。</p>
Passive Debugger Enabled
被动调试模式已打开
Debug Server Port:
调试服务器端口:
Enter the port the debugger should listen on
输入要侦听的调试器端口
<b>Debug Server Port</b>
<p>Enter the port the debugger should listen on.</p>
<b>调试服务器端口</b>
<p>输入要侦听的调试器端口。</p>
Debugger Type:
调试器类型:
Select the debugger type of the backend
选择后端的调试器类型
Remote Debugger
远程调试器
Remote Execution:
远程执行:
Enter the remote execution command.
输入远程执行命令。
<b>Remote Execution</b>
<p>Enter the remote execution command (e.g. ssh). This command is used to log into the remote host and execute the remote debugger.</p>
<b>远程执行</b>
<p>输入远程执行命令(如:ssh)。该命令用于登录到远程主机中并执行远程调试器。</p>
Enter the hostname of the remote machine.
输入远程机的主机名。
<b>Remote Host</b>
<p>Enter the hostname of the remote machine.</p>
<b>远程主机</b>
<p>输入远程机的主机名。</p>
Remote Host:
远程主机:
Enable remote debugging
打开远程调试
This enables the remote debugger. Please enter the hostname of the remote machine and the command for the remote execution (e.g. ssh) below.
打开远程调试。请在上面输入远程机的主机名和远程执行命令(如:ssh)。
Remote Debugging Enabled
远程调试已打开
Path Translation
路径转化
Select to perform path translation
选择以执行路径转化
Perform Path Translation
执行路径转化
Local Path:
本地路径:
Enter the local path
输入本地路径:
Enter the remote path
输入远程路径
Remote Path:
远程路径:
Console Debugger
控制台调试器
Enter the console command (e.g. xterm -e)
输入控制台命令(如:xtrem -e)
<b>Console Command</b>
<p>Enter the console command (e.g. xterm -e). This command is used to open a command window for the debugger.</p>
<b>控制台命令</b>
<p>输入控制台命令(如:xterm -e)。该命令用于为调试器打开一个命令窗口。</p>
Console Command:
控制器命令:
Select to start the debugger in a console window (e.g. xterm)
选择以便在控制台窗口(如:xterm)中启动调试器
Start debugger in console window
在控制台窗口中启动调试器
Environment for Debug Client
调试客户端的环境
Select, if the environment should be replaced.
选择是否替换环境。
<b>Replace Environment</b>
<p>If this entry is checked, the environment of the debugger will be replaced by the entries of the environment variables field. If it is unchecked, the environment will be ammended by these settings.</p>
<b>替换环境</b>
<p>如果选择该选项,将会用环境变量栏的条目替换调试器的环境,这些设置将对环境进行改进。</p>
Replace Environment
替换环境
Environment:
环境:
Enter the environment variables to be set.
输入要设定的环境变量。
<b>Environment</b>
<p>Enter the environment variables to be set for the debugger. The individual settings must be separate by whitespace and be given in the form 'var=value'.</p>
<p>Example: var1=1 var2="hello world"</p>
<b>环境</b>
<p>为调试器输入要设定的环境变量。每个设定之间用空格进行分隔,并遵循以下格式:“var=value”。</p>
<p>例如:var1=1 var2="hello world"</p>
Select, whether a reset of the debug client should be performed after a client exit
选择在客户端退出时是否对调试客户端进行重新设定
Automatic Reset after Client Exit
在客户端退出后自动重新设定
Select, whether changed scripts should be saved upon a debug, run, ... action.
选择在调试、运行等行为中是否保存已更改的脚本。
Autosave changed scripts
自动保存已更改的脚本
Add allowed host
添加允许的主机
Enter the IP address of an allowed host
输入允许主机的 IP 地址
Edit allowed host
编辑允许的主机
Select to change the breakpoint toggle order from Off->On->Off to Off->On (permanent)->On (temporary)->Off
Three state breakpoint
Start Debugging
Debug Client Exit
Select to suppress the client exit dialog for a clean exit
Don't show client exit dialog for a clean exit
Breakpoints
断点
Exceptions
异常
Select to always break at exceptions
Always break at exceptions
<p>The entered address <b>{0}</b> is not a valid IP v4 or IP v6 address. Aborting...</p>
Local Variables Viewer
Automatically view source code when user changes the callstack frame in the callstack viewer.
Automatically view source code
Select to show exception information in the shell window
Show exceptions in Shell
DebuggerInterfacePython
Start Debugger
启动调试器
<p>The debugger backend could not be started.</p>
<p>调试器后端无法启动。</p>
Parent Process
Child process
Client forking
Select the fork branch to follow.
<p>No Python2 interpreter configured.</p>
DebuggerInterfacePython3
Start Debugger
启动调试器
<p>The debugger backend could not be started.</p>
<p>调试器后端无法启动。</p>
Parent Process
Child process
Client forking
Select the fork branch to follow.
<p>No Python3 interpreter configured.</p>
DebuggerInterfaceRuby
Start Debugger
启动调试器
<p>The debugger backend could not be started.</p>
<p>调试器后端无法启动。</p>
<p>No Ruby interpreter configured.</p>
DebuggerPropertiesDialog
Debugger Properties
调试器属性
Debug Client
调试客户
Enter the path of the Debug Client to be used. Leave empty to use the default.
输入要使用的调试客户路径。为空时使用默认设置。
Press to select the Debug Client via a file selection dialog
点击以通过选择对话框选择调试客户
Interpreter for Debug Client
调试客户的解释器
Enter the path of the interpreter to be used by the debug client.
输入用于调试客户的解释器路径。
Press to select the interpreter via a file selection dialog
点击以通过选择对话框选择解释器
Environment for Debug Client
调试客户端的环境
Select, if the environment of the debug client should be replaced
选择是否替换调试客户的环境
Replace Environment
替换环境
Enter the environment variables to be set.
输入要设定的环境变量。
<b>Environment</b>
<p>Enter the environment variables to be set for the debugger. The individual settings must be separate by whitespace and be given in the form 'var=value'.</p>
<p>Example: var1=1 var2="hello world"</p>
<b>环境</b>
<p>为调试器输入要设定的环境变量。每个设定之间用空格进行分隔,并遵循以下格式:“var=value”。</p>
<p>例如:var1=1 var2="hello world"</p>
Environment:
环境:
Select, if the debugger should be run remotely
选择是否远程运行调试器
Remote Debugger
远程调试器
Select, if path translation for remote debugging should be done
选择是否为远程调试进行路径转化
Perform Path Translation
执行路径转化
Local Path:
本地路径:
Enter the local path
输入本地路径:
Enter the remote path
输入远程路径
Remote Path:
远程路径:
Remote Host:
远程主机:
Enter the remote execution command.
输入远程执行命令。
<b>Remote Execution</b>
<p>Enter the remote execution command (e.g. ssh). This command is used to log into the remote host and execute the remote debugger.</p>
<b>远程执行</b>
<p>输入远程执行命令(如:ssh)。该命令用于登录到远程主机中并执行远程调试器。</p>
Remote Execution:
远程执行:
Enter the hostname of the remote machine.
输入远程机的主机名。
<b>Remote Host</b>
<p>Enter the hostname of the remote machine.</p>
<b>远程主机</b>
<p>输入远程机的主机名。</p>
Select, if the debugger should be executed in a console window
选择是否在控制台窗口执行调试器
Console Debugger
控制台调试器
Console Command:
控制器命令:
Enter the console command (e.g. xterm -e)
输入控制台命令(如:xtrem -e)
<b>Console Command</b>
<p>Enter the console command (e.g. xterm -e). This command is used to open a command window for the debugger.</p>
<b>控制台命令</b>
<p>输入控制台命令(如:xterm -e)。该命令用于为调试器打开一个命令窗口。</p>
Redirect stdin/stdout/stderr
重定向 stdin/stdout/stderr
Select to not set the debug client encoding
选择不设定调试客户编码
Don't set the encoding of the debug client
不要设定调试客户的编码
Select interpreter for Debug Client
选择调试客户的解释器
All Files (*)
所有文件 (*)
Select Debug Client
选择调试客户
Select to redirect stdin, stdout and stderr of the program being debugged to the eric6 IDE
选择对在 Eric4 IDE 中调试的程序的 stdin 、stdout 和 stderr 进行重定向 {5 ?} {6 ?}
DebuggerPython3Page
<b>Configure Python3 Debugger</b>
Python3 Interpreter for Debug Client
Press to select the Python3 interpreter via a file selection dialog
Debug Client Type
调试客户类型
Enter the path of the Debug Client to be used. Leave empty to use the default.
输入要使用的调试客户路径。为空时使用默认设置。
Press to select the Debug Client via a file selection dialog
点击以通过选择对话框选择调试客户
Select the standard debug client
选择标准调试客户
Standard
标准
Select the custom selected debug client
选择自定义选择的调试客户
Custom
自定义
Select the multi threaded debug client
选择多线程调试客户
Multi Threaded
多线程
Source association
Enter the file extensions to be associated with the Python3 debugger separated by a space. They must not overlap with the ones for Python2.
Redirect stdin/stdout/stderr
重定向 stdin/stdout/stderr
Select to not set the debug client encoding
选择不设定调试客户编码
Don't set the encoding of the debug client
不要设定调试客户的编码
Select Python interpreter for Debug Client
为调试客户选择 Python 解释器
Select Debug Client
选择调试客户
Python Files (*.py *.py3)
Enter the path of the Python3 interpreter to be used by the debug client. Leave empty to use the default.
Select, to redirect stdin, stdout and stderr of the program being debugged to the eric6 IDE
选择对在 Eric4 IDE 中调试的程序的 stdin 、stdout 和 stderr 进行重定向 {5 ?} {6 ?}
DebuggerPythonPage
<b>Configure Python Debugger</b>
<b>配置 Python 调试器</b>
Python Interpreter for Debug Client
调试客户的 Python 解释器
Press to select the Python interpreter via a file selection dialog
点击以通过文件选择对话框选择 Python 解释器
Debug Client Type
调试客户类型
Enter the path of the Debug Client to be used. Leave empty to use the default.
输入要使用的调试客户路径。为空时使用默认设置。
Press to select the Debug Client via a file selection dialog
点击以通过选择对话框选择调试客户
Select the standard debug client
选择标准调试客户
Standard
标准
Select the custom selected debug client
选择自定义选择的调试客户
Custom
自定义
Select the multi threaded debug client
选择多线程调试客户
Multi Threaded
多线程
Redirect stdin/stdout/stderr
重定向 stdin/stdout/stderr
Select to not set the debug client encoding
选择不设定调试客户编码
Don't set the encoding of the debug client
不要设定调试客户的编码
Select Python interpreter for Debug Client
为调试客户选择 Python 解释器
Select Debug Client
选择调试客户
Source association
Enter the file extensions to be associated with the Python2 debugger separated by a space. They must not overlap with the ones for Python3.
Python Files (*.py *.py2)
Enter the path of the Python interpreter to be used by the debug client.
Select, to redirect stdin, stdout and stderr of the program being debugged to the eric6 IDE
选择对在 Eric4 IDE 中调试的程序的 stdin 、stdout 和 stderr 进行重定向 {5 ?} {6 ?}
DebuggerRubyPage
<b>Configure Ruby Debugger</b>
<b>配置 Ruby 调试器</b>
Ruby Interpreter for Debug Client
调试客户的 Ruby 解释器
Enter the path of the Ruby interpreter to be used by the debug client.
输入调试客户使用的 Ruby 解释器路径
Press to select the Ruby interpreter via a file selection dialog
点击通过文件选择对话框选择 Ruby 解释器
Redirect stdin/stdout/stderr
重定向 stdin/stdout/stderr
Select Ruby interpreter for Debug Client
为调试客户选择 Ruby 解释器
Select, to redirect stdin, stdout and stderr of the program being debugged to the eric6 IDE
选择对在 Eric4 IDE 中调试的程序的 stdin 、stdout 和 stderr 进行重定向 {5 ?} {6 ?}
DeleteFilesConfirmationDialog
Dummy
虚设的
DiffDialog
File Differences
文件差异
File &1:
文件 &1:
Enter the name of the first file
输入第一个文件的名称
Press to select the file via a file selection dialog
请通过文件选择对话框选择文件
File &2:
文件 &2:
Enter the name of the second file
输入第二个文件的名称
Select to generate a unified diff
选择产生统一差异
&Unified Diff
统一(&U)差异
Alt+U
Alt+U
Select to generate a context diff
选择产生上下文差异
Co&ntext Diff
上下文(&n)差异
Alt+N
Alt+N
Compare
比较
Press to perform the comparison of the two files
点击比较两个文件
Save
保存
Save the output to a patch file
将输出保存到补丁文件中
Save Diff
保存差异
Patch Files (*.diff)
补丁文件 (*.diff)
Compare Files
比较文件
There is no difference.
没有差异。
Select file to compare
选择要比较的文件
<p>The patch file <b>{0}</b> could not be saved.<br />Reason: {1}</p>
<p>The file <b>{0}</b> could not be read.</p>
<p>The patch file <b>{0}</b> already exists. Overwrite it?</p>
DirectorySyncHandler
Error creating the shared directory.
{0}
Cannot read remote file.
{0}
Cannot write remote file.
{0}
Synchronization finished
DocStyleChecker
module is missing a docstring
public function/method is missing a docstring
private function/method may be missing a docstring
public class is missing a docstring
private class may be missing a docstring
docstring not surrounded by """
docstring containing \ not surrounded by r"""
docstring containing unicode character not surrounded by u"""
one-liner docstring on multiple lines
docstring has wrong indentation
docstring summary does not end with a period
docstring summary is not in imperative mood (Does instead of Do)
docstring summary looks like a function's/method's signature
docstring does not mention the return value type
function/method docstring is separated by a blank line
class docstring is not preceded by a blank line
class docstring is not followed by a blank line
docstring summary is not followed by a blank line
last paragraph of docstring is not followed by a blank line
private function/method is missing a docstring
private class is missing a docstring
leading quotes of docstring not on separate line
trailing quotes of docstring not on separate line
docstring does not contain a @return line but function/method returns something
docstring contains a @return line but function/method doesn't return anything
docstring does not contain enough @param/@keyparam lines
docstring contains too many @param/@keyparam lines
keyword only arguments must be documented with @keyparam lines
order of @param/@keyparam lines does not match the function/method signature
class docstring is preceded by a blank line
class docstring is followed by a blank line
function/method docstring is preceded by a blank line
function/method docstring is followed by a blank line
last paragraph of docstring is followed by a blank line
docstring does not contain a @exception line but function/method raises an exception
docstring contains a @exception line but function/method doesn't raise an exception
{0}: {1}
docstring does not contain a summary
docstring summary does not start with '{0}'
DownloadAskActionDialog
What to do?
You are about to download this file:
Type:
类型:
From:
从:
Select to open the downloaded file
&Open File
打开文件(&O)
Select to scan the file with VirusTotal
Scan with &VirusTotal
Select to save the file
&Save File
<b>What do you want to do?</b>
DownloadItem
Icon
图标
Filename
文件名
Press to repeat the download
Press to cancel the download
Press to open the downloaded file
Download canceled: {0}
Save File
保存文件
Download directory ({0}) couldn't be created.
Error opening save file: {0}
Error saving: {0}
Network Error: {0}
?
?
{0} of {1} - Stopped
VirusTotal scan scheduled: {0}
Press to pause the download
{0} of {1} ({2}/sec)
{3}
{0} downloaded
SHA1: {1}
MD5: {2}
DownloadManager
Downloads
Press to clean up the list of downloads
0 Items
%n Download(s)
There are %n downloads in progress.
Do you want to quit anyway?
Clear List
Retry
重试
Open
打开
Cancel
取消
Open Containing Folder
Go to Download Page
Copy Download Link
Select All
全选
Remove From List
Downloading %n file(s)
DownloadUtilities
%n seconds remaining
Bytes
KiB
MiB
GiB
%n:{0:02} minutes remaining
E5ErrorMessage
Debug Message:
Warning:
Critical:
Fatal Error:
Warning
警告
Critical
危险
Fatal Error
严重错误
Debug Message
No message handler installed.
E5ErrorMessageFilterDialog
Error Messages Filter
Enter search term for message
Press to add filter to the list
&Add...
添加(&A)…
Press to remove the selected entries
&Remove
移除(&R)
Press to remove all entries
R&emove All
Enter message filter to add to the list:
E5GraphicsView
<b>Graphics View</b>
<p>This graphics view is used to show a diagram.
There are various actions available to manipulate the
shown items.</p>
<ul>
<li>Clicking on an item selects it.</li>
<li>Ctrl-clicking adds an item to the selection.</li>
<li>Ctrl-clicking a selected item deselects it.</li>
<li>Clicking on an empty spot of the canvas resets the selection.</li>
<li>Dragging the mouse over the canvas spans a rubberband to
select multiple items.</li>
<li>Dragging the mouse over a selected item moves the
whole selection.</li>
</ul>
<b>图形视图</b><p>该图形视图用于显示图表。
可以使用多种动作对显示的内容进行操纵。</p><ul><li>在对象上单击可以选择对象。</li><li>Ctrl-单击将对象添加到选择范围中。</li><li>Ctrl-单击一个已选对象可取消对其选择。</li><li>在画布的空白区域单击可取消所有选择。</li><li>在画布上拖动鼠标可以用选框方式选择多个对象。</li><li>在已选对象上拖动鼠标可以对其进行整体移动。</li></ul>
{0}, Page {1}
E5MainWindow
Loading Style Sheet
样式表载入中
<p>The Qt Style Sheet file <b>{0}</b> could not be read.<br>Reason: {1}</p>
E5MessageBoxWizard
E5MessageBox Wizard
&E5MessageBox Wizard...
<b>E5MessageBox Wizard</b><p>This wizard opens a dialog for entering all the parameters needed to create an E5MessageBox. The generated code is inserted at the current cursor position.</p>
No current editor
没有当前编辑器
Please open or create a file first.
请您先打开或创建一个文件。
E5MessageBoxWizardDialog
E5MessageBox Wizard
Type
类型
Generate an Information message box
Information
信息
Generate a Question message box
Question
询问
Generate a Warning message box
Warning
警告
Generate a Critical message box
Critical
危险
Generate a Yes/No message box
Yes/No
Generate a retry/abort message box
Retry/Abort
Generate an "ok to clear data" message box
OK to clear data
Generate an About message box
About
关于
Generate an AboutQt message box
About Qt
关于 Qt
Generate a standard message box
Standard message box
Title
Enter the title for the message box
Message
消息
Enter the message to be shown in the message box
Parent
Select "self" as parent
self
Select "None" as parent
None
无
Select to enter a parent expression
Expression:
表达式:
Enter the parent expression
Standard Buttons
标准按钮
Abort
终止
Apply
应用
Cancel
取消
Close
关闭
Discard
放弃
Help
帮助
Ignore
忽略
No
否
No to all
全部否
Ok
确定
Open
打开
Reset
重置
Restore defaults
恢复默认
Retry
重试
Save
保存
Save all
全部保存
Yes
是
Yes to all
全部是
Default Button
Select the default button
选择默认按钮
Icon
图标
Show an Information icon
Show a Question icon
Show a Warning icon
Show a Critical icon
Select to generate a modal message box
Modal Message Box
Select to make 'Yes' the default
Yes is default
Save function:
Enter the name of the save function
No button
没有按钮
Test
测试
Result:
Enter the result variable name
E5NetworkHeaderDetailsDialog
Header Details
Name:
名称:
Value:
值:
E5NetworkMonitor
Network Monitor
Network Requests
Enter search term for requests
Press to remove the selected requests
&Remove
移除(&R)
Press to remove all requests
Remove &All
Request Headers
Response Headers
Name
名称
Value
值
E5NetworkProxyFactory
Proxy Configuration Error
<b>Connect to proxy '{0}' using:</b>
Proxy usage was activated but no proxy host for protocol '{0}' configured.
E5RequestModel
Method
Address
Response
Length
Content Type
Info
信息
Redirect: {0}
Unknown
未知
E5SideBar
Deselect to activate automatic collapsing
E5SslCertificatesDialog
SSL Certificate Manager
&Servers
You have saved certificates identifying these servers:
Certificate name
Server
Expiry Date
Press to view the selected certificate
&View...
Press to import a certificate
&Import...
Press to export the selected certificate
&Export...
Press to delete the selected certificate
&Delete...
Certificate &Authorities
You have saved certificates identifying these certification authorities:
(Unknown)
(Unknown common name)
Delete Server Certificate
<p>Shall the server certificate really be deleted?</p><p>{0}</p><p>If the server certificate is deleted, the normal security checks will be reinstantiated and the server has to present a valid certificate.</p>
Import Certificate
<p>The certificate <b>{0}</b> already exists. Skipping.</p>
Delete CA Certificate
<p>Shall the CA certificate really be deleted?</p><p>{0}</p><p>If the CA certificate is deleted, the browser will not trust any certificate issued by this CA.</p>
Export Certificate
Certificate File (PEM) (*.pem);;Certificate File (DER) (*.der)
<p>The file <b>{0}</b> already exists. Overwrite it?</p>
<p>The certificate could not be written to file <b>{0}</b></p><p>Error: {1}</p>
Certificate Files (*.pem *.crt *.der *.cer *.ca);;All Files (*)
<p>The certificate could not be read from file <b>{0}</b></p><p>Error: {1}</p>
E5SslCertificatesInfoDialog
SSL Certificate Info
E5SslCertificatesInfoWidget
<h2>Certificate Information</h2>
Certificate Chain:
This certificated has been blacklisted.
<b>Issued for:</b>
Common Name (CN):
Organization (O):
Organizational Unit (OU):
Serialnumber:
<b>Issued by:</b>
<b>Validity:</b>
Issued on:
Expires on:
This certificate is not valid yet or has expired.
<b>Fingerprints:</b>
SHA1-Fingerprint:
MD5-Fingerprint:
<not part of the certificate>
E5SslErrorHandler
SSL Errors
SSL 错误
<p>SSL Errors for <br /><b>{0}</b><ul><li>{1}</li></ul></p><p>Do you want to ignore these errors?</p>
Certificates
<p>Certificates:<br/>{0}<br/>Do you want to accept all these certificates?</p>
Name: {0}
<br/>Organization: {0}
<br/>Issuer: {0}
<br/>Not valid before: {0}<br/>Valid Until: {1}
E5SslInfoWidget
Identity
Warning: this site is NOT carrying a certificate.
The certificate for this site is valid and has been verified by:
{0}
Certificate Information
Encryption
Your connection to "{0}" is NOT encrypted.
Your connection to "{0}" is encrypted.
unknown
未知
It uses protocol: {0}
It is encrypted using {0} at {1} bits, with {2} for message authentication and {3} as key exchange mechanism.
The certificate for this site is NOT valid.
E5ToolBarDialog
Configure Toolbars
配置工具栏
&Toolbar:
工具栏(&T):
Select the toolbar to configure
选择要配置的工具栏
Press to create a new toolbar
点击创建新工具栏
&New
新建(&N)
Press to remove the selected toolbar
点击移除已选工具栏
&Remove
移除(&R)
Press to rename the selected toolbar
点击重命名已选工具栏
R&ename
重命名(&e)
Actions:
动作:
Current Toolbar Actions:
当前工具栏动作:
Select the action to add to the current toolbar
选择添加到当前工具栏的行为
Select the action to work on
选择要影响的行为
<b>Current Toolbar Actions</b><p>This list shows the actions of the selected toolbar. Select an action and use the up or down button to change the order of actions or the left button to delete it. To add an action to the toolbar, select it in the list of available actions and press the right button.</p>
<b>当前工具栏行为</b><p>该列表显示已选工具栏的行为。选择一个行为,使用向上或向下按钮改变行为的次序,或者使用向左按钮删除。要为工具栏添加行为,首先在列表中进行选择,再点击向右按钮进行添加。</p>
Press to move the selected action up.
点击向上移动所选行为
Press to delete the selected action from the toolbar
点击以从工具栏删除所选行为
Press to add the selected action to the toolbar
点击为工具栏添加所选行为
Press to move the selected action down.
点击向下移动所选行为
--Separator--
--分隔符--
New Toolbar
新建工具栏
Toolbar Name:
工具栏名称:
A toolbar with the name <b>{0}</b> already exists.
Remove Toolbar
移除工具栏
Should the toolbar <b>{0}</b> really be removed?
Rename Toolbar
重命名工具栏
New Toolbar Name:
新工具栏名称:
E5ZoomWidget
Zoom out
缩小
Drag to zoom
Zoom in
放大
Zoom reset
重置缩放
EditBreakpointDialog
Edit Breakpoint
编辑断点
Select, whether the breakpoint is enabled
选择是否允许断点
Enabled
已开启
Select whether this is a temporary breakpoint
选择是否为临时断点
Temporary Breakpoint
临时断点
Enter the filename of the breakpoint
输入断点的文件名
Enter or select a condition for the breakpoint
输入或为断点选择一个条件
Enter an ignore count for the breakpoint
为断点输入一个忽略计数
Enter the linenumber of the breakpoint
输入断点行号
Press to open a file selection dialog
点击打开文件选择对话框
Linenumber:
行号:
Filename:
文件名:
Condition:
条件:
Ignore Count:
忽略计数:
Add Breakpoint
添加断点
Select filename of the breakpoint
选择断点的文件名
EditWatchpointDialog
Edit Watch Expression
编辑监视表达式
Enter an ignore count for the watch expression
为监视表达式输入一个忽略计数
Ignore Count:
忽略计数:
Select, whether the watch expression is enabled
选择是否允许使用监视表达式
Enabled
已开启
Select whether this is a temporary watch expression
选择是否为临时监视表达式
Temporary Watch Expression
临时监视表达式
Variable:
变量:
Expression:
表达式:
Enter a variable and select the special condition below
输入一个变量并在上面选择专用条件
Select a special condition
选择专用条件
created
创建
changed
改变
Enter the expression for the watch expression
为监视表达式输入表达式
Editor
Open File
打开文件
<b>A Source Editor Window</b><p>This window is used to display and edit a source file. You can open as many of these as you like. The name of the file is displayed in the window's titlebar.</p><p>In order to set breakpoints just click in the space between the line numbers and the fold markers. Via the context menu of the margins they may be edited.</p><p>In order to set bookmarks just Shift click in the space between the line numbers and the fold markers.</p><p>These actions can be reversed via the context menu.</p><p>Ctrl clicking on a syntax error marker shows some info about this error.</p>
<b>源错码编辑器窗口</b><p>该窗口用于显示和编辑源文件。可以打开任意多个窗口。文件名显示在窗口标题栏中。</p><p>要设置断点只需在行号与折叠标记之间的空白处点击即可。通过页边空白的上下文菜单可进行编辑。</p><p>要设置书签只需按住 Shift 键再在行号与折叠标记之间的空白处点击即可。</p><p>以上行为都可能通过上下文菜单进行反转。</p><p>按住 Ctrl 再语法错误标记上点击可显示该错误的部分信息。</p>
Undo
撤消
Redo
重做
Revert to last saved state
还原到最后保存的状态
Cut
剪切
Copy
复制
Paste
粘贴
Indent
缩进
Unindent
取消缩进
Comment
注释
Uncomment
取消注释
Stream Comment
流注释
Box Comment
块注释
Select to brace
选择括号内容
Select all
全选
Deselect all
全部取消选择
Check spelling...
正在进行拼写检查……
Check spelling of selection...
正在对所选内容进行拼写检查……
Shorten empty lines
缩减空行
Use Monospaced Font
使用单空格字体
Autosave enabled
允许自动保存
Typing aids enabled
允许输入辅助
Autocompletion enabled
自动完成已启用
Close
关闭
Save
保存
Save As...
另存为……
Print Preview
打印预览
Print
打印
Autocomplete
自动完成
dynamic
动态
from Document
从文档
from APIs
从 APIs
from Document and APIs
从文档和 APIs
Calltip
调用提示
Check
检查
Show
显示
Code metrics...
代码度量……
Code coverage...
代码覆盖率……
Show code coverage annotations
显示代码覆盖率注解
Hide code coverage annotations
隐藏代码覆盖率注解
Profile data...
剖析数据……
Diagrams
图表
Class Diagram...
类图……
Package Diagram...
程序包图……
Imports Diagram...
引用图……
Application Diagram...
应用程序图……
Languages
语言
No Language
无语言
Guessed
已推测
Alternatives
备选
Encodings
编码
End-of-Line Type
行尾类型
Unix
Unix
Windows
Windows
Macintosh
Macintosh
Export as
导出为
Toggle bookmark
切换书签
Next bookmark
下一个书签
Previous bookmark
上一个书签
Clear all bookmarks
清除所有书签
Toggle breakpoint
切换断点
Toggle temporary breakpoint
切换临时断点
Edit breakpoint...
编辑断点……
Enable breakpoint
允许断点
Next breakpoint
下一个断点
Previous breakpoint
上一个断点
Clear all breakpoints
清除所有断点
Goto syntax error
转到语法错误处
Show syntax error message
显示语法错误消息
Clear syntax error
清除语法错误
Next uncovered line
下一个未覆盖行
Previous uncovered line
上一个未覆盖行
Next task
下一个任务
Previous task
上一个任务
LMB toggles bookmarks
左键切换书签
LMB toggles breakpoints
左键切换断点
Export source
导出源代码
No export format given. Aborting...
没有给定导出格式。终止……
Pygments Lexer
Pygments 词法分析器
Select the Pygments lexer to apply.
选择要应用的 Pygments 词法分析器。
Modification of Read Only file
只读文件的改变
You are attempting to change a read only file. Please save to a different file first.
试图改变只读文件。请先保存到另一个文件中。
Printing...
打印中……
Printing completed
打印已完成
Error while printing
打印时出错
Printing aborted
打印失败
File Modified
文件已改变
Save File
保存文件
Autocompletion
自动完成
Autocompletion is not available because there is no autocompletion source set.
自动完成无效,没有设定自动完成源。
Disable breakpoint
去除断点
Code Coverage
代码覆盖率
Please select a coverage file
请选择一个覆盖率文件
Show Code Coverage Annotations
显示代码覆盖率注解
All lines have been covered.
所有行均被已覆盖。
There is no coverage file available.
没有有效的覆盖率文件。
Profile Data
剖析数据
Please select a profile file
请选择一个剖析文件
Syntax Error
语法错误
No syntax error message available.
语法错误消息无效。
Macro Name
宏名称
Select a macro name:
选择一个宏名称:
Load macro file
输入宏文件
Macro files (*.macro)
宏文件 (*.macro)
Error loading macro
载入宏文件出错
Save macro file
保存宏文件
Save macro
保存宏
Error saving macro
保存宏出错
Start Macro Recording
开始宏录制
Macro recording is already active. Start new?
宏录制已激活。开始录制新宏?
Macro Recording
宏录制
Enter name of the macro:
输入宏名称:
File changed
文件已改变
Drop Error
降落误差
Resources
资源
Add file...
添加文件……
Add files...
添加文件……
Add aliased file...
添加别名文件……
Add localized resource...
添加本地资源……
Add resource frame
添加资源结构
Add file resource
添加文件资源
Add file resources
添加多个文件资源
Add aliased file resource
添加别名文件资源
Package Diagram
程序包图
Include class attributes?
包含类属性?
Imports Diagram
引用图
Include imports from external modules?
从外部模块包含引用?
Application Diagram
应用程序图
Include module names?
包含模块名?
Add to dictionary
添加到文件夹
Ignore All
全部忽略
Remove from dictionary
<p>The size of the file <b>{0}</b> is <b>{1} KB</b>. Do you really want to load it?</p>
<p>No exporter available for the export format <b>{0}</b>. Aborting...</p>
Alternatives ({0})
<p>The file <b>{0}</b> has unsaved changes.</p>
<p>The file <b>{0}</b> could not be opened.</p><p>Reason: {1}</p>
<p>The file <b>{0}</b> could not be saved.<br/>Reason: {1}</p>
<p>The macro file <b>{0}</b> could not be read.</p>
<p>The macro file <b>{0}</b> is corrupt.</p>
<p>The macro file <b>{0}</b> could not be written.</p>
{0} (ro)
<p><b>{0}</b> is not a file.</p>
Alias for file <b>{0}</b>:
Next warning
Previous warning
Show warning message
Clear warnings
<p>The file <b>{0}</b> already exists. Overwrite it?</p>
<p>The macro file <b>{0}</b> already exists. Overwrite it?</p>
Warning: {0}
Error: {0}
<br><b>Warning:</b> You will lose your changes upon reopening it.
Activating Auto-Completion Provider
Auto-completion provider cannot be connected because there is already another one active. Please check your configuration.
Activating Calltip Provider
Calltip provider cannot be connected because there is already another one active. Please check your configuration.
Open 'rejection' file
Load Diagram...
Next change
Previous change
Sort Lines
The selection contains illegal data for a numerical sort.
Warning
警告
No warning messages available.
Style: {0}
New Document View
New Document View (with new split)
Tools
工具
Re-Open With Encoding
<p>The file <b>{0}</b> has been changed while it was opened in eric6. Reread it?</p>
EditorAPIsPage
<b>Configure API files</b>
<b>配置 API 文件</b>
Select to compile the APIs automatically upon loading
选择在输入时自动编译 API
Compile APIs automatically
自动编译 API
Language:
语言:
Select the language to be configured.
选择要配置的语言。
APIs
API
List of API files
API 文件列表
Press to delete the selected file from the list
点击从列表中删除已选文件
Delete
删除
Press to add the entered file to the list
点击将输入的文件添加到列表中
Add
添加
Enter a file to be added
输入要添加的文件
Press to select an API file via a selection dialog
点击通过选择对话框选择一个 API 文件
Press to select an API file from the list of installed API files
点击以从已安装的 AIP 文件列表中选择一个 API 文件
Add from installed APIs
从已安装的 API 中添加
Press to select an API file from the list of API files installed by plugins
点击以从通过插件安装的 API 文件列表中选择一个 API 文件
Add from Plugin APIs
从插件 API 中添加
Press to compile the selected APIs definition
点击编译已选 API 定义
Compile APIs
编译 API
Select API file
选择 API 文件
API File (*.api);;All Files (*)
API 文件 (*.api);;所有文件 (*)
Select from the list of installed API files
选择从已安装的 API 文件列表
Select from the list of API files installed by plugins
选择从通过插件安装的 API 文件列表
Cancel compilation
取消编译
There are no APIs installed yet. Selection is not available.
EditorAutocompletionPage
<b>Configure Autocompletion</b>
<b>配置自动完成</b>
Select this to enable autocompletion
选择该选项可启用自动完成功能
<b>Autocompletion Enabled</b><p>Select to enable autocompletion. In order to get autocompletion from alternative autocompletion providers (if installed), these have to be enabled on their respective configuration page. Only one alternative provider might be enabled.</p>
<b>自动完成开启</b><p>选择以启用自动完成功能。要从其它程序(如果已经安装)获得自动完成功能,需从该程序的配置页面开启。只能开启一个其它的自动完成程序。</p>
Autocompletion Enabled
自动完成开启
General
通用配置
Select this to have case sensitive auto-completion lists
选择该选项以获得区分大小写的自动完成列表
Case sensitive
区分大小写
Select this, if the word to the right should be replaced by the selected entry
如果要用选择的条目替换右边的文字,请选择该选项
Replace word
替换文字
Threshold:
阈值:
Move to set the threshold for display of an autocompletion list
移动可设置自动完成列表的显示阈值
Displays the selected autocompletion threshold
显示已选自动完成阈值
EditorAutocompletionQScintillaPage
<b>Configure QScintilla Autocompletion</b>
<b>配置 QScintilla 自动完成</b>
Select this, if single entries shall be inserted automatically
如果要自动插入单个条目,请选择该选项
Show single
显示单条
Select to enable the use of fill-up characters to autocomplete the current word
选择可开启使用填充符号来自动完成当前文字
<b>Use fill-up characters</b><p>Select to enable the use of fill-up characters to autocomplete the current word. A fill-up character is one that, when entered while an auto-completion list is being displayed, causes the currently selected item from the list to be added to the text followed by the fill-up character.</p>
<b>使用填充符号</b><p>选择可开启使用填充符号来自动完成当前文字。填充符号:当输入的同时显示自动完成列表,会将列表中当前选择的条目添加到填充符号后的文本中。</p>
Use fill-up characters
使用填充符号
Source
源文件
Select this to get autocompletion from current document
选择通过当前文档实现自动完成
from Document
从文档
Select this to get autocompletion from installed APIs
选择通过已安装的 APIs 实现自动完成
from API files
从 API 文件
Select this to get autocompletion from current document and installed APIs
选择该选项可从当前文档和已安装的 API 实现自动完成功能
from Document and API files
从文档和 API 文件
EditorCalltipsPage
<b>Configure Calltips</b>
<b>配置调用提示</b>
Select this to enable calltips
选择该选项可开启调用提示功能
Calltips Enabled
调用提示开启
Move to set the maximum number of calltips shown (0 = all available)
移动可设置调用提示显示的最大数目(0 = 显示所有)
Displays the maximum number of calltips to be shown
显示调用提示显示的最大数目
Colours
颜色
Background colour:
背景色:
Select the background colour for calltips.
为调用提示选择背景色。
Plug-In Behavior
Select to show QScintilla provided calltips, if the selected plugin fails
Qscintilla provided calltips are shown, if this option is enabled and calltips shall be provided by a plug-in (see calltips sub-page of the plug-in) and the plugin-in doesn't deliver any calltips.
Show QScintilla calltips, if plug-in fails
Visible Calltips
Calltips Position
Select the position for the calltips
Below Text
Above Text
EditorCalltipsQScintillaPage
<b>Configure QScintilla Calltips</b>
<b>配置 QScintilla 调用提示</b>
Context display options
上下文显示选项
Select to display calltips without a context
选择显示没有上下文的调用提示
Don't show context information
不显示上下文信息
Select to display calltips with a context only if the user hasn't already implicitly identified the context using autocompletion
选择只在用户没有使用自动完成功能隐含地识别上下文时显示上下文
Show context information, if no prior autocompletion
显示上下文信息,如果没有优先的自动完成
Select to display calltips with a context
选择通过上下文显示调用提示
Show context information
显示上下文信息
A context is any scope (e.g. a C++ namespace or a Python module) prior to the function/method name.
上下文为任意范围(如:C++命名空间或 Python 模块)优先于函数/方法名。
EditorExportersPage
<b>Configure exporters</b>
<b>配置输出器</b>
Exporter Type:
输出器类型:
Select the exporter to be configured.
选择要配置的输出器
Select to export in WYSIWYG mode
选择以所见即所得方式进行导出
Use WYSIWYG mode
使用所见即所得模式
Select to include folding functionality
选择包含折叠功能
Include folding functionality
包含折叠功能
Select to include only used styles
选择只包含已使用的风格
Include only used styles
仅包含已使用的风格
Select to use the full pathname as the document title
选择使用全路径名作为文档标题
Use full pathname as document title
使用全路径名作为文档标题
Select to use tabs in the generated file
选择在产生的文件中使用制表符
Use tabs
使用制表符
Magnification:
缩放比例:
Select the magnification value to be added to the font sizes of the styles
选择要添加到风格的字体大小中的缩放值
Displays the selected magnification value
显示已选缩放值
Font:
字体:
Select the font from the list
从列表中选择字体
Pagesize:
页面尺寸:
Select the page size from the list
从列表中选择页面尺寸
Margins
页边空白
Select the top margin in points (72 pt == 1")
以像素点选择顶部页边距(72 pt == 1")
Select the left margin in points (72 pt == 1")
以像素点选择左边页边距(72 pt == 1")
Select the right margin in points (72 pt == 1")
以像素点选择右边页边距(72 pt == 1")
Select the bottom margin in points (72 pt == 1")
以像素点选择底部页边距(72 pt == 1")
Press to select the font for the RTF export
点击为 RTF 导出选择字体
Select Font
选择字体
Font for RTF export
RTF 导出的字体
Courier
Courier
Helvetica
Helvetica
Times
Times
A4
A4
Letter
Letter
EditorFilePage
<b>Configure file handling settings</b>
<b>配置文件处理设定值</b>
Open && Close
打开和关闭
Select, whether breakpoint belonging to an editor should be cleared, when the editor is closed
选择在编辑器关闭时是否清除属于编辑器的断点
Clear Breakpoints upon closing
关闭时清除断点
Select to reread the file automatically, if it was changed externally
选择当文件从外部更改后自动重新读取文件
Warn, if file is greater than
发出警告,如果文件大于
Enter the filesize, a warning dialog should be shown.
输入文件大小,将显示警告对话框
KB
千字节
End of Line
行尾
End of Line Characters
行尾符
Select Unix type end of line
选择 Unix 类型行尾
Unix
Unix
Select Macintosh type end of line
选择 Macintosh 类型行尾
Macintosh
Macintosh
Select Windows type end of line
选择 Windows 类型行尾
Windows/DOS
Windows/DOS
Select whether the eol type should be converted upon opening the file.
选择在打开文件时是否转换行尾类型
Automatic End of Line Conversion
自动行尾转换
Save
保存
Select, whether trailing whitespace should be removed upon save
选择在保存时是否移除结尾空格
Strip trailing whitespace upon save
保存时去除结尾空格
Select, whether a backup file shall be generated upon save
选择在保存时是否生成备份文件
Create backup file upon save
保存时创建备份文件
Autosave interval:
自动保存时间间隔:
Move to set the autosave interval in minutes (0 to disable)
移动可以分钟为单位设置自动保存时间间隔(0 为不自动保存)
Displays the selected autosave interval.
显示已选自动保存时间间隔
Encoding
编码
Select to use the advanced encoding detection
选择使用高级编码检测
<b>Advanced encoding detection</b>
<p>Select to use the advanced encoding detection based on the "universal character encoding detector" from <a href="http://chardet.feedparser.org">http://chardet.feedparser.org</a>.</p>
<b>高级编码检测</b>
<p>选择使用高级编码检测,基于 ",通用字符编码检测器 " 来自 <a href="http://chardet.feedparser.org">http://chardet.feedparser.org</a>。</p>
Use advanced encoding detection
使用高级编码检测
Default Encoding:
默认编码:
Select the string encoding to be used.
选择要使用的字符串编码
Default File Filters
默认文件过滤器
Open Files:
打开多个文件:
Save Files:
保存文件:
Additional File Filters
<b>Note:</b> Save file filters must contain one wildcard pattern only.
Select to edit the open file filters
Open Files
打开多个文件
Select to edit the save file filters
Save Files
Add...
添加……
Edit...
编辑……
Delete
删除
Add File Filter
A Save File Filter must contain exactly one wildcard pattern. Yours contains {0}.
A File Filter must contain at least one wildcard pattern.
Enter the file filter entry:
Reread automatically when changed externally
File Preview
Extensions of HTML files:
Enter the filename extensions of HTML files that may be previewed (separated by a space)
Extensions of Markdown files:
Enter the filename extensions of Markdown files that may be previewed (separated by a space)
Extensions of ReST files:
Enter the filename extensions of ReStructuredText files that may be previewed (separated by a space)
Extensions of QSS files:
Enter the filename extensions of Qt Stylesheet files that may be previewed (separated by a space)
EditorGeneralPage
<b>Configure general editor settings</b>
<b>配置通用编辑器设定值</b>
Tabs && Indentation
制表符 && 缩进
Tab width:
制表符宽:
Move to set the tab width.
移动可设定制表符宽度
Displays the selected tab width.
显示已选择的制表符宽度
Indentation width:
缩进宽度:
Move to set the indentation width.
移动可设定缩进宽度。
Displays the selected indentation width.
显示已选择的缩进宽度。
Select whether indentation guides should be shown.
选择是否显示缩进指示
Show Indentation Guides
显示缩进指示
Select whether tab characters are used for indentations.
选择是否为缩进使用制表符。
Use tabs for indentations
缩进使用制表符
Select whether autoindentation shall be enabled
选择是否启用自动缩进
Auto indentation
自动缩进
Select whether tabs shall be converted upon opening the file
选择在打开文件时是否转换制表符
Convert tabs upon open
打开时转换制表符
Select whether pressing the tab key indents.
选择按下 tab 键时是否缩进。
Tab key indents
Tab 键缩进
Comments
注释
Select to insert the comment sign at column 0
Insert comment at column 0
<b>Insert comment at column 0</b><p>Select to insert the comment sign at column 0. Otherwise, the comment sign is inserted at the first non-whitespace position.</p>
Virtual Space
Virtual space is the space after the last character of a line. It is not allocated unless some text is entered or copied into it. Usage of virtual space can be configured with these selections.
Select to enable a rectangular selection to extend into virtual space
Selection may access virtual space
Select to allow the cursor to be moved into virtual space
Cursor can move into virtual space
EditorHighlightersPage
<b>Configure syntax highlighters</b>
<b>配置语法高亮器</b>
Filename Pattern
文件名样式
Lexer Language
词法分析器语言
Press to delete the selected association
点击删除已选关联
Delete
删除
Select the lexer language to associate
选择要关联的词法分析器语言
Enter the filename pattern to be associated
输入要关联的文件名样式
Filename Pattern:
文件名样式:
Press to add or change the entered association
点击添加或改变输入的关联
Add/Change
添加/改变
Lexer Language:
词法分析器语言:
Alternative Lexer:
Select the alternative lexer to associate
Alternative
EditorHighlightingStylesPage
<b>Configure syntax highlighting</b>
<b>配置语法高亮</b>
Lexer Language:
词法分析器语言:
Select the lexer language to be configured.
选择要配置的词法分析器语言。
Style Element
风格元素
Select the foreground colour.
选择前景色。
Foreground Colour
前景色
Select the background colour.
选择背景色。
Background Colour
背景色
Select the font.
选择字体。
Font
字体
Select end of line fill.
选择行尾填充。
Fill to end of line
填充到行尾
to Default
默认
Select the background colour for all styles
为所有风格选择背景色
All Background Colours
所有背景色
Select the font for all styles.
为所有风格选择字体
All Fonts
所有字体
Select the eol fill for all styles
为所有风格选择行尾填充
All Fill to end of line
所有行尾填充
Press to set all styles to their default values
点击将所有风格恢复成其默认值
All to Default
全部默认
Sample Text
示例文本 Sample Text
Imports all styles of the currently selected language
导入当前选择语言的所有风格
Import styles
导入风格
Exports all styles of the currently selected language
导出当前选择语言的所有风格
Export styles
导出风格
Imports all styles of all languages
导入所有语言的所有风格
Import all styles
导入所有风格
Exports all styles of all languages
导出所有语言的所有风格
Export all styles
导出所有风格
Enabled
已开启
Disabled
已禁用
Select fill to end of line for all styles
为所有风格选择行尾填充
Export Highlighting Styles
导出高亮风格
Import Highlighting Styles
导入高亮风格
Highlighting styles file (*.e4h)
<p>The highlighting styles could not be exported to file <b>{0}</b>.</p><p>Reason: {1}</p>
<p>The highlighting styles could not be read from file <b>{0}</b>.</p><p>Reason: {1}</p>
Family and Size only
Family only
Size only
Press to set the current style to its default values
<b>Note:</b> The tick in the list above indicates the entrie's 'fill to end of line' setting.
EditorKeywordsPage
<b>Configure syntax highlighter keywords</b>
Language:
语言:
Select the language to be configured.
选择要配置的语言。
Set:
Enter the keywords separated by a blank
EditorMarkerMap
<b>Editor Map</b><p>This shows a 'map' of the editor. The visible area is highlighted by the box and all markers like bookmarks, breakpoints, errors or changed lines are indicated by differently colored lines configurable via the Editoru279dStyle page of the configuration dialog.</p>
EditorPropertiesPage
<b>Configure lexer properties</b>
<b>配置词法分析器属性</b>
All Lexers Properties
所有词法分析器属性
Select to include trailing blank lines in a fold block
选择在折叠部分包含结尾的空行
Fold compact (except CMake, Python)
紧凑折叠(CMake、Python 除外)
Bash Lexer Properties
Bash 词法分析器属性
Select whether folding of comments shall be possible
选择是否折叠注释
Fold comments
折叠注释
C++ , C# , IDL, Java and JavaScript Lexer Properties
C++、C#、IDL、Java 和 JavaScript 词法分析器属性
Select to use case insensitive keywords
选择使用区分大小写的关键字
Case insensitive keywords (C/C++ only)
关键字区分大小写(仅 C/C++)
Select, whether the line containing the opening brace should be indented
选择是否缩进包含开放花括号的行
Indent opening brace
缩进开放花括号
Select whether folding at else statement should be possible
选择是否折叠其它语句
Fold at else
折叠其它
Select whether folding of preprocessor directives shall be possible
选择是否折叠预处理器指令
Fold preprocessor directives
折叠预处理器指令
Select, whether the line containing the closing brace should be indented
选择是否缩进包含封闭花括号的行
Indent closing brace
缩进封闭花括号
CMake Lexer Properties
CMake 词法分析器属性
CSS Lexer Properties
CSS 词法分析器属性
D Lexer Properties
D 词法分析器属性
HTML Lexer Properties
HTML 词法分析器属性
Select whether HTML tags should be case sensitive
选择 HTML 标签是否区分大小写
Case sensitive tags
标签区分大小写
Pascal Lexer Properties
Pascal 词法分析器属性
Perl Lexer Properties
Perl 词法分析器属性
PostScript Lexer Properties
PostScript 词法分析器属性
Select to mark tokens
选择作标记
Mark Tokens
作标记
PostScript Level:
PostScript 级别:
Select the PostScript level
选择 PostScript 级别
Povray Lexer Properties
Povray 词法分析器属性
Select whether folding of directives shall be possible
选择是否折叠指令
Fold directives
折叠指令
Python Lexer Properties
Python 词法分析器属性
Select whether bad indentation shall be highlighted
选择是否高亮不良缩进
Select whether text should be autoindented after a ':'
选择是否自动缩进“:”之后的文本
Auto indentation after ':'
“:”之后自动缩进
Select whether folding of strings shall be possible
选择是否折叠字符串
Fold strings
折叠字符串
SQL Lexer Properties
SQL 词法分析器属性
Select to enable Backslash Escapes
选择开启反斜杠转义
Backslash Escapes
反斜杠转义
VHDL Lexer Properties
VHDL 词法分析器属性
Select whether folding of blocks at a parenthesis shall be possible
选择是否折叠圆括号部分
Fold at parenthesis
折叠圆括号
Select whether folding of begin blocks shall be possible
选择是否折叠开始部分
Fold at begin
折叠开始部分
YAML Lexer Properties
YAML 词法分析器属性
Select to allow '$' characters in identifier names
Allow '$' in identifier names
Select to enable folding of script comments
Fold script comments
Select to enable folding of script heredocs
Fold script heredocs
XML Lexer Properties
Select to enable styling of scripts
Style scripts
Select to enable smart highlighting of keywords
Smart Highlighting
Select to enable folding of Perl packages
Fold packages
Select to enable folding of Perl POD blocks
Fold POD blocks
Select to allow Python v2 unicode string literals (e.g. u"utf8")
Allow v2 unicode string literals
Select to allow Python v3 binary and octal literals (e.g. 0b1011, 0o712)
Allow v3 binary and octal literals
Select to allow Python v3 bytes string literals (e.g. b"bytes")
Allow v3 bytes string literals
Select to style preprocessor lines
Style preprocessor lines
Select to enable support for Django templates
Enable Django templates
Select to enable support for Mako templates
Enable Mako templates
Properties Lexer Properties
Select to allow initial spaces in a line
Allow initial spaces
Select whether folding of triple quoted strings shall be possible
Fold triple quoted strings
Select to allow strings to span newline characters
Strings may span newline characters
Ruby Lexer Properties
Select whether only BEGIN blocks can be folded
Only BEGIN blocks can be folded
Select if words may contain dots
Words may contain dots
Select to allow '#' as a comment character
Allow '#' as comment character
Select to enable quoted identifiers
Enable quoted identifiers
TCL Lexer Properties
TeX Lexer Properties
Select to treat comments as TeX source
Treat comments as TeX source
Select to treat \if<unknown> as a command
Treat \if<unknown> as command
Highlight triple quoted strings
Highlight sub-identifiers
Select to highlight triple quoted strings
Select to highlight sub-identifiers defined in keyword set 2
Select to highlight hash quoted strings
Highlight hash quoted strings
Select to activate HSS support
HSS support
Select to activate Less CSS support
Less CSS support
Select to activate Sassy CSS support
Sassy CSS support
Gettext Lexer Properties
CoffeeScript
Highlight bad indentation:
No Warning
Inconsistent
Tabs after Spaces
Spaces
Tabs
EditorSearchPage
<b>Configure editor search options</b>
<b>配置编辑器搜索选项</b>
Search Markers
搜索标记
Select, whether markers for all occurrences of the current word shall be shown
选择是否显示当前文字所有发现的标记
Highlight all occurrences of current word
高亮当前文字的所有事件
Select, whether search markers shall be shown for a standard search
选择是否为标准搜索显示搜索标记
Highlight all occurrences of search text
高亮搜索文本的所有事件
Select, whether search markers shall be shown for a quicksearch
选择是否为快速搜索显示搜索标记
Highlight all occurrences of quicksearch text
高亮快速搜索文本的所有事件
Timeout for current word highlighting:
当前文字高亮超时:
Enter the time in milliseconds after which occurrences of the current word shall be highlighted
以毫秒为单位输入当前文字高亮显示的时间
ms
毫秒
Marker Colour:
标记颜色:
Select the colour for the search markers.
为搜索标记选择颜色。
EditorSpellCheckingPage
<b>Configure editor spell checking options</b>
<b>配置编辑器拼写检查选项</b>
<font color="#FF0000">Spell checking with PyEnchant is not available.</font>
<font color="#FF0000">无法使用 PyEnchant 进行拼写检查。</font>
Defaults
默认值
Default language:
默认语言:
Select the default language
选择默认语言
Spell checking options
拼写检查选项
Select to check strings only
选择只检查字符串
Spell check strings only
只检查字符串
Minimum word size:
最小单词字符数:
Move to set the minimum size of words to be checked
移动可以设置要检查单词的最小字符数
Displays the minimum size of words to be checked
显示要检查单词的最小字符数
Colours
颜色
Marker Colour:
标记颜色:
Select the colour for the spelling markers.
为拼写标记选择颜色。
Personal lists
个人列表
Personal word list file:
个人单词列表文件:
Enter the filename of the personal word list
输个人单词列表的文件名
Select the personal word list file via a file selection dialog
通过文件选择对话框选择个人单词列表
Personal exclude list file:
个人排除列表文件:
Enter the filename of the personal exclude list
输入个人排除列表的文件名
Select the personal exclude list file via a file selection dialog
通过文件选择对话框选择个人排除列表文件
<b>Note:</b> leave these entries empty to use the default
<b>注意:</b> 当这些条目为空时将使用默认值
<b>Note:</b> valid for all newly opened editors
<b>注意:</b> 对所有新打开的编辑器有效
Automatic spell checking
自动拼写检查
Select to enable spellchecking
选择开启拼写检查功能
Automatic spell checking enabled
自动拼写检查已开启
Amount of lines to autocheck at once:
每次自动检查的行数:
Enter the number of lines to check per go. Higher values increase checking speed but decrease GUI responsivenes
输入每次要检查行的数目。提高该值可增加检查速度,但同时会降低 GUI 的响应度
Select personal word list
选择个人单词列表
Select personal exclude list
选择个人排除列表
Dictionary File (*.dic);;All Files (*)
Select to enable spell checking
Spell checking enabled
EditorStylesPage
<b>Configure editor styles</b>
<b>配置编辑器风格</b>
Fonts
字体
Select, whether the monospaced font should be used as default
选择是否将等宽字体作为默认字体
Use monospaced as default
默认使用等宽字体
Default Text
默认文本 Default Text
Press to select the default font for the editor's text
点击为编辑器文本选择默认字体
Default Text Font
默认文本字体
Press to select the font to be used as the monospaced font
点击选择被用作等宽字体的字体
Monospaced Font
等宽字体
Monospaced Text
等宽文本 Monospaced Text
Margins
页边空白
Select whether line numbers margin should be shown.
选择是否显示行号。
Show Line Numbers Margin
显示行号
Select whether the fold margin should be shown.
选择是否显示折叠符号
Show Fold Margin
显示折叠符号
Select to show unified margins (like eric4 < 4.3.0)
选择显示统一的页边空白(与 eric4 低于 4.3.0 的版本相同)
Show unified margins
显示统一页边空白
Folding style:
折叠风格:
Select the folding style to be used in the folding margin
选择在折叠符号区域中使用的折叠符风格
<b>Folding style</b>
<p>Select the desired folding style to be used in the folding margin.</p>
<p>The available styles are:
<ul>
<li>Plain - simple plus and minus symbols</li>
<li>Circled - circled plus and minus symbols</li>
<li>Boxed - boxed plus and minus symbols</li>
<li>Circled Tree - circled plus and minus symbols and flattened tree with rounded corners</li>
<li>Boxed Tree - boxed plus and minus symbols and flattened tree with rectangled corners</li>
</ul>
</p>
<b>折叠风格</b>
<p>选择想要的折叠风格。</p>
<p>有效的折叠风格是:
<ul>
<li>简单 - 简单的加号和减号</li>
<li>圆形 - 带圆圈的加号和减号</li>
<li>方形 - 带方框的加号和减号</li>
<li>圆形树 - 带圆圈的加、减号和圆角扁平树</li>
<li>方形树 - 带方框的加、减号和圆角扁平树</li>
</ul>
</p>
Plain
简单
Circled
圆形
Boxed
方形
Circled Tree
圆形树
Boxed Tree
方形树
Margins foreground:
页边空白前景色:
Select the foreground colour for the margins
为页边空白选择前景色
Margins background:
页边空白背景色:
Select the background colour for the margins
为页边空白选择背景色
Foldmargin background:
折叠符区域背景色:
Select the background colour for the foldmargin
为折叠符区域选择背景色
Press to select the font for the editor line numbers
点击为编辑器行号选择字体
Line Numbers Font
行号字体
2345
2345
Selection
选区
Select to use custom selection colours
选择可使用自定义选区颜色
<b>Use custom selection colours</b><p>Select this entry in order to use custom selection colours in the editor and shell windows. The colours for the selection foreground and background are defined on the colours page.</p>
<b>使用自定义选区颜色</b><p>选择该条目可在编辑器和命令行窗口中使用自定义选区颜色。选区的前景色和背景色在颜色页面中定义。</p>
Use custom selection colours
使用自定义选区颜色
Select, if selected text should be colourized by the lexer.
选择所选文本是否由词法分析器着色
Colourize selected text
为所选文本着色
Select to extend selection to end of line
选择将选区扩展到行尾
Extend selection to end of line
选区扩展到行尾
Selection foreground:
选区前景色:
Select the foreground colour for the selection.
为选区选择前景色。
Selection background:
选区背景色:
Select the background colour for the selection.
为选区选择背景色。
Caret
插入符
Select, whether the caretline should be highlighted
选择是否高亮显示插入行
Caretline visible
插入行可见
Caret width:
插入符宽度:
Select caret width (1, 2 or 3 pixels)
选择插入符宽度(1、2 或 3 像素)
Caret foreground:
插入符前景:
Select the colour for the caret.
为插入符选择颜色。
Caretline background:
插入行背景:
Select the background colour for the line containing the caret.
为包含插入符的行选择背景色。
Debugging Line Markers
调试行标记
Current line marker:
当前行标记:
Select the colour for the current line marker.
为当前行标记选择颜色。
Error line marker:
错误行标记:
Select the colour for the error line marker.
为错误行标记选择颜色。
Braces
括号
Select whether matching and bad braces shall be highlighted.
选择是否对配对和不配对的括号进行高亮显示。
Highlight braces
高亮显示括号
Matched braces:
已配对的括号:
Select the colour for highlighting matching braces.
为高亮显示的配对括号选择颜色。
Matched braces background:
已配对括号背景色:
Select the background colour for highlighting matching braces.
为高亮显示的配对括号选择背景色。
Unmatched brace:
未配对的括号:
Select the colour for highlighting nonmatching braces.
为高亮显示的未配对括号选择颜色。
Unmatched brace background:
未配对括号背景色:
Select the background colour for highlighting nonmatching braces.
为高亮显示的未配对括号选择背景色。
End of Line
行尾
Select whether end of line shall be shown
选择是否显示行尾符
Show End of Line
显示行尾
Wrap long lines
长行转行显示
Edge Mode
边界模式
Select the colour for the edge marker.
为边界标记选择颜色。
Background colour:
背景色:
Move to set the edge column.
移动可设定边界列。
Displays the selected tab width.
显示已选择的制表符宽度
Column number:
列数:
Mode:
模式:
Disabled
已禁用
Draw Line
显示边界线
Change Background Colour
改变背景颜色
Various
其它
Select whether whitspace characters shall be shown
选择是否显示空格符号
Show Whitespace
显示空格
Select to show a minimalistic context menu
选择显示简化的上下文菜单
Show minimal context menu
显示最简上下文菜单
Zoom
缩放
Initial zoom factor:
Move to set the initial zoom factor
Displays the selected initial zoom factor
Arrow
Arrow Tree
Foldmarkers foreground:
Select the foreground colour of the foldmarkers
Foldmarkers background:
Select the background colour of the foldmarkers
<b>Note:</b> Fonts and colors of the syntax highlighters have to be configured on the syntax highlighter styles page.
Annotations
Select to enable the display of annotations
Show annotations
Warnings
Press to select the foreground colour
Foreground
Press to select the background colour
Background
Errors
错误
Whitespace
Whitespace size:
Select the size of the dots used to represent visible whitespace
Whitespace foreground:
Select the foreground colour for visible whitespace
Whitespace background:
Select the background colour for visible whitespace
Select to set the colour of the edit area different to the default style
Override edit area colours
Edit area foreground:
Select the foreground colour for the edit area.
Edit area background:
Select the background colour for the edit area.
Colours
颜色
Change Tracing
Select to mark changed lines
Mark changed lines
Timeout for marking changed lines:
Enter the time in milliseconds after which changed lines will be marked
ms
毫秒
Unsaved changes colour:
Select the colour for the change marker for unsaved changes.
Saved changes colour:
Select the colour for the change marker for saved changes.
Select the wrap mode for long lines
Indication:
Select, how wrapped lines are indicated
Word Boundary
Character Boundary
No Indicator
Indicator by Text
Indicator by Margin
Indicator in Line Number Margin
Warning: There might be an issue.
Error: There is an issue.
Style
风格
Style: There is a style issue.
Select, whether the caretline should be highlighted even if the editor doesn't have the focus
Caretline always visible
Marker Map
Errors:
错误:
Select the colour for error markers
Warnings:
Select the colour for warning markers
Bookmarks:
Select the colour for bookmark markers
Breakpoints:
Select the colour for breakpoint markers
Tasks:
Select the colour for task markers
Changes:
Select the colour for change markers
Coverage:
Select the colour for coverage markers
Current Line:
Select the colour for the current line marker
Background:
Select the background colour for the marker map
EditorSyntaxPage
Select to enable the online syntax checker
<b>Online Syntax Check</b><p>Select this to enable syntax checks while typing. The check is performed, if typing is interrupted for the configured timeout period.</p>
Online Syntax Check
Timeout Interval:
Enter the timeout for the online syntax checker
<b>Timeout Interval</b><p>Enter the timeout interval for the online syntax check. The check is performed, if typing is interrupted for the configured timeout period.</p>
Automatic Syntax Check
自动语法检查
Select, whether source files should be checked automatically for syntax errors
<b>Automatic Syntax Check</b><p>Select to enable the automatic syntax checker. The syntax is checked, when a file is loaded or saved or the programming language of the editor is selected.</p>
s
<b>Configure Code Checker settings</b>
PyFlakes
Select to include a PyFlakes check after the syntax check
Include PyFlakes Checks after syntax check
Select to suppress star import warnings
Suppress star import warnings
EditorTypingPage
<b>Configure typing</b>
<b>配置输入</b>
Programming Language:
编程语言:
Select the programming language to be configured.
选择要配置的编程语言。
Select to enable Python typing aids
选择开启 Python 输入辅助
Enable Python typing aids
开启 Python 输入辅助
Select to insert a closing parenthesis
选择插入封闭括号
Automatic parenthesis insertion
自动插入括号
Select to skip matching braces when typing
选择在输入时跳过配对括号
Automatically skip matching braces when typing
输入时自动跳过配对括号
Select to skip a ':', if typed next to another ':'
选择跳过“:”,如果输入的下一个符号是另一个“:”
Automatic colon detection
自动检测冒号
Select to indent to the brace level after typing 'return'
选择在输入“return”后缩进到括号层级
After '(' indent to its level
在“( ”后进行缩进
Select to insert the matching quote character
选择插入配对的引号
Automatic quote insertion
自动插入引号
Select to dedent 'else:' and 'elif' to the matching 'if'
选择对与“ if ”配对的“else:”和“ elif ”取消缩进
Automatic dedent of 'else:' and 'elif'
自动取消“else:”和“ elif ”的缩进
Select to dedent 'except' and 'finally' to the matching 'try:'
选择对与“try:”配对的“except”和“finally”取消缩进
Automatic dedent of 'except' and 'finally'
自动取消“except”和“finally”的缩进
Select to treat code as Python 2.4 code
选择将代码看作 Python 2.4 代码
Python 2.4 style 'try:' blocks
Python 2.4 风格“try:”代码块
Select to insert the 'import' string
选择插入“import”字符串
Automatic insertion of the 'import' string on 'from xxx'
在“from xxx”后自动插入“import”字符串
Select to insert the 'self' string when declaring a method
选择在声明方法时插入“self ”字符串
Automatic insertion of 'self' when declaring methods
在声明方法时自动插入“self ”
Select to insert a blank after ','
选择在“,”后插入一个空格
Automatic insertion of ' ' (blank) after ','
在“,”后自动插入空格
Select to enable Ruby typing aids
选择开启 Ruby 输入辅助
Enable Ruby typing aids
开启 Ruby 输入辅助
Select to automatically complete a here document
选择自动完成这个文档
Automatic completion of here document
自动完成这个文档
Select to automatically insert '=end' after entering '=begin'
选择在输入“=begin”后自动插入“=end”
Automatic insertion of '=end' after '=begin'
在“=begin”后自动插入“=end”
Select to dedent 'def' statements to the last 'def' or 'class'
Automatic dedent of 'def' statements
EmailDialog
Send bug report
发送错误报告
Message
消息
&Subject:
主题(&S):
Enter the subject
输入主题
Attachments
附件
Name
名称
Type
类型
Press to add an attachment
点击添加一个附件
&Add...
添加(&A)…
Alt+A
Alt+A
Delete the selected entry from the list of attachments
从附件列表中删除已选条目
&Delete
删除(&D)
Alt+D
Alt+D
Enter your &feature request below. Version information is added automatically.
在上面输入你想要的软件功能。将自动添加版本信息。
Enter your &bug description below. Version information is added automatically.
在上面输入你的错误描述。将自动添加版本信息。
Send
发送
Close dialog
关闭对话框
Do you really want to close the dialog?
确定要关闭对话框?
Mail Server Password
邮件服务器密码
Enter your mail server password
输入你的邮件服务器密码
Attach file
附加文件
Send feature request
<p>Authentication failed.<br>Reason: {0}</p>
<p>Message could not be sent.<br>Reason: {0}</p>
EmailPage
<b>Configure Email</b>
<b>配置电子邮件</b>
Enter the address of your mail server
输入邮件服务器地址
Enter the port of the mail server
输入邮件服务器的端口
Email address:
电子邮件地址:
Enter your email address
输入你的电子邮件地址
Signature:
签名:
Enter your email signature
输入你的电子邮件签名
Select to use TLS
选择使用 TLS
Use TLS
使用 TLS
Select to authenticatate against the mail server
选择针对邮件服务器进行鉴别
Mail server needs authentication
邮件服务器需要鉴别
Username:
用户名:
Enter your mail server username
输入你的邮件服务器用户名
Password:
密码:
Enter your password for accessing the mail server
输入访问邮件服务器的密码
Outgoing mail server (SMTP):
Outgoing mail server port:
Press to test the login data
Test Login
Login Test
The login test succeeded.
<p>The login test failed.<br>Reason: {0}</p>
EricAccessHandler
Speed Dial
URL
Title
Apply
应用
New Page
Edit
编辑
Remove
移除
Reload
重新载入
Load title from page
Speed Dial Settings
Add New Page
Maximum pages in a row:
Change size of pages:
Close
关闭
Are you sure to remove this speed dial?
EricapiConfigDialog
Ericapi Configuration
Eric API 配置
Enter an output filename
输入一个输出文件名
<b>Output Filename</b><p>Enter the filename of the output file. A '%L' placeholder is replaced by the language of the API file.</p>
<b>输出文件名</b><p>键入输出文件的文件名。 “%L”占位符将被 API 文件的语言替换。</p>
Press to open a file selection dialog
点击打开文件选择对话框
Output File:
输出文件:
Languages
语言
Select the languages of the APIs to generate
选择要产生的 API 的语言
Additional source extensions:
附加的源扩展:
Enter additional source extensions separated by a comma
输入附加的源扩展,用逗号分隔
Select to recurse into subdirectories
选择包含子文件夹
Recurse into subdirectories
包含子文件夹
Select to include private classes, methods and functions in the API file
选择在 API 文件中包含私有类、方法和函数
Include private classes, methods and functions
包含私有类、方法和函数
Base package name:
基础包名称:
Enter the name of the base package
输入基础包的名称
Exclude Files:
排除文件:
Enter filename patterns of files to be excluded separated by a comma
输入要排除文件的文件名样式,用逗号分隔
Exclude Directories
排除文件夹
Enter a directory basename to be ignored
输入要忽略的文件夹基本名称
Press to add the entered directory to the list
点击将输入的文件夹添加到列表中
Add
添加
Press to delete the selected directory from the list
点击从列表中删除选中的文件夹
Delete
删除
Press to open a directory selection dialog
点击打开文件夹选择对话框
List of directory basenames to be ignored
要忽略的文件夹基本名称列表
Select output file
选择输出文件
API files (*.api);;All files (*)
API 文件 (*.api);;所有文件 (*)
Select directory to exclude
选择要排除的文件夹
EricapiExecDialog
Ericapi
Eric API
Messages
消息
<b>Ericapi Execution</b>
<p>This shows the output of the Ericapi generator command.</p>
<b>Eric API 执行</b>
<p>显示 Eric API 生成器命令的输出。</p>
Errors
错误
<b>Ericapi Execution</b>
<p>This shows the errors of the Ericapi generator command.</p>
<b>Eric API 执行</b>
<p>显示 Eric API 生成器命令的错误。</p>
Process Generation Error
进程生成错误
{0} - {1}
The process {0} could not be started. Ensure, that it is in the search path.
{0} finished.
EricapiPlugin
Eric6 API File Generator
Eric4 API 文件生成器 {5 ?} {6 ?}
Generate API file (eric6_api)
Generate &API file (eric6_api)
Generate an API file using eric6_api
<b>Generate API file</b><p>Generate an API file using eric6_api.</p>
EricdocConfigDialog
Ericdoc Configuration
Ericdoc 配置
General
通用配置
Output Directory:
输出文件夹:
Enter an output directory
输入一个输出文件夹
Press to open a directory selection dialog
点击打开文件夹选择对话框
Additional source extensions:
附加的源扩展:
Enter additional source extensions separated by a comma
输入附加的源扩展,用逗号分隔
Select to recurse into subdirectories
选择包含子文件夹
Recurse into subdirectories
包含子文件夹
Select, if no index files should be generated
选择不生成索引文件
Don't generate index files
不生成索引文件
Select to exclude empty modules
选择排除空模块
Don't include empty modules
不包含空模块
Exclude Files:
排除文件:
Enter filename patterns of files to be excluded separated by a comma
输入要排除文件的文件名样式,用逗号分隔
Exclude Directories
排除文件夹
Enter a directory basename to be ignored
输入要忽略的文件夹基本名称
Press to add the entered directory to the list
点击将输入的文件夹添加到列表中
Add
添加
Press to delete the selected directory from the list
点击从列表中删除选中的文件夹
Delete
删除
List of directory basenames to be ignored
要忽略的文件夹基本名称列表
Style
风格
Style Sheet
样式表
Enter the filename of a CSS style sheet. Leave empty to use the colours defined below.
输入一个 CSS 样式表的文件名。为空则使用以上定义的颜色。
Press to open a file selection dialog
点击打开文件选择对话框
Colours
颜色
Press to select the class and function header background colour.
点击选择类和函数标题的背景色。
Class/Function Header Background
类/函数标题背景
Press to select the class and function header foreground colour.
点击选择类和函数标题的前景色。
Class/Function Header Foreground
类/函数标题前景
Press to select the level 2 header background colour.
点击选择二级标题背景色。
Level 2 Header Background
二级标题背景
Press to select the level 2 header foreground colour.
点击选择二级标题前景色。
Level 2 Header Foreground
二级标题前景
Press to select the level 1 header background colour.
点击选择一级标题背景色。
Level 1 Header Background
一级标题背景
Press to select the level 1 header foreground colour.
点击选择一级标题前景色。
Level 1 Header Foreground
一级标题前景
Press to select the body background colour.
点击选择主体背景色。
Body Background
主体背景
Press to select the body foreground colour.
点击选择主体前景色。
Body Foreground
主体前景
Press to select the foreground colour of links.
点击选择链接的前景色。
Links
链接
This shows an example of the selected colours.
显示已选颜色的样例。
Select output directory
选择输出文件夹
Select directory to exclude
选择要排除的文件夹
Select CSS style sheet
选择 CSS 样式表
Style sheet (*.css);;All files (*)
样式表 (*.css);;所有文件 (*)
QtHelp
Generate QtHelp Files
Namespace:
Enter the namespace
Virtual Folder:
Enter the name of the virtual folder (must not contain '/')
Filter Name:
Enter the name of the custom filter
Filter Attributes:
Enter the filter attributes separated by ':'
Title:
Enter a short title for the top entry
Select output directory for QtHelp files
Select to generate the QtHelp collection files
Generate QtHelp collection files
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?><!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Strict//EN""http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-strict.dtd"><html><head><title></title></head><body style="background-color:{BodyBgColor};color:{BodyColor}"><h1 style="background-color:{Level1HeaderBgColor};color:{Level1HeaderColor}">Level 1 Header</h1><h3 style="background-color:{Level2HeaderBgColor};color:{Level2HeaderColor}">Level 2 Header</h3><h2 style="background-color:{CFBgColor};color:{CFColor}">Class and Function Header</h2>Standard body text with <a style="color:{LinkColor}">some links</a> embedded.</body></html>
EricdocExecDialog
Ericdoc
Ericdoc
Messages
消息
<b>Ericdoc Execution</b>
<p>This shows the output of the Ericdoc generator command.</p>
<b>Ericdoc 执行</b><p>显示 Ericdoc 生成器命令的输出。</p>
Errors
错误
<b>Ericdoc Execution</b>
<p>This shows the errors of the Ericdoc generator command.</p>
<b>EricdocI 执行</b>
<p>显示 Ericdoc 生成器命令的错误。</p>
Process Generation Error
进程生成错误
{0} - {1}
The process {0} could not be started. Ensure, that it is in the search path.
{0} finished.
EricdocPlugin
Qt Help Tools
Eric6 Documentation Generator
Eric4 文档生成器 {5 ?} {6 ?}
Generate documentation (eric6_doc)
Generate &documentation (eric6_doc)
Generate API documentation using eric6_doc
<b>Generate documentation</b><p>Generate API documentation using eric6_doc.</p>
ErrorLogDialog
Error Log Found
<b>An error log file was found. What should be done with it?</b>
Press to send an email
Send Bug Email
Press to ignore the error and delete the log file
Ignore and Delete
Press to ignore the error but keep the log file
Ignore but Keep
Delete
删除
Close
关闭
Error Log
ExceptionLogger
Exceptions
异常
Exception
异常
<b>Exceptions Logger</b><p>This windows shows a trace of all exceptions, that have occured during the last debugging session. Initially only the exception type and exception message are shown. After the expansion of this entry, the complete call stack as reported by the client is show with the most recent call first.</p>
<b>异常记录器</b><p>该窗口显示所有异常的记录,这些异常发生在最后的调试会话期间。最初只显示异常类型和异常消息。在该条目的异常之后,完全的调用堆栈以用户报告的形式显示出来,最近的调用排在最前面。</p>
Show source
显示源代码
Clear
清除
Configure...
配置……
An unhandled exception occured. See the shell window for details.
产生了一个未处理的异常。详细信息参见命令行窗口。
ExceptionsFilterDialog
Exceptions Filter
异常过滤器
<b>Exception Filter</b>
<p>This dialog is used to enter the exception types, that shall be highlighted during a debugging session. If this list is empty, all exception types will be highlighted. If the exception reporting flag in the "Start Debugging" dialog is unchecked, no exception will be reported at all.</p>
<p>Please note, that unhandled exceptions are always highlighted independent of these settings.</p>
<b>Exception Filter</b>
<p>该对话框用于输入在调试会话期间将被高亮显示的异常类型。如果该列表为空,则所有异常类型都将被高亮显示。如果在“开始调试”对话框中的排除报告标志未被选中,则根本不会报告任何异常。</p><p>请注意,未处理的异常总是被高亮显示,不管如何设置。</p>
List of exceptions that shall be highlighted
要高亮显示的异常列表
Press to add the entered exception to the list
点击添加输入的异常到列表中
Add
添加
Enter an exception type that shall be highlighted
输入要被高亮显示的异常类型
Press to delete the selected exception from the list
点击从列表中删除已选异常
Delete
删除
Press to delete all exceptions from the list
点击从列表中删除所有异常
Delete All
全部删除
Ignored Exceptions
忽略的异常
List of ignored exceptions
忽略异常列表
Exporter
All Files (*)
所有文件 (*)
ExporterBase
Export source
导出源代码
<p>The file <b>{0}</b> already exists. Overwrite it?</p>
ExporterHTML
HTML Files (*.html)
HTML 文件 (*.html)
Export source
导出源代码
<p>The source could not be exported to <b>{0}</b>.</p><p>Reason: {1}</p>
ExporterODT
ODT Files (*.odt)
Export source
导出源代码
<p>The source could not be exported to <b>{0}</b>.</p>
ExporterPDF
PDF Files (*.pdf)
PDF 文件 (*.pdf)
Export source
导出源代码
<p>The source could not be exported to <b>{0}</b>.</p><p>Reason: {1}</p>
ExporterRTF
RTF Files (*.rtf)
RTF 文件 (*.rtf)
Export source
导出源代码
<p>The source could not be exported to <b>{0}</b>.</p><p>Reason: {1}</p>
ExporterTEX
TeX Files (*.tex)
TeX 文件 (*.tex)
Export source
导出源代码
<p>The source could not be exported to <b>{0}</b>.</p><p>Reason: {1}</p>
Exporters
HTML
HTML
RTF
RTF
PDF
PDF
TeX
TeX
ODT
FeedEditDialog
Edit Feed Data
Fill title and URL of a feed:
Feed title:
Enter the title of the feed
Feed URL:
Enter the URL of the feed
FeedsDialog
Add Feed
Add Feeds from this site
Add
添加
Add RSS Feed
The feed was added successfully.
The feed was already added before.
FeedsManager
Feeds Manager
News
Press to reload all feeds
Reload &All
Press to reload the selected feed
&Reload
重新载入(&R)
Press to edit the selected feed
&Edit Feed
Press to delete the selected feed
&Delete Feed
Duplicate Feed URL
A feed with the URL {0} exists already. Aborting...
Delete Feed
<p>Do you really want to delete the feed <b>{0}</b>?</p>
Error fetching feed
&Open
Open in New &Tab
&Copy URL to Clipboard
&Show error data
Error loading feed
Fetch
Fetching from a remote Mercurial repository
FetchProjectHelper
Fetch changes
Fetch changes from a remote repository
<b>Fetch changes</b><p>This pulls changes from a remote repository into the local repository. If the pulled changes add a new branch head, the head is automatically merged, and the result of the merge is committed. Otherwise, the working directory is updated to include the new changes.</p>
Fetch
The project should be reread. Do this now?
FileDialogWizard
QFileDialog Wizard
QFileDialog 向导
Q&FileDialog Wizard...
Q&FileDialog 向导……
<b>QFileDialog Wizard</b><p>This wizard opens a dialog for entering all the parameters needed to create a QFileDialog. The generated code is inserted at the current cursor position.</p>
<b>QFileDialog 向导</b><p>该向导打开一个对话框,可以输入创建 QFileDialog 所需的所有参数。生成的代码插入到当前光标位置。</p>
No current editor
没有当前编辑器
Please open or create a file first.
请您先打开或创建一个文件。
FileDialogWizardDialog
QFileDialog Wizard
QFileDialog 向导
Type
类型
Select to create an 'Open File' dialog
选择创建“打开文件”对话框
Open File
打开文件
Select to create an 'Open Files' dialog
选择创建“打开多文件”对话框
Open Files
打开多个文件
Select to create a 'Save File' dialog
选择创建“保存文件”对话框
Save File
保存文件
Select to create a 'Select Directory' dialog
选择创建“选择文件夹”对话框
Select Directory
选择文件夹
Check to resolve symbolic links
选择分解符号链接
Resolve Symlinks
分解符号链接
File Dialog Properties
文件对话框属性
Check this if the contents of the edit names a variable or variable function
如果编辑的内容是变量或可变函数的名称,选中该选项
Is Variable
是可变的
Enter the filter specifications separated by ';;'
输入过滤器规范,以“;;”分隔
Enter the working directory or a filename
输入工作文件夹或文件名
Filters
过滤器
Select to show an overwrite confirmation dialog
选择显示覆盖确认对话框
Show overwrite confirmation
显示覆盖确认
Start With / Working Directory
开始 / 工作文件夹
Directory Dialog Properties
文件夹对话框属性
Enter the working directory
输入工作文件夹
Working Directory
工作文件夹
Check to display directories only
选中可只显示文件夹
Show Directories Only
只显示文件夹
Test
测试
Select to create an 'Open File' dialog capturing the selected filter
Open File and Filter
Select to create an 'Open Files' dialog capturing the selected filter
Open Files and Filter
Select to create a 'Save File' dialog capturing the selected filter
Save File and Filter
PyQt Variant:
Enter the title text
Parent
Select "self" as parent
self
Select "None" as parent
None
无
Select to enter a parent expression
Expression:
表达式:
Enter the parent expression
Initial Filter
Enter the initial filter
Results
Name Variable:
Filter Variable:
Title:
FileReply
<p><a class="link_parent" href="{0}">Change to parent directory</a></p>
<tr><th align="left">Name</th><th>Size</th><th align="left">Last modified</th></tr>
{0} {1}
size unit
Listing of {0}
FiletypeAssociationDialog
Filetype Associations
文件类型关联
Filename Pattern
文件名样式
Filetype
文件类型
Press to delete the selected association
点击删除已选关联
Delete
删除
Select the filetype to associate
选择要关联的文件类型
Filetype:
文件类型:
Enter the filename pattern to be associated
输入要关联的文件名样式
Filename Pattern:
文件名样式:
Press to add or change the entered association
点击添加或改变输入的关联
Add/Change
添加/改变
Sources
源代码
Forms
窗体
Translations
翻译
Resources
资源
Interfaces
界面
Others
其它
Ignore
忽略
FindFileDialog
Find in Files
在文件中搜索
Find &text:
查找文本(&t):
Enter the search text or regular expression
输入搜索文件或正则表达式
Replace te&xt:
替换文本(&x):
Enter the replacement text or regular expression
输入替换文本或正则表达式
Select to match case sensitive
选择匹配区分大小写
&Match upper/lower case
匹配大写/小写字母(&M)
Select to match whole words only
选择仅匹配整个文字
Whole &word
全部文字(&W)
Select if the searchtext is a regular expression
选择搜索文件是否为正则表达式
Regular &Expression
正则表达式(&E)
File type
文件类型
Search in source files
在源文件中搜索
&Sources
源代码(&)
Search in resources
在资源中搜索
&Resources
资源(&R)
Search in forms
在窗体中搜索
&Forms
窗体(&F)
Search in interfaces
在界面中搜索
&Interfaces
界面(&I)
Select to filter the files by a given filename pattern
选择通过给出的文件名样式过滤文件
Fi<er
过滤器(&l)
Enter the filename wildcards separated by ';'
输入文件名通配符,用“;”分隔
Find in
查找在
Search in files of the current project
在当前项目的文件中搜索
&Project
项目(&P)
Search in files of a directory tree to be entered below
在上面输入的目录树中的文件中搜索
&Directory tree
目录(&D)树
Enter the directory to search in
输入要搜索的文件夹
Select the directory via a directory selection dialog
通过文件夹选择对话框选择文件夹
Search in open files only
仅在打开文件中搜索
&Open files only
仅打开文件
Shows the progress of the search action
显示搜索进程
File/Line
文件/行
Text
文本
Press to apply the selected replacements
点击应用已选的替换
Replace
替换
Stop
中止
Find
查找
Replace in Files
在文件中替换
Select directory
选择文件夹
Select to open the first occurence automatically
Feeling Like
Open
打开
Copy Path to Clipboard
Invalid search expression
<p>The search expression is not valid.</p><p>Error: {0}</p>
<p>Could not read the file <b>{0}</b>. Skipping it.</p><p>Reason: {1}</p>
<p>Could not save the file <b>{0}</b>. Skipping it.</p><p>Reason: {1}</p>
<p>The current and the original hash of the file <b>{0}</b> are different. Skipping it.</p><p>Hash 1: {1}</p><p>Hash 2: {2}</p>
%v/%m Files
{0} / {1}
occurrences / files
%n occurrence(s)
%n file(s)
FindFileNameDialog
Find File
查找文件
Enter filename (? matches any single character, * matches everything)
输入文件名(? 匹配任意单字符,* 匹配任何字符)
Enter file name to search for
输入要搜索的文件名
.
.
Enter file extension to search for
输入要搜索的扩展名
Enabled to include the entered directory into the search
允许将输入的文件夹包含到搜索中
Search Path:
搜索路径:
Enter the directory, the file should be searched in
输入文件夹,将在该文件夹中搜索文件
Press to select the directory, the file should be searched in
点击选择文件夹,将在该文件夹中搜索文件
Select to search in the project path
选择在项目路径中搜索
Search in &project
在项目(&p)中搜索
Alt+P
Alt+P
Select to search in sys.path
选择在系统路径中搜索
Search in &sys.path
在系统路径中搜索
Alt+S
Alt+S
Filename
文件名
Path
路径
Stop
中止
Press to stop the search
点击停止搜索
Opens the selected file
打开已选文件
Select search directory
选择搜索文件夹
FirefoxImporter
Mozilla Firefox stores its bookmarks in the <b>places.sqlite</b> SQLite database. This file is usually located in
Please choose the file to begin importing bookmarks.
File '{0}' does not exist.
Unable to open database.
Reason: {0}
Mozilla Firefox Import
Imported {0}
FontDialogWizard
QFontDialog Wizard
QFontDialog 向导
Q&FontDialog Wizard...
Q&FontDialog 向导……
<b>QFontDialog Wizard</b><p>This wizard opens a dialog for entering all the parameters needed to create a QFontDialog. The generated code is inserted at the current cursor position.</p>
<b>QFontDialog 向导</b><p>该向导打开一个对话框,可以输入创建 QFontDialog 需要的所有参数。产生的代码插入到当前光标位置。</p>
No current editor
没有当前编辑器
Please open or create a file first.
请您先打开或创建一个文件。
FontDialogWizardDialog
QFontDialog Wizard
QFontDialog 向导
Press to select a font via a dialog
点击通过对话框选择字体
Select Font ...
选择字体……
Enter a variable name
输入变量名
Test
测试
Result:
Enter the result variable name
Font Variable:
Title:
Enter the title for the message box
Parent
Select "self" as parent
self
Select "None" as parent
None
无
Select to enter a parent expression
Expression:
表达式:
Enter the parent expression
FtpReply
<p><a class="link_parent" href="{0}">Change to parent directory</a></p>
<tr><th align="left">Name</th><th>Size</th><th align="left">Last modified</th></tr>
{0} {1}
size unit
Listing of {0}
The proxy type seems to be wrong. If it is not in the list of supported proxy types please report it with the instructions given by the proxy.
{0}
<b>Connect to proxy '{0}' using:</b>
FtpSyncHandler
Cannot log in to FTP host.
Synchronization finished.
No synchronization required.
GotoDialog
Goto
跳转
&Line Number:
行号(&L):
Enter linenumber to go to
输入要跳转的行号
<b>Linenumber</b>
<p>Enter the linenumber to go to in this entry field.</p>
<b>行号</b>
<p>在输入区域中输入要跳转行号。</p>
Gpg
Verify Signatures
Sign Revision
GpgProjectHelper
List Signed Changesets
List Signed Changesets...
List signed changesets
<b>List Signed Changesets</b><p>This opens a dialog listing all signed changesets.</p>
Verify Signatures
Verify all signatures there may be for a particular revision
<b>Verify Signatures</b><p>This verifies all signatures there may be for a particular revision.</p>
Sign Revision
Add a signature for a selected revision
<b>Sign Revision</b><p>This adds a signature for a selected revision.</p>
GPG
GraphicsPage
<b>Configure graphics settings</b>
<b>配置图形设定</b>
Press to select the font for the graphic items
点击为图形项选择字体
Graphics Font
图形的字体
GreaseMonkeyAddScriptDialog
GreaseMonkey Script Installation
<h2>GreaseMonkey Script Installation</h2>
You are about to install this userscript into GreaseMonkey:
<b>You should only install scripts from sources you trust!</b>
Are you sure you want to install it?
Press to open an editor with the script's source
Show source code of script
<p>runs at:<br/><i>{0}</i></p>
<p>does not run at:<br/><i>{0}</i></p>
<p><b>{0}</b> installed successfully.</p>
<p>Cannot install script.</p>
GreaseMonkeyConfigurationDialog
GreaseMonkey Scripts Configuration
<h2>GreaseMonkey Scripts</h2>
Press to open the scripts directory
Open Scripts Directory
Remove Script
<p>Are you sure you want to remove <b>{0}</b>?</p>
Double clicking script will show additional information.
<p>Get more scripts from <a href="www.userscript.org">userscript.org</a>.</p>
GreaseMonkeyConfigurationScriptInfoDialog
<h2>GreaseMonkey Script Details</h2>
Name:
名称:
Version:
版本:
URL:
URL:
Start at:
Description:
描述:
Runs at:
Does not run at:
Press to open an editor with the script's source
Show source code of script
Script Details of {0}
GreaseMonkeyDownloader
GreaseMonkey Download
<p>The file <b>{0}</b> could not be opened for writing.<br/>Reason: {1}</p>
<p><b>{0}</b> is already installed.</p>
HelpAppearancePage
<b>Configure help viewer appearance</b>
<b>配置帮助浏览器外观</b>
Fonts
字体
Press to select the standard font
点击选择标准字体
Standard Font
标准字体
Times 16
Times 16
Press to select the fixed-width font
点击选择定宽字体
Fixed-Width Font
固定宽度字体
Courier 13
Courier 13
Colours
颜色
Background colour of secure URLs:
安全 URL 的背景色:
Select the background colour for secure URLs.
为安全的 URL 选择背景色。
Images
图像
Select to load images
选择输入图像
Load images
输入图像
Style Sheet
样式表
User Style Sheet:
用户样式表:
Enter the file name of a user style sheet
输入用户样式表的文件名
Select the user style sheet via a file selection dialog
通过文件选择对话框选择用户样式表
Select Style Sheet
选择样式表
Tabs
Show only one close button instead of one for each tab
Warn, if multiple tabs are about to be closed
Select to issue a warning, if multiple tabs are about to be closed
HelpBrowser
Open Link in New TabCtrl+LMB
在新选项卡中打开链接Ctrl+LMB
<b>Help Window</b><p>This window displays the selected help information.</p>
<b>帮助窗口</b><p>该窗口显示已选的帮助信息。</p>
Web Inspector...
网络检查器……
Check the address for errors such as <b>ww</b>.example.org instead of <b>www</b>.example.org
If the address is correct, try checking the network connection.
If your computer or network is protected by a firewall or proxy, make sure that the browser is permitted to access the network.
Bookmark this Page
Save Lin&k
Bookmark this Link
Copy Link to Clipboard
Open Image in New Tab
Save Image
保存图像
Copy Image to Clipboard
Copy Image Location to Clipboard
Block Image
Search with...
<p>The file <b>{0}</b> does not exist.</p>
<p>Could not start a viewer for file <b>{0}</b>.</p>
<p>Could not start an application for URL <b>{0}</b>.</p>
Error loading page: {0}
When connecting to: {0}.
Web Database Quota
<p>The database quota of <strong>{0}</strong> has been exceeded while accessing database <strong>{1}</strong>.</p><p>Shall it be changed?</p>
New Web Database Quota
bytes
字节
kB
千字节
MB
兆字节
Enter the new quota in MB (current = {0}, used = {1}; step size = 5 MB):
Add to web search toolbar
Method not supported
{0} method is not supported.
Search engine
Choose the desired search engine
Engine name
Enter a name for the engine
If your cache policy is set to offline browsing,only pages in the local cache are available.
Scan Link with VirusTotal
Scan Image with VirusTotal
Send Link
Send Image Link
This Frame
Show &only this frame
Show in new &tab
&Print
打印(&P)
Print Preview
打印预览
Print as PDF
Zoom &in
放大(&i)
Zoom &reset
Zoom &out
缩小(&o)
Show frame so&urce
Send Page Link
Send Text
Google Translate
Dictionary
Go to web address
User Agent
Try Again
再试
Play
Pause
Unmute
Mute
Copy Media Address to Clipboard
Send Media Address
Save Media
eric6 Web Browser
<p>Printing is not available due to a bug in PyQt5. Please upgrade.</p>
<p>Printing is not available due to a bug in PyQt5.Please upgrade.</p>
<p>由于 PyQt4 中存在一个错误,导致无法打印。请升级。</p> {5.?}
HelpClearPrivateDataDialog
Clear Private Data
Select to clear the browsing history
&Browsing History
Select to clear the search history
&Search History
Select to clear the website icons
Website &Icons
Select to clear the disk cache
Cached &Web Pages
Select to clear the cookies
&Cookies
Select to clear the saved passwords
Saved &Passwords
Select to delete all web databases
Web &Databases
Select to clear the download history
Select the history period to be deleted
Last Hour
Last Day
Last Week
Last 4 Weeks
Whole Period
Select to clear cookies set by the Adobe Flash Player
Download &History
Cookies from Adobe &Flash Player
HelpDocsInstaller
<p>The file <b>{0}</b> could not be registered. <br/>Reason: {1}</p>
HelpDocumentationPage
<b>Configure help documentation</b>
<b>配置帮助文档</b>
Qt4 Documentation
Qt4 文档
Press to select the Qt4 documentation directory via a dialog
点击通过对话框选择 Qt4 文档文件夹
Enter the Qt4 documentation directory
输入 Qt4 文档文件夹
<b>Note</b>: Leave empty to use the QT4DOCDIR environment variable, if set.
<b>注意</b>: 为空时使用 QT4DOCDIR 环境变量,如果该环境变量已设定。
PyQt4 Documentation
PyQt4 文档
Press to select the PyQt4 documentation directory via a dialog
点击通过对话框选择 PyQt4 文档文件夹
Enter the PyQt4 documentation directory
输入 PyQt4 文档文件夹
<b>Note</b>: Leave empty to use the PYQT4DOCDIR environment variable, if set.
<b>注意</b>: 为空时使用 PYQT4DOCDIR 环境变量,如果该环境变量已设定。
PySide Documentation
Press to select the PySide documentation directory via a dialog
Enter the PySide documentation directory
<b>Note</b>: Leave empty to use the PYSIDEDOCDIR environment variable, if set.
HTML Files (*.html *.htm);;All Files (*)
Select Qt4 documentation entry
Select PySide documentation entry
HTML Files (*.html *.htm);;Compressed Help Files (*.chm);;All Files (*)
Python 2 Documentation
Press to select the Python 2 documentation directory via a dialog
Enter the Python 2 documentation directory
<b>Note</b>: Leave empty to use the PYTHON2DOCDIR environment variable, if set.
Python 3 Documentation
Press to select the Python 3 documentation directory via a dialog
Enter the Python 3 documentation directory
<b>Note</b>: Leave empty to use the PYTHON3DOCDIR environment variable, if set.
Select Python 2 documentation entry
Select Python 3 documentation entry
Qt5 Documentation
Qt4 文档 {5 ?}
Press to select the Qt5 documentation directory via a dialog
点击通过对话框选择 Qt4 文档文件夹 {5 ?}
Enter the Qt5 documentation directory
输入 Qt4 文档文件夹 {5 ?}
<b>Note</b>: Leave empty to use the QT5DOCDIR environment variable, if set.
<b>注意</b>: 为空时使用 QT4DOCDIR 环境变量,如果该环境变量已设定。 {5D?}
Select Qt5 documentation entry
PyQt5 Documentation
PyQt4 文档 {5 ?}
Press to select the PyQt5 documentation directory via a dialog
点击通过对话框选择 PyQt4 文档文件夹 {5 ?}
Enter the PyQt5 documentation directory
输入 PyQt4 文档文件夹 {5 ?}
<b>Note</b>: Leave empty to use the PYQT5DOCDIR environment variable, if set.
<b>注意</b>: 为空时使用 PYQT4DOCDIR 环境变量,如果该环境变量已设定。 {5D?}
Select PyQt5 documentation entry
HelpIndexWidget
&Look for:
Open Link
Open Link in New Tab
HelpInterfacePage
<b>Configure User Interface</b>
<b>配置用户界面</b>
Style:
风格:
Select the interface style
选择界面风格
Style Sheet:
样式表:
Enter the name of the style sheet file
输入样式表文件的名称
Select the style sheet file via a file selection dialog
通过文件选择对话框选择样式表文件
System
系统
Select style sheet file
选择样式表文件
Qt Style Sheets (*.qss);;Cascading Style Sheets (*.css);;All files (*)
Qt 样式表 (*.qss);;Cascading 样式表 (*.css);;所有文件 (*)
HelpLanguagesDialog
Languages
语言
Languages in order of preference:
&Up
向上(&U)
&Down
向下(&D)
&Remove
移除(&R)
&Add
添加(&A)
HelpSearchWidget
Open Link
Open Link in New Tab
HelpTabWidget
Show a navigation menu
Close the current help window
关闭当前帮助浏览器
Open a new help window tab
打开新帮助窗口选项卡
New Tab
新建选项卡
Move Left
左移
Move Right
右移
Duplicate Page
Close
关闭
Close Others
Close All
全部关闭
Print Preview
打印预览
Print
打印
Print as PDF
Bookmark All Tabs
...
……
Loading...
Finished loading
Failed to load
Are you sure you want to close the window?
Are you sure you want to close the window?
You have %n tab(s) open.
&Close
关闭(&C)
&Quit
退出(&Q)
C&lose Current Tab
Show a navigation menu for closed tabs
Reload All
Restore Closed Tab
Restore All Closed Tabs
Clear List
eric6 Web Browser
<p>Printing is not available due to a bug in PyQt5. Please upgrade.</p>
<p>Printing is not available due to a bug in PyQt5.Please upgrade.</p>
<p>由于 PyQt4 中存在一个错误,导致无法打印。请升级。</p> {5.?}
HelpTocWidget
Open Link
Open Link in New Tab
HelpTopicDialog
Select Help Topic
&Topics:
Choose a &topic for <b>{0}</b>:
HelpViewersPage
<b>Configure help viewers</b>
<b>配置帮助浏览器</b>
Help Viewer
帮助浏览器
Enter the custom viewer to be used
输入要使用的自定义浏览器
Press to select the custom viewer via a file selection dialog
点击通过文件选择对话框选择自定义浏览器
Select to use a custom viewer
选择使用自定义浏览器
Custom
自定义
Select to use Qt Assistant
选择使用 Qt 助手
Qt Assistant
Qt 助手
Select Custom Viewer
选择自定义浏览器
Select Web-Browser
选择网络浏览器
Select PDF-Viewer
选择 PDF 浏览器
Select CHM-Viewer
选择 CHM 浏览器
Select to use the Eric Web Browser
Eric Web Browser
Select to use the configured web browser of the system
System Web Browser
HelpVirusTotalPage
<b>Configure VirusTotal Interface</b>
Select to enable the VirusTotal interface
Enable VirusTotal
Service Key
Enter your personal VirusTotal service key (s. <a href="http://virustotal.com">VirusTotal ©</a> for details):
Test Service Key
Select to use secure (https) connections
Use secure (https) connections
Checking validity of the service key...
The service key is valid.
<font color="#FF0000">The service key is not valid.</font>
<font color="#FF0000"><b>Error:</b> {0}</font>
HelpWebBrowserPage
<b>Configure web browser</b>
Select to use a single help browser window only
选择仅使用一个帮助浏览器
Use single web browser window
Select to save the window size and position
选择保存窗口尺寸和位置
Save size and position upon exit
在退出时保存尺寸和位置
Select to enable suggestions for web searches
Show suggestions for web searches
Privacy
隐私
Select to enable Java
选择允许 Java
Enable Java
允许 Java
Select to enable JavaScript
选择允许 JavaScript
Enable JavaScript
允许 JavaScript
Select to allow JavaScript to open windows
选择允许 JavaScript 打开窗口
JavaScript can open windows
JavaScript 可以打开窗口
Select to allow JavaScript to access the clipboard
选择允许 JavaScript 访问剪贴板
JavaScript can access clipboard
JavaScript 可以访问剪贴板
Select to enable plugins in web pages
Enable Plugins
Browser Cache
Enable disk cache
Cache size:
Enter the maximum size of the disk cache
MB
Printing
Select to print background colours and images
Print background colours and images
Startup
On startup:
Select the startup behavior
Home Page:
Enter the desired home page
Press to set the current page as the home page
Set to current page
Press to set the default home page
Set to default home page
History
历史
Remove history items:
Select the period for expiration of history entries
After one day
After one week
After two weeks
After one month
After one year
Manually
On application exit
Scheme
Default Scheme:
Select the default scheme
<b>Default Scheme</b><p>Select the default scheme. This scheme is prepended to URLs, that don't contain one.</p>
Policy
Select to prefer the network
Keep cache in sync
Select to prefer cached data
Use cache whenever possible
Select to use cached data only
Offline browsing mode
Select to show a page preview when the mouse hovers over the tab
Show preview when hovering tab
Select to enable support for access keys
Enable access keys
Web Search
Language:
语言:
Select the language to be used for web searches
Select to enabled the "Do Not Track" feature
Tell web sites I do not want to be tracked
Select to enable the browser's workaround for broken sites
Enable workaround for broken sites
Security
Select to enable XSS auditing
Enable XSS Auditing
Navigation
Select to enable the spatial navigation feature
<b>Enable Spatial Navigation</b>
<p>This enables or disables the Spatial Navigation feature, which consists in the ability to navigate between focusable elements in a Web page, such as hyperlinks and form controls, by using Left, Right, Up and Down arrow keys. For example, if a user presses the Right key, heuristics determine whether there is an element he might be trying to reach towards the right and which element he probably wants.</p>
Enable Spatial Navigation
Select to include links in focus chain
<b>Include Links in Focus Chain</b>
<p>This selects whether hyperlinks should be included in the keyboard focus chain.</p>
Include Links in Focus Chain
<b>Enable XSS Auditing</b>
<p>This selects whether load requests should be monitored for cross-site scripting attempts. Suspicious scripts will be blocked. These will be reported in theWeb Inspector's JavaScript console. Enabling this feature might have an impact on performance.</p>
Select to activate the Flash blocker
Use ClickToFlash on Flash plugins
Select to send referer headers to the server
Send Referer header to servers
Show Home Page
Show Speed Dial
Show Empty Page
Press to edit the list of whitelisted hosts
Edit Referer Whitelist ...
Press to edit the list of hosts exempted from caching
Edit Exempted Hosts ...
HelpWebPage
Error loading page: {0}
When connecting to: {0}.
Check the address for errors such as <b>ww</b>.example.org instead of <b>www</b>.example.org
If the address is correct, try checking the network connection.
If your computer or network is protected by a firewall or proxy, make sure that the browser is permitted to access the network.
If your cache policy is set to offline browsing,only pages in the local cache are available.
Resending POST request
In order to display the site, the request along with all the data must be sent once again, which may lead to some unexpected behaviour of the site e.g. the same action might be performed once again. Do you want to continue anyway?
Try Again
再试
Content blocked by AdBlock Plus
Blocked by rule: <i>{0}</i>
Select files to upload...
SSL Info
This site does not contain SSL information.
HelpWebSearchWidget
Suggestions
No Recent Searches
Recent Searches
Clear Recent Searches
Add '{0}'
HelpWindow
Close the current help window
关闭当前帮助浏览器
Open a new help window tab
打开新帮助窗口选项卡
New Tab
新建选项卡
&New Tab
新建选项卡(&N)
Ctrl+T
File|New Tab
Ctrl+T
<b>New Tab</b><p>This opens a new help window tab.</p>
<b>新建选项卡</b><p>打开新帮助窗口选项卡。</p>
New Window
新建窗口
Ctrl+N
File|New Window
Ctrl+N
Open a new help browser window
打开一个新的帮助浏览器窗口
<b>New Window</b><p>This opens a new help browser window.</p>
<b>新建窗口</b><p>打开一个新的帮助浏览窗口。</p>
Open File
打开文件
&Open File
打开文件(&O)
Ctrl+O
File|Open
Ctrl+O
Open a help file for display
打开显示一个帮助文件
<b>Open File</b><p>This opens a new help file for display. It pops up a file selection dialog.</p>
<b>打开文件</b><p>打开显示一个新帮助文件。将会弹出一个文件选择对话框。</p>
Open File in New Tab
在新选项卡中打开文件
Open File in New &Tab
在新选项卡中打开文件(&T)
Shift+Ctrl+O
File|Open in new tab
Shift+Ctrl+O
Open a help file for display in a new tab
在新选项卡中打开显示帮助文件
<b>Open File in New Tab</b><p>This opens a new help file for display in a new tab. It pops up a file selection dialog.</p>
<b>在新选项卡中打开文件</b><p>在新选项卡中打开显示一个新帮助文件。将会弹出一个文件选择对话框。</p>
Print
打印
&Print
打印(&P)
Ctrl+P
File|Print
Ctrl+P
Print the displayed help
打印显示的帮助
<b>Print</b><p>Print the displayed help text.</p>
<b>打印</b><p>打印显示的帮助文本。</p>
Print Preview
打印预览
Print preview of the displayed help
显示的帮助的打印预览
<b>Print Preview</b><p>Print preview of the displayed help text.</p>
<b>打印预览</b><p>显示的帮助文件的打印预览。</p>
Close
关闭
&Close
关闭(&C)
Ctrl+W
File|Close
Ctrl+W
<b>Close</b><p>Closes the current help window.</p>
<b>关闭</b><p>关闭当前帮助窗口。</p>
Close All
全部关闭
Close &All
全部关闭(&A)
<b>Close All</b><p>Closes all help windows except the first one.</p>
<b>全部关闭</b><p>关闭所有帮助窗口除了第一个。</p>
Quit
退出
&Quit
退出(&Q)
Ctrl+Q
File|Quit
Ctrl+Q
Backward
后退
&Backward
后退(&B)
Alt+Left
Go|Backward
Alt+Left
Backspace
Go|Backward
Backspace
Move one help screen backward
向后移动一个帮助屏幕
<b>Backward</b><p>Moves one help screen backward. If none is available, this action is disabled.</p>
<b>后移</b><p>向后移动一个帮助屏幕。如果没有有效的帮助屏幕,则该行为被禁用。</p>
Forward
前移
&Forward
前移(&F)
Alt+Right
Go|Forward
Alt+Right
Shift+Backspace
Go|Forward
Shift+Backspace
Move one help screen forward
向前移动一个帮助屏幕
<b>Forward</b><p>Moves one help screen forward. If none is available, this action is disabled.</p>
<b>前移</b><p>向前移动一个帮助屏幕。如果没有有效的帮助屏幕,则该行为被禁用。</p>
Home
Home
&Home
首页(&H)
Ctrl+Home
Go|Home
Ctrl+Home
Move to the initial help screen
移动到初始帮助屏幕
<b>Home</b><p>Moves to the initial help screen.</p>
<b>返回</b><p>移动到初始帮助屏幕。</p>
Reload
重新载入
&Reload
重新载入(&R)
Ctrl+R
Go|Reload
Ctrl+R
Reload the current help screen
重新载入当前帮助屏幕
<b>Reload</b><p>Reloads the current help screen.</p>
<b>重新载入</b><p>重新载入当前帮助屏幕。</p>
Copy
复制
&Copy
复制(&C)
Ctrl+C
Edit|Copy
Ctrl+C
Copy the selected text
复制已选文本
<b>Copy</b><p>Copy the selected text to the clipboard.</p>
<b>复制</b><p>将已选文件复制到剪贴板中。</p>
Find...
查找……
&Find...
查找(&F)……
Ctrl+F
Edit|Find
Ctrl+F
Find text in page
在页面中查找文本
<b>Find</b><p>Find text in the current page.</p>
<b>查找</b><p>在页面中查找文本。</p>
Find next
查找下一个
Find &next
查找下一个(&n)
F3
Edit|Find next
F3
Find next occurrence of text in page
在页面中查找文本的下一个出现位置
<b>Find next</b><p>Find the next occurrence of text in the current page.</p>
<b>查找下一个</b><p>在页面中查找文本的下一个出现位置。</p>
Find previous
查找上一个
Find &previous
查找上一个(&p)
Shift+F3
Edit|Find previous
Shift+F3
Find previous occurrence of text in page
在页面中查找文本的上一个出现位置
<b>Find previous</b><p>Find the previous occurrence of text in the current page.</p>
<b>查找上一个</b><p>在页面中查找文本的上一个出现位置。</p>
Add Bookmark
添加书签
What's This?
这是什么?
&What's This?
这是什么(&W)?
Shift+F1
Help|What's This?'
Shift+F1
Context sensitive help
背景帮助
<b>Display context sensitive help</b><p>In What's This? mode, the mouse cursor shows an arrow with a question mark, and you can click on the interface elements to get a short description of what they do and how to use them. In dialogs, this feature can be accessed using the context help button in the titlebar.</p>
<b>显示背景帮助</b><p>在“这是什么?”模式中,鼠标光标显示为带问号的箭头,通过点击界面元素你可以获得“在做什么”和“怎样使用”的简短描述。使用标题栏中的上下文帮助按钮可以获得此功能。</p>
About
关于
&About
关于(&A)
Display information about this software
显示软件信息
<b>About</b><p>Display some information about this software.</p>
<b>关于</b><p>显示与本软件有关的部分信息。</p>
About Qt
关于 Qt
About &Qt
关于 &Qt
Display information about the Qt toolkit
显示Qt工具包信息
<b>About Qt</b><p>Display some information about the Qt toolkit.</p>
<b>关于 Qt</b><p>显示Qt工具包的部分相关信息。</p>
Zoom in
放大
Zoom &in
放大(&i)
Ctrl++
View|Zoom in
Ctrl++
Zoom in on the text
放大显示文本
<b>Zoom in</b><p>Zoom in on the text. This makes the text bigger.</p>
<b>放大</b><p>放大显示文本。将使文本变大。</p>
Zoom out
缩小
Zoom &out
缩小(&o)
Ctrl+-
View|Zoom out
Ctrl+-
Zoom out on the text
缩小显示文本
<b>Zoom out</b><p>Zoom out on the text. This makes the text smaller.</p>
<b>缩小</b><p>缩小显示文本。将使文本变小。</p>
Show next tab
显示下一个选项卡
Ctrl+Alt+Tab
Ctrl+Alt+Tab
Show previous tab
显示上一个选项卡
Shift+Ctrl+Alt+Tab
Shift+Ctrl+Alt+Tab
Switch between tabs
在选项卡间切换
Ctrl+1
Ctrl+1
Preferences
参数选择
&Preferences...
参数选择(&P)……
Set the prefered configuration
设定偏好配置
<b>Preferences</b><p>Set the configuration items of the application with your prefered values.</p>
<b>参数选择</b><p>将应用程序的配置项设定为你喜欢的值。</p>
Clear icons database
清除图标数据库
Clear the database of favicons
清除喜好图标数据库
<b>Clear icons database</b><p>Clears the database of favicons of previously visited URLs.</p>
<b>清除图标数据库</b><p>清除以前访问过的 URL 的喜好图标的数据库。</p>
&File
文件(&F)
&Edit
编辑(&E)
&View
视图(&V)
&Go
跳转(&G)
H&istory
历史(&i)
&Bookmarks
书签(&B)
&Help
帮助(&H)
File
文件
Edit
编辑
View
视图
Find
查找
Help
帮助
Go
跳转
Help Files (*.html *.htm);;PDF Files (*.pdf);;CHM Files (*.chm);;All Files (*)
帮助文件 (*.html *.htm);;PDF 文件 (*.pdf);;CHM 文件 (*.chm);;所有文件 (*)
Contents
Close all help windows
Sync with Table of Contents
Synchronizes the table of contents with current page
<b>Sync with Table of Contents</b><p>Synchronizes the table of contents with current page.</p>
Table of Contents
Shows the table of contents window
<b>Table of Contents</b><p>Shows the table of contents window.</p>
Manage QtHelp Documents
Shows a dialog to manage the QtHelp documentation set
<b>Manage QtHelp Documents</b><p>Shows a dialog to manage the QtHelp documentation set.</p>
&Window
窗口(&W)
Filter
Filtered by:
Could not find an associated content.
Manage QtHelp Filters
Shows a dialog to manage the QtHelp filters
<b>Manage QtHelp Filters</b><p>Shows a dialog to manage the QtHelp filters.</p>
Index
Shows the index window
<b>Index</b><p>Shows the index window.</p>
Search
搜索
Shows the search window
<b>Search</b><p>Shows the search window.</p>
Reindex Documentation
Reindexes the documentation set
<b>Reindex Documentation</b><p>Reindexes the documentation set.</p>
Updating search index
Looking for Documentation...
Unfiltered
Help Engine
Private Browsing
Private &Browsing
<b>Private Browsing</b><p>Enables private browsing. In this mode no history is recorded anymore.</p>
Full Screen
&Full Screen
F11
F11
Manage QtHelp &Documents
Manage QtHelp &Filters
&Reindex Documentation
Clear private data
&Clear private data
<b>Clear private data</b><p>Clears the private data like browsing history, search history or the favicons database.</p>
Clear &icons database
Show the network monitor dialog
&Settings
&Tools
工具(&T)
Show page source
Ctrl+U
Ctrl+U
Show the page source in an editor
<b>Show page source</b><p>Show the page source in an editor.</p>
&Languages...
Configure the accepted languages for web pages
<b>Languages</b><p>Configure the accepted languages for web pages.</p>
Languages
语言
Cookies
C&ookies...
Configure cookies handling
<b>Cookies</b><p>Configure cookies handling.</p>
Settings
设置
Zoom reset
重置缩放
Zoom &reset
Ctrl+0
View|Zoom reset
Ctrl+0
Reset the zoom of the text
Zoom text only
Zoom &text only
Zoom text only; pictures remain constant
<b>Zoom text only</b><p>Zoom text only; pictures remain constant.</p>
<b>Zoom reset</b><p>Reset the zoom of the text. This sets the zoom factor to 100%.</p>
New &Window
Import Bookmarks
&Import Bookmarks...
Import bookmarks from other browsers
<b>Import Bookmarks</b><p>Import bookmarks from other browsers.</p>
Export Bookmarks
&Export Bookmarks...
Export the bookmarks into a file
<b>Export Bookmarks</b><p>Export the bookmarks into a file.</p>
Manage Bookmarks
&Manage Bookmarks...
Ctrl+Shift+B
Help|Manage bookmarks
Open a dialog to manage the bookmarks.
<b>Manage Bookmarks...</b><p>Open a dialog to manage the bookmarks.</p>
Add &Bookmark...
Ctrl+D
Help|Add bookmark
Ctrl+D
Open a dialog to add a bookmark.
<b>Add Bookmark</b><p>Open a dialog to add the current URL as a bookmark.</p>
Add Folder
Add &Folder...
Open a dialog to add a new bookmarks folder.
<b>Add Folder...</b><p>Open a dialog to add a new bookmarks folder.</p>
Bookmark All Tabs
Bookmark All Tabs...
Bookmark all open tabs.
<b>Bookmark All Tabs...</b><p>Open a dialog to add a new bookmarks folder for all open tabs.</p>
Saved Tabs
F5
Go|Reload
F5
Stop
中止
&Stop
中止(&S)
Ctrl+.
Go|Stop
Esc
Go|Stop
Esc
Stop loading
<b>Stop</b><p>Stops loading of the current tab.</p>
&Save As...
Shift+Ctrl+S
File|Save As
Shift+Ctrl+S
Save the current page to disk
<b>Save As...</b><p>Saves the current page to disk.</p>
Configure Search Engines
Configure the available search engines
<b>Configure Search Engines...</b><p>Opens a dialog to configure the available search engines.</p>
Manage Saved Passwords
Manage Saved Passwords...
Manage the saved passwords
<b>Manage Saved Passwords...</b><p>Opens a dialog to manage the saved passwords.</p>
Ad Block
&Ad Block...
Configure AdBlock subscriptions and rules
<b>Ad Block...</b><p>Opens a dialog to configure AdBlock subscriptions and rules.</p>
Print as PDF
Print the displayed help as PDF
<b>Print as PDF</b><p>Print the displayed help text as a PDF file.</p>
Offline Storage
Offline &Storage...
Configure offline storage
<b>Offline Storage</b><p>Opens a dialog to configure offline storage.</p>
Configure Search &Engines...
<b>Are you sure you want to turn on private browsing?</b><p>When private browsing is turned on, web pages are not added to the history, searches are not added to the list of recent searches and web site icons and cookies are not stored. HTML5 offline storage will be deactivated. Until you close the window, you can still click the Back and Forward buttons to return to the web pages you have opened.</p>
Text Encoding
ISO
Windows
Windows
ISCII
Unicode
Unicode
Other
其它
IBM
Default Encoding
Downloads
Shows the downloads window
<b>Downloads</b><p>Shows the downloads window.</p>
VirusTotal
<h2>File search</h2><p>In order to search for the last VirusTotal report on a given file just enter its hash. Currently the allowed hashes are MD5, SHA1 and SHA256. You can also search for a particular file report by typing in its permalink id.</p><h2>URL search</h2><p>URL searches are simple, just type in the given URL, the application will normalize it and compare it with the entries in VirusTotal's database. Alternatively you may enter the MD5 hash of an URL preceded by "url:", e.g. url:7f911bbcf618f052ac6b9928600d2820.</p><h2>User search</h2><p>Do you want to know whether a friend has a VT Community account? Simply type in his nick preceded by the symbol "@", e.g. @EmilianoMartinez.</p><h2>Search through comments</h2><p>The comments in VT Community may often help in disinfecting your PC or may proof themselves useful when analysing a particular malware sample, comment tags enable users to search through the VT Community reviews. The standard file tags are: {0} The standard URL tags are: {1}User generated tags are preceded by the symbol "#", e.g. #disinfect.</p>
Search VirusTotal
Scan current site
VirusTotal Scan
<p>The VirusTotal scan could not be scheduled.<p>
<p>Reason: {0}</p>
RSS Feeds Dialog
&RSS Feeds Dialog...
Ctrl+Shift+F
Help|RSS Feeds Dialog
Open a dialog showing the configured RSS feeds.
<b>RSS Feeds Dialog...</b><p>Open a dialog to show the configured RSS feeds. It can be used to mange the feeds and to show their contents.</p>
Siteinfo Dialog
&Siteinfo Dialog...
Ctrl+Shift+I
Help|Siteinfo Dialog
Ctrl+Shift+I
Open a dialog showing some information about the current site.
<b>Siteinfo Dialog...</b><p>Opens a dialog showing some information about the current site.</p>
Tools
工具
Zoom In
View|Zoom in
Zoom Out
View|Zoom out
Network Monitor
&Network Monitor...
<b>Network Monitor...</b><p>Shows the network monitor dialog.</p>
Restore Window
Manage User Agent Settings
Manage &User Agent Settings
Shows a dialog to manage the User Agent settings
<b>Manage User Agent Settings</b><p>Shows a dialog to manage the User Agent settings.</p>
Global User Agent
Save As
另存为
Save Page Screen
Save Page Screen...
Save the current page as a screen shot
<b>Save Page Screen...</b><p>Saves the current page as a screen shot.</p>
Synchronize data
&Synchronize Data...
Shows a dialog to synchronize data via the network
<b>Synchronize Data...</b><p>This shows a dialog to synchronize data via the network.</p>
ClickToFlash
&ClickToFlash...
Configure ClickToFlash whitelist
<b>ClickToFlash...</b><p>Opens a dialog to configure the ClickToFlash whitelist.</p>
Personal Information
Personal Information...
Configure personal information for completing form fields
<b>Personal Information...</b><p>Opens a dialog to configure the personal information used for completing form fields.</p>
GreaseMonkey Scripts
GreaseMonkey Scripts...
Configure the GreaseMonkey Scripts
<b>GreaseMonkey Scripts...</b><p>Opens a dialog to configure the available GreaseMonkey Scripts.</p>
Manage SSL Certificates
Manage SSL Certificates...
Manage the saved SSL certificates
<b>Manage SSL Certificates...</b><p>Opens a dialog to manage the saved SSL certificates.</p>
Edit Message Filters
Edit Message Filters...
Edit the message filters used to suppress unwanted messages
<b>Edit Message Filters</b><p>Opens a dialog to edit the message filters used to suppress unwanted messages been shown in an error window.</p>
Save Visible Page Screen
Save Visible Page Screen...
Save the visible part of the current page as a screen shot
<b>Save Visible Page Screen...</b><p>Saves the visible part of the current page as a screen shot.</p>
eric6 Web Browser
Quit the eric6 Web Browser
<b>Quit</b><p>Quit the eric6 Web Browser.</p>
<b>eric6 Web Browser - {0}</b><p>The eric6 Web Browser is a combined help file and HTML browser. It is part of the eric6 development toolset.</p>
Hg
The hg process finished with the exit code {0}
The hg process did not finish within 30s.
Could not start the hg executable.
Create project repository
The project repository could not be created.
Creating Mercurial repository
Initial commit to Mercurial repository
Cloning project from a Mercurial repository
Synchronizing with the Mercurial repository
Adding files/directories to the Mercurial repository
Removing files/directories from the Mercurial repository
Renaming {0}
Reverting changes
还原改变
Merging
Mercurial command
Copying {0}
Pulling from a remote Mercurial repository
Pushing to a remote Mercurial repository
Creating branch in the Mercurial repository
Verifying the integrity of the Mercurial repository
Showing the combined configuration settings
Showing aliases for remote repositories
Recovering from interrupted transaction
Shall the working directory be updated?
Showing current branch
Create changegroup
Apply changegroups
Bisect subcommand ({0}) invalid.
Mercurial Bisect ({0})
Preview changegroup
Identifying project directory
Create .hgignore file
<p>The file <b>{0}</b> exists already. Overwrite it?</p>
Removing files from the Mercurial repository only
Mercurial Changegroup Files (*.hg)
Mercurial Changegroup Files (*.hg);;All Files (*)
Backing out changeset
No revision given. Aborting...
<p>The Mercurial changegroup file <b>{0}</b> already exists. Overwrite it?</p>
Rollback last transaction
Are you sure you want to rollback the last transaction?
Committing changes to Mercurial repository
Mercurial Command Server
<p>The Mercurial Command Server could not be restarted.</p><p>Reason: {0}</p>
<p>The Mercurial Command Server could not be started.</p><p>Reason: {0}</p>
Import Patch
Export Patches
Change Phase
Copy Changesets
Copy Changesets (Continue)
Add Sub-repository
<p>The sub-repositories file .hgsub could not be read.</p><p>Reason: {0}</p>
<p>The sub-repositories file .hgsub already contains an entry <b>{0}</b>. Aborting...</p>
<p>The sub-repositories file .hgsub could not be written to.</p><p>Reason: {0}</p>
Remove Sub-repositories
<p>The sub-repositories file .hgsub does not exist. Aborting...</p>
Commit Changes
The commit affects files, that have unsaved changes. Shall the commit be continued?
Revert changes
还原改变
Do you really want to revert all changes to these files or directories?
Do you really want to revert all changes of the project?
Create Unversioned Archive
Mercurial Side-by-Side Difference
<p>The file <b>{0}</b> could not be read.</p>
The process {0} could not be started. Ensure, that it is in the search path.
Tagging in the Mercurial repository
Created new branch <{0}>.
Current branch tip
Cancelling uncommitted merge
Mercurial Bookmark
Delete Bookmark
删除书签
Select the bookmark to be deleted:
Delete Mercurial Bookmark
Rename Mercurial Bookmark
Move Mercurial Bookmark
Pull Bookmark
Select the bookmark to be pulled:
Pulling bookmark from a remote Mercurial repository
Push Bookmark
Select the bookmark to be push:
Pushing bookmark to a remote Mercurial repository
Re-Merge
Do you really want to re-merge these files or directories?
Do you really want to re-merge the project?
Re-Merging
Marking as 'unresolved'
Marking as 'resolved'
HgAddSubrepositoryDialog
Add Sub-repository
&Path within Project:
Enter the path of the sub-repository relative to the project
Select the path of the sub-repository with a directory selection dialog
&Type:
Select the type of the sub-repository
&URL:
&URL:
Enter the URL of the sub-repository
The sub-repository path must be inside the project.
HgAnnotateDialog
Mercurial Annotate
Revision
修订
Changeset
Author
作者
Date
数据
Line
行
Errors
错误
Input
输入
Press to send the input to the hg process
&Send
发送(&S)
Alt+S
Alt+S
Enter data to be sent to the hg process
Select to switch the input field to password mode
选择将输入区域转换成密码模式
&Password Mode
密码模式(&P)
Alt+P
Alt+P
Process Generation Error
进程生成错误
The process {0} could not be started. Ensure, that it is in the search path.
HgArchiveDialog
Mercurial Archive
Archive:
Enter the file name of the archive
Press to select the archive file name via a file selection dialog
Type:
类型:
Select the archive type
Prefix:
Enter the directory prefix for the files in the archive
Select to recurse into subrepositories
Include Subrepositories
Detect Automatically
Directory of Files
Uncompressed TAR-Archive
Bzip2 compressed TAR-Archive
Gzip compressed TAR-Archive
Uncompressed ZIP-Archive
Compressed ZIP-Archive
Bzip2 compressed TAR-Archive (*.tar.bz2)
Gzip compressed TAR-Archive (*.tar.gz)
Uncompressed TAR-Archive (*.tar)
Compressed ZIP-Archive (*.zip)
Uncompressed ZIP-Archive (*.uzip)
All Files (*)
所有文件 (*)
Select Archive Directory
Select Archive File
HgBackoutDialog
Mercurial Revision
Revision
修订
Select to specify a revision by number
选择通过号码指定一个修订
Number
号码
Enter a revision number
输入一个修订号
Select to specify a revision by changeset id
Id:
Enter a changeset id
Select to specify a revision by a tag
Tag:
Enter a tag name
Select to specify a revision by a branch
Branch:
Enter a branch name
Select to not specify a specific revision
Commit data
Commit message:
Enter the commit message or leave empty to use the default one
Commit Date:
Enter optional date for the commit
Commit User:
Enter optional user for the commit
Select to merge with parent of the project directory
Merge with current parent
Backed out changeset <{0}>.
Select to specify a revision by a bookmark
Bookmark:
Enter a bookmark name
Parent
HgBookmarkDialog
Define Bookmark
Name:
名称:
Enter the bookmark name
Select a bookmark
Revision
修订
Select to specify a revision by number
选择通过号码指定一个修订
Number
号码
Enter a revision number
输入一个修订号
Select to specify a revision by changeset id
Id:
Enter a changeset id
Select to specify a revision by a tag
Tag:
Enter a tag name
Select to specify a revision by a branch
Branch:
Enter a branch name
Select to specify a revision by a bookmark
Bookmark:
Enter a bookmark name
Select tip revision of repository
Move Bookmark
Parent
HgBookmarkRenameDialog
Rename Bookmark
New Name:
Enter the bookmark name
Bookmark:
Enter the bookmark name to be renamed
HgBookmarksInOutDialog
<b>Bookmarks List</b>
<p>This shows a list of the bookmarks.</p>
Name
名称
Changeset
Errors
错误
Input
输入
Press to send the input to the hg process
&Send
发送(&S)
Alt+S
Alt+S
Enter data to be sent to the hg process
Select to switch the input field to password mode
选择将输入区域转换成密码模式
&Password Mode
密码模式(&P)
Alt+P
Alt+P
Mercurial Incoming Bookmarks
Mercurial Outgoing Bookmarks
Process Generation Error
进程生成错误
The process {0} could not be started. Ensure, that it is in the search path.
no bookmarks found
HgBookmarksListDialog
Mercurial Bookmarks
<b>Mercurial Bookmarks</b>
<p>This dialog shows a list of the projects bookmarks.</p>
<b>Bookmarks List</b>
<p>This shows a list of the projects bookmarks.</p>
Revision
修订
Changeset
Status
状态
Name
名称
Errors
错误
Input
输入
Press to send the input to the hg process
&Send
发送(&S)
Alt+S
Alt+S
Enter data to be sent to the hg process
Select to switch the input field to password mode
选择将输入区域转换成密码模式
&Password Mode
密码模式(&P)
Alt+P
Alt+P
Process Generation Error
进程生成错误
The process {0} could not be started. Ensure, that it is in the search path.
no bookmarks defined
HgBranchInputDialog
Create Branch
Enter branch name:
Enter the new branch name (spaces will be converted to _)
Select to commit the branch
Commit Branch
HgBundleDialog
Mercurial Bundle
Revision
修订
Select to specify a revision by a tag
Tag:
Enter a tag name
Select to specify a revision by a branch
Branch:
Enter a branch name
Select to not specify a specific revision
No revision selected
Select the compression type (empty for default)
Select to bundle all changesets
Bundle all changesets
Select to specify a revision by a bookmark
Bookmark:
Enter a bookmark name
Select to specify multiple revisions
Enter changesets by number, id, range or revset expression one per line
Base Revisions:
Compression:
Revisions:
Enter revisions by number, id, range or revset expression one per line
HgClient
The process {0} could not be started. Ensure, that it is in the search path.
Did not receive the 'hello' message.
Received data on unexpected channel.
Bad 'hello' message, expected 'capabilities: ' but got '{0}'.
'capabilities' message did not contain any capability.
Bad 'hello' message, expected 'encoding: ' but got '{0}'.
'encoding' message did not contain any encoding.
For message see output dialog.
HgClientPromptDialog
Mercurial Client Input
Message:
Shows the message sent by the Mercurial server
Input:
Enter the response to be sent to the Mercurial server
HgCommandDialog
Mercurial Command
Mercurial Command:
Enter the Mercurial command to be executed with all necessary parameters
<b>Mercurial Command</b>
<p>Enter the Mercurial command to be executed including all necessary
parameters. If a parameter of the commandline includes a space you have to
surround this parameter by single or double quotes. Do not include the name
of the Mercurial client executable (i.e. hg).</p>
Project Directory:
项目文件夹:
This shows the root directory of the current project.
显示当前项目的根目录。
project directory
项目文件夹
HgCommitDialog
Mercurial
Commit Message
提交消息
Enter the log message.
输入日志消息。
<b>Log Message</b>
<p>Enter the log message for the commit action.</p>
<b>日志消息</b>
<p>为提交动作输入日志消息。</p>
Recent commit messages
最近提交消息
Select a recent commit message to use
选择使用一个最近提交消息
Select to amend the last commit (leave message empty to keep it)
Amend the last commit
Select to commit sub-repositories as well
Commit sub-repositories
HgConflictsListDialog
Mercurial Conflicts
<b>Conflicts List</b>\n<p>This shows a list of files which had or still have conflicts.</p>
Status
状态
Name
名称
Press to mark the selected entries as 'resolved'
Resolved
Press to mark the selected entries as 'unresolved'
Unresolved
Press to re-merge the selected entries
Re-Merge
Press to edit the selected entry
Edit
编辑
Errors
错误
Input
输入
Press to send the input to the hg process
&Send
发送(&S)
Alt+S
Alt+S
Enter data to be sent to the hg process
Select to switch the input field to password mode
选择将输入区域转换成密码模式
&Password Mode
密码模式(&P)
Alt+P
Alt+P
&Refresh
Press to refresh the list of conflicts
Process Generation Error
进程生成错误
The process {0} could not be started. Ensure, that it is in the search path.
Unknown Status
HgCopyDialog
Mercurial Copy
Press to open a selection dialog
点击打开选择对话框
<b>Target directory</b>
<p>Select the target name for the operation via a selection dialog.</p>
<b>目标文件夹</b>
<p>通过选择对话框为操作选择目标名称。</p>
Source:
源:
Shows the name of the source
显示源名称
<b>Source name</b>
<p>This field shows the name of the source.</p>
<b>源名称</b>
<p>该区域显示源名称。</p>
Enter the target name
输入目标名
Target:
目标:
Select to force the operation
选择强制操作
Enforce operation
强制操作
Mercurial Move
Select target
选择目标
<b>Target name</b>
<p>Enter the new name in this field. The target must be the new name or an absolute path.</p>
HgDialog
Mercurial
Output
输出
Errors
错误
Input
输入
Press to send the input to the hg process
&Send
发送(&S)
Alt+S
Alt+S
Enter data to be sent to the hg process
Select to switch the input field to password mode
选择将输入区域转换成密码模式
&Password Mode
密码模式(&P)
Alt+P
Alt+P
Process Generation Error
进程生成错误
The process {0} could not be started. Ensure, that it is in the search path.
HgDiffDialog
Mercurial Diff
Difference
差异
<b>Mercurial Diff</b><p>This shows the output of the hg diff command.</p>
Errors
错误
Input
输入
Press to send the input to the hg process
&Send
发送(&S)
Alt+S
Alt+S
Enter data to be sent to the hg process
Select to switch the input field to password mode
选择将输入区域转换成密码模式
&Password Mode
密码模式(&P)
Alt+P
Alt+P
Process Generation Error
进程生成错误
The process {0} could not be started. Ensure, that it is in the search path.
There is no difference.
没有差异。
Save Diff
保存差异
Patch Files (*.diff)
补丁文件 (*.diff)
<p>The patch file <b>{0}</b> could not be saved.<br>Reason: {1}</p>
<p>The patch file <b>{0}</b> already exists. Overwrite it?</p>
Patch Contents
<Start>
<End>
HgExportDialog
Export Patches
Export Directory:
Press to select the export directory via a directory selection dialog
File Name Pattern:
Enter the file name pattern for the export files
<b>File Name Pattern</b>
<p>Enter the file name pattern to be used to generate the export files
here. Valid recognized patterns are:</p>
<table>
<tr><td>%%</td><td>literal "%" character</td></tr>
<tr><td>%H</td><td>changeset hash (40 hexadecimal digits)</td></tr>
<tr><td>%N</td><td>number of patches being generated</td></tr>
<tr><td>%R</td><td>changeset revision number</td></tr>
<tr><td>%b</td><td>basename of the exporting repository</td></tr>
<tr><td>%h</td><td>short-form changeset hash (12 hexadecimal digits)</td></tr>
<tr><td>%n</td><td>zero-padded sequence number, starting at 1</td></tr>
<tr><td>%r</td><td>zero-padded changeset revision number</td></tr>
</table>
Changesets:
Enter changesets by number, id, range or revset expression one per line
Compare Against Second Parent
Treat all Files as Text
Omit Dates
Use Git extended Diff-Format
HgFetchDialog
Fetch Changes
Commit Message
提交消息
Enter commit message or leave empty to use the default message
Recent commit messages
最近提交消息
Select a recent commit message to use
选择使用一个最近提交消息
Select to switch the merge order
Switch Parents when Merging
HgGpgSignDialog
Revision
修订
Select to specify a revision by number
选择通过号码指定一个修订
Number
号码
Enter a revision number
输入一个修订号
Select to specify a revision by changeset id
Id:
Enter a changeset id
Select to specify a revision by a tag
Tag:
Enter a tag name
Select to specify a revision by a branch
Branch:
Enter a branch name
Select to specify a revision by a bookmark
Bookmark:
Enter a bookmark name
Select tip revision of repository
Commit Message
提交消息
Select to not commit the signature
Do Not Commit
Enter a commit message (leave empty to use default)
Key-ID:
Enter the ID of the key to be used
Select to make the signature local
Local Signature
Select to sign even if the signature file is modified
Force Signature
Parent
HgGpgSignaturesDialog
Signed Changesets
Select the category to filter on
Revision
修订
Signature
Enter the regular expression to filter on
输入要过滤的正则表达式
Press to verify the signatures of the selected revision
&Verify...
Errors
错误
<b>Mercurial errors</b><p>This shows possible error messages.</p>
Input
输入
Press to send the input to the hg process
&Send
发送(&S)
Alt+S
Alt+S
Enter data to be sent to the hg process
Select to switch the input field to password mode
选择将输入区域转换成密码模式
&Password Mode
密码模式(&P)
Alt+P
Alt+P
Process Generation Error
进程生成错误
The process {0} could not be started. Ensure, that it is in the search path.
no signatures found
HgGraftDialog
Copy Changesets
Revisions
Enter changesets by number, id, range or revset expression one per line
Select to give user information
User
Select to use the name of the current user
Use current user
Username:
用户名:
Enter the user name to be used
Select to give date and time information
Date and Time
Select to use the current date and time
Use current date and time
Date/Time:
Enter the date and time to be used
Select to append graft info to the log message
Append Graft &Info
Select to perform a dry-run of the graft operation
Perform Dry-Run
HgImportDialog
Import Patch
Commit data
Select to not commit the imported patch
Do not commit
Commit message:
Enter the commit message or leave empty to use the default one
Commit Date:
Enter optional date for the commit
Commit User:
Enter optional user for the commit
Strip Count:
Enter number of leading directories to strip off (default 1)
Patch File:
Enter the name of the patch file
Press to select the patch file via a file selection dialog
Select to enforce the import
Enforce Import
Select patch file
Patch Files (*.diff *.patch);;All Files (*)
HgLogBrowserDialog
Mercurial Log
From:
从:
Enter the start date
输入开始数据
To:
到:
Enter the end date
输入结束数据
Select the field to filter on
选择要过滤的区域
Revision
修订
Author
作者
Message
消息
Enter the regular expression to filter on
输入要过滤的正则表达式
Branch
Date
数据
Tags
Action
动作
Path
路径
Copy from
复制自
Press to get the next bunch of log entries
点击获得日志条目的下一个分支
&Next
下一个(&N)
Enter the limit of entries to fetch
输入要提取条目的限制
Select to stop listing log messages at a copy or move
选择在复制或移动时停止列出日志消息
Stop on Copy/Move
复制或移动时停止
Press to compare two revisions
点击比较两次修订
&Compare Revisions
比较修订(&C)
Errors
错误
<b>Mercurial log errors</b><p>This shows possible error messages of the hg log command.</p>
Input
输入
Press to send the input to the hg process
&Send
发送(&S)
Alt+S
Alt+S
Enter data to be sent to the hg process
Select to switch the input field to password mode
选择将输入区域转换成密码模式
&Password Mode
密码模式(&P)
Alt+P
Alt+P
Added
已添加
Deleted
已删除
Modified
已修改
Process Generation Error
进程生成错误
The process {0} could not be started. Ensure, that it is in the search path.
The hg process did not finish within 30s.
Could not start the hg executable.
Mercurial Error
Graph
Press to generate a diff to the first parent revision
Diff to Parent &1
Press to generate a diff to the second parent revision
Diff to Parent &2
Branch:
Select the branch to filter on
All
全部
Mercurial Log (Incoming)
Mercurial Log (Outgoing)
Bookmarks
书签
Press to refresh the list of changesets
&Refresh
Phase
Change the phase of the selected revisions
<b>Change Phase</b>
<p>This changes the phase of the selected revisions. The selected revisions have to have the same current phase.</p>
Change Phase
Copy Changesets
The project should be reread. Do this now?
Select to show differences side-by-side
Show differences side-by-side
Select action from menu
Copy the selected changesets to the current branch
Tag
标签
Tag the selected revision
Switch
转换
Switch the working directory to the selected revision
Pull Large Files
Pull large files for selected revisions
{0} (large file)
<table><tr><td><b>Revision</b></td><td>{0}</td></tr><tr><td><b>Date</b></td><td>{1}</td></tr><tr><td><b>Author</b></td><td>{2}</td></tr><tr><td><b>Branch</b></td><td>{3}</td></tr><tr><td><b>Tags</b></td><td>{4}</td></tr><tr><td><b>Bookmarks</b></td><td>{5}</td></tr><tr><td><b>Parents</b></td><td>{6}</td></tr></table>
HgLogDialog
Mercurial Log
Log
日志
<b>Mercurial Log</b><p>This shows the output of the hg log command. By clicking on the links you may show the difference between revisions.</p>
Errors
错误
<b>Mercurial log errors</b><p>This shows possible error messages of the hg log command.</p>
Input
输入
Press to send the input to the hg process
&Send
发送(&S)
Alt+S
Alt+S
Enter data to be sent to the hg process
Select to switch the input field to password mode
选择将输入区域转换成密码模式
&Password Mode
密码模式(&P)
Alt+P
Alt+P
<b>Processing your request, please wait...</b>
<b>正在处理您的请求,请稍候……</b>
Revision
修订
Process Generation Error
进程生成错误
The process {0} could not be started. Ensure, that it is in the search path.
No log available for '{0}'
diff to {0}
Tags: {0}<br />
Parents: {0}<br />
<i>Author: {0}</i><br />
<i>Date: {0}, {1}</i><br />
Added {0}<br />
Modified {0}<br />
Deleted {0}<br />
The hg process did not finish within 30s.
Could not start the hg executable.
Mercurial Error
Added {0} (copied from {1})<br />
Bookmarks: {0}<br />
Phase: {0}<br />
Select to show differences side-by-side
Show differences side-by-side
Branch: {0}<br />
HgMergeDialog
Mercurial Merge
Revision
修订
Select to specify a revision by number
选择通过号码指定一个修订
Number
号码
Enter a revision number
输入一个修订号
Select to specify a revision by changeset id
Id:
Enter a changeset id
Select to specify a revision by a tag
Tag:
Enter a tag name
Select to specify a revision by a branch
Branch:
Enter a branch name
Select to not specify a specific revision
No revision selected
Select to force the merge operation
选择强制进行合并操作
Enforce merge
强制合并
Select to specify a revision by a bookmark
Bookmark:
Enter a bookmark name
HgMultiRevisionSelectionDialog
Mercurial Revisions
Revision
修订
Select to specify a list of changesets
Select to specify a revision by a tag
Tag:
Enter a tag name
Select to specify a revision by a branch
Branch:
Enter a branch name
Select to specify a revision by a bookmark
Bookmark:
Enter a bookmark name
Limit Results
Enter number of entries to show:
Revisions:
Enter revisions by number, id, range or revset expression one per line
HgNewProjectOptionsDialog
New Project from Repository
从储存库新建项目
<b>New Project from Repository Dialog</b>
<p>Enter the various repository infos into the entry fields. These values are used, when the new project is retrieved from the repository. If the checkbox is selected, the URL must end in the project name. A repository layout with project/tags, project/branches and project/trunk will be assumed. In this case, you may enter a tag or branch, which must look like tags/tagname or branches/branchname. If the checkbox is not selected, the URL must contain the complete path in the repository.</p>
<p>For remote repositories the URL must contain the hostname.</p>
<b>从储存库对话框新建项目</b>
<p>将多个储存库信息输入到条目区域。在从储存库检索新项目时会使用到这些值。如果复选框被选中,则 URL 必须由项目名结束。假定储存库以项目/标签、项目/分支和项目/主干进行布局。则你可能输入一个标签或分支,它们必须具有“标签/标签名”或“分支/分支名”的形式。如果复选框未被选中,则 URL 必须包含其在储存库中的完整路径。</p>
<p>对于远程储存库来说,URL 必须包含主机名。</p>
&Protocol:
协议(&P):
Select the protocol to access the repository
选择访问储存库的协议
&URL:
&URL:
Select the repository url via a directory selection dialog
&Revision:
Enter the revision the new project should be generated from
Project &Directory:
项目文件夹(&D):
Enter the directory of the new project.
输入新项目的文件夹。
<b>Project Directory</b>
<p>Enter the directory of the new project. It will be retrieved from
the repository and be placed in this directory.</p>
<b>项目文件夹</b>
<p>输入新项目的文件夹。它将在储存库中被检索,且被放置在该文件夹中。</p>
Select Repository-Directory
选择储存库文件夹
Select Project Directory
选择项目文件夹
Enter the url path of the repository (without protocol part)
Download all versions of all large files
<b>Note:</b> This option increases the download time and volume.
HgOptionsDialog
Repository Infos
储存库信息
<b>Repository Infos Dialog</b>
<p>Enter the various infos into the entry fields. These values are used to generate a new project in the repository. If the checkbox is selected, the URL must end in the project name. A directory tree with project/tags, project/branches and project/trunk will be generated in the repository. If the checkbox is not selected, the URL must contain the complete path in the repository.</p>
<p>For remote repositories the URL must contain the hostname.</p>
<b>储存库信息对话框</b>
<p>将多个信息输入到条目区域中。这些值用于在储存库中生成一个新项目。如果复选框被选中,则 URL 必须以项目名称结束。在储存库中将生成一个目录树,具有项目/标签,项目/分支和项目/主干的结构。如果复选框未被选中,则 URL 必须包含其在储存库中的完整路径。</p>
<p>对于远程储存库而言 URL 必须包含主机名。</p>
Commit &Message:
Enter the log message for the new project.
为新项目输入日志消息。
<b>Log Message</b>
<p>Enter the log message to be used for the new project.</p>
<b>日志消息</b>
<p>输入将为新项目使用的日志消息。</p>
new project started
新项目已开始
HgPhaseDialog
Mercurial Phases
&Revisions:
Phase:
Select the phase to be set for the specified revisions
Select to force the phase change
Force Phase Change
Public
Draft
Secret
Enter revisions by number, id, range or revset expression one per line
HgProjectBrowserHelper
Version Control
版本控制
Commit changes to repository...
将更改提交到储存库中……
Add to repository
添加到储存库
Remove from repository (and disk)
从储存库(和磁盘)中移除
Show log
显示日志
Show log browser
显示日志浏览器
Show status
显示状态
Show annotated file
显示有注释的文件
Revert changes
还原改变
Select all local file entries
选择所有本地文件条目
Select all versioned file entries
选择所有版本化的文件条目
Select all local directory entries
选择所有本地文件夹条目
Select all versioned directory entries
选择所有版本化的文件夹条目
Remove from repository only
Do you really want to remove these files from the repository?
Copy
复制
Move
Extensions
Show differences
Show differences side-by-side
Show differences (extended)
Show differences side-by-side (extended)
Conflicts resolved
Conflicts unresolved
Re-Merge
Configure...
配置……
HgProjectHelper
New from repository
从储存库新建
&New from repository...
从储存库新建(&N)……
Create (clone) a new project from a Mercurial repository
<b>New from repository</b><p>This creates (clones) a new local project from a Mercurial repository.</p>
Show incoming log
Show the log of incoming changes
<b>Show incoming log</b><p>This shows the log of changes coming into the repository.</p>
Pull changes
Pull changes from a remote repository
<b>Pull changes</b><p>This pulls changes from a remote repository into the local repository.</p>
Update from repository
从储存库更新
&Update from repository
从储存库更新(&U)
Update the local project from the Mercurial repository
<b>Update from repository</b><p>This updates the local project from the Mercurial repository.</p>
Commit changes to repository
将更改提交到储存库中
&Commit changes to repository...
将更改提交到储存库中(&C)……
Commit changes to the local project to the Mercurial repository
<b>Commit changes to repository</b><p>This commits changes to the local project to the Mercurial repository.</p>
Show outgoing log
Show the log of outgoing changes
<b>Show outgoing log</b><p>This shows the log of changes outgoing out of the repository.</p>
Push changes
Push changes to a remote repository
<b>Push changes</b><p>This pushes changes from the local repository to a remote repository.</p>
Export from repository
从储存库导出
&Export from repository...
从储存库导出(&E)……
Export a project from the repository
从储存库中导出一个项目
<b>Export from repository</b><p>This exports a project from the repository.</p>
<b>从储存库导出</b><p>从储存库导出一个项目。</p>
Show log
显示日志
Show &log
显示日志(&l)
Show the log of the local project
显示本地项目的日志
<b>Show log</b><p>This shows the log of the local project.</p>
<b>显示日志</b><p>显示本地项目的日志。</p>
Show log browser
显示日志浏览器
Show a dialog to browse the log of the local project
显示对话框以浏览本地项目的日志
<b>Show log browser</b><p>This shows a dialog to browse the log of the local project. A limited number of entries is shown first. More can be retrieved later on.</p>
<b>显示日志浏览器</b><p>显示对话框以浏览本地项目的日志。先显示条目的受限号。稍后可以检索更多信息。</p>
Show &difference
显示差异(&d)
Show the difference of the local project to the repository
显示本地项目与储存库的差异
Show the difference of revisions of the project to the repository
显示项目的修订本与储存库的差异
Show status
显示状态
Show the status of the local project
显示本地项目的状态
<b>Show status</b><p>This shows the status of the local project.</p>
<b>显示状态</b><p>显示本地项目的状态。</p>
Show heads
Show the heads of the repository
<b>Show heads</b><p>This shows the heads of the repository.</p>
Show parents
Show the parents of the repository
<b>Show parents</b><p>This shows the parents of the repository.</p>
Show tip
Show the tip of the repository
<b>Show tip</b><p>This shows the tip of the repository.</p>
Revert changes
还原改变
Re&vert changes
还原改变(&v)
Revert all changes made to the local project
还原所有改变到本地项目中
<b>Revert changes</b><p>This reverts all changes made to the local project.</p>
<b>还原改变</b><p>还原所有改变到本地项目中。</p>
Merge
合并
Mer&ge changes...
合并更改(&g)……
Merge changes of a revision into the local project
<b>Merge</b><p>This merges changes of a revision into the local project.</p>
Tag in repository
在储存库中标记
&Tag in repository...
在储存库中标记(&T)……
Tag the local project in the repository
在储存库中标记本地项目
<b>Tag in repository</b><p>This tags the local project in the repository.</p>
<b>在储存库中标记</b><p>在储存库中标记本地项目。</p>
List tags
列出标签
List tags...
列出标签……
List tags of the project
列出项目的标签
<b>List tags</b><p>This lists the tags of the project.</p>
<b>列出标签</b><p>列出项目的标签。</p>
List branches
列出分支
List branches...
列出分支……
List branches of the project
列出项目的分支
<b>List branches</b><p>This lists the branches of the project.</p>
<b>列出分支</b><p>列出项目的分支。</p>
Create branch
Create &branch...
Create a new branch for the local project in the repository
<b>Create branch</b><p>This creates a new branch for the local project in the repository.</p>
Close branch
Close the current branch of the local project
<b>Close branch</b><p>This closes the current branch of the local project.</p>
Switch
转换
S&witch...
转换(&w)……
Switch the working directory to another revision
<b>Switch</b><p>This switches the working directory to another revision.</p>
Cleanup
清除
Cleanu&p
清除(&p)
Cleanup the local project
清除本地项目
<b>Cleanup</b><p>This performs a cleanup of the local project.</p>
<b>清除</b><p>执行对本地项目的清除。</p>
Execute command
执行命令
E&xecute command...
执行命令(&x)……
Execute an arbitrary Mercurial command
<b>Execute command</b><p>This opens a dialog to enter an arbitrary Mercurial command.</p>
Configure
配置
Configure...
配置……
Show the configuration dialog with the Mercurial page selected
<b>Configure</b><p>Show the configuration dialog with the Mercurial page selected.</p>
Show paths
Show paths...
Show the aliases for remote repositories
<b>Show paths</b><p>This shows the aliases for remote repositories.</p>
Verify repository
Verify repository...
Verify the integrity of the repository
<b>Verify repository</b><p>This verifies the integrity of the repository.</p>
Recover
Recover...
Recover from an interrupted transaction
<b>Recover</b><p>This recovers from an interrupted transaction.</p>
Create .hgignore
Create a .hgignore file with default values
<b>Create .hgignore</b><p>This creates a .hgignore file with default values.</p>
Create changegroup
Create changegroup...
Create changegroup file collecting changesets
Apply changegroups
Apply changegroups...
Apply one or several changegroup files
Changegroup Management
<b>Create changegroup</b><p>This creates a changegroup file collecting selected changesets (hg bundle).</p>
<b>Apply changegroups</b><p>This applies one or several changegroup files generated by the 'Create changegroup' action (hg unbundle).</p>
Show current branch
Show the current branch of the project
<b>Show current branch</b><p>This shows the current branch of the project.</p>
Mark as "good"
Mark a selectable changeset as good
<b>Mark as good</b><p>This marks a selectable changeset as good.</p>
Mark as "bad"
Mark a selectable changeset as bad
<b>Mark as bad</b><p>This marks a selectable changeset as bad.</p>
Skip
跳过
Reset
重置
Reset the bisect search data
<b>Reset</b><p>This resets the bisect search data.</p>
Bisect
Mark as "good"...
Mark as "bad"...
Preview changegroup
Preview changegroup...
Identify
Identify...
Identify the project directory
<b>Identify</b><p>This identifies the project directory.</p>
Preview a changegroup file containing a collection of changesets
<b>Preview changegroup</b><p>This previews a changegroup file containing a collection of changesets.</p>
Back out changeset
Back out changes of an earlier changeset
<b>Back out changeset</b><p>This backs out changes of an earlier changeset.</p>
Push changes (force)
Push changes to a remote repository with force option
<b>Push changes (force)</b><p>This pushes changes from the local repository to a remote repository using the 'force' option.</p>
Specials
Serve project repository
Serve project repository...
Serve the project repository
<b>Serve project repository</b><p>This serves the project repository.</p>
Pull
The project should be reread. Do this now?
Push new branch
Push the current branch of the local project as a new named branch
<b>Push new branch</b><p>This pushes the current branch of the local project as a new named branch.</p>
Rollback last transaction
Rollback the last transaction
Extensions
Edit user configuration
Edit user configuration...
Show an editor to edit the user configuration file
<b>Edit user configuration</b><p>Show an editor to edit the user configuration file.</p>
Edit repository configuration
Edit repository configuration...
Show an editor to edit the repository configuration file
<b>Edit repository configuration</b><p>Show an editor to edit the repository configuration file.</p>
Show combined configuration settings
Show combined configuration settings...
Show the combined configuration settings from all configuration files
<b>Show combined configuration settings</b><p>This shows the combined configuration settings from all configuration files.</p>
Skip...
Skip a selectable changeset
<b>Skip</b><p>This skips a selectable changeset.</p>
Import Patch
Import Patch...
Import a patch from a patch file
<b>Import Patch</b><p>This imports a patch from a patch file into the project.</p>
Patch Management
Revert Changes
Export Patches
Export Patches...
Export revisions to patch files
<b>Export Patches</b><p>This exports revisions of the project to patch files.</p>
Change Phase
Change Phase...
Change the phase of revisions
<b>Change Phase</b><p>This changes the phase of revisions.</p>
Copy Changesets
Copies changesets from another branch
<b>Copy Changesets</b><p>This copies changesets from another branch on top of the current working directory with the user, date and description of the original changeset.</p>
Continue Copying Session
Continue the last copying session after conflicts were resolved
<b>Continue Copying Session</b><p>This continues the last copying session after conflicts were resolved.</p>
Graft
Copy Changesets (Continue)
Conflicts resolved
Con&flicts resolved
Mark all conflicts of the local project as resolved
<b>Conflicts resolved</b><p>This marks all conflicts of the local project as resolved.</p>
Add
添加
Add...
添加……
Add a sub-repository
<b>Add...</b><p>Add a sub-repository to the project.</p>
Remove
移除
Remove...
Remove sub-repositories
<b>Remove...</b><p>Remove sub-repositories from the project.</p>
Sub-Repository
Show &status...
Show Summary
Show summary...
Show summary information of the working directory status
<b>Show summary</b><p>This shows some summary information of the working directory status.</p>
Create unversioned archive
Create unversioned archive...
Create an unversioned archive from the repository
<b>Create unversioned archive...</b><p>This creates an unversioned archive from the repository.</p>
<b>Rollback last transaction</b><p>This performs a rollback of the last transaction. Transactions are used to encapsulate the effects of all commands that create new changesets or propagate existing changesets into a repository. For example, the following commands are transactional, and their effects can be rolled back:<ul><li>commit</li><li>import</li><li>pull</li><li>push (with this repository as the destination)</li><li>unbundle</li></ul></p><p><strong>This command is dangerous. Please use with care. </strong></p>
Administration
Show differences
Show differences (extended)
<b>Show differences</b><p>This shows differences of the local project to the repository.</p>
<b>Show differences (extended)</b><p>This shows differences of selectable revisions of the project.</p>
Cancel uncommitted merge
Cancel an uncommitted merge and lose all changes
<b>Cancel uncommitted merge</b><p>This cancels an uncommitted merge causing all changes to be lost.</p>
List bookmarks
List bookmarks...
List bookmarks of the project
<b>List bookmarks</b><p>This lists the bookmarks of the project.</p>
Define bookmark
Define bookmark...
Define a bookmark for the project
<b>Define bookmark</b><p>This defines a bookmark for the project.</p>
Delete bookmark
Delete bookmark...
Delete a bookmark of the project
<b>Delete bookmark</b><p>This deletes a bookmark of the project.</p>
Rename bookmark
Rename bookmark...
Rename a bookmark of the project
<b>Rename bookmark</b><p>This renames a bookmark of the project.</p>
Move bookmark
Move bookmark...
Move a bookmark of the project
<b>Move bookmark</b><p>This moves a bookmark of the project to another changeset.</p>
Show incoming bookmarks
Show a list of incoming bookmarks
<b>Show incoming bookmarks</b><p>This shows a list of new bookmarks available at the remote repository.</p>
Pull bookmark
Pull a bookmark from a remote repository
<b>Pull bookmark</b><p>This pulls a bookmark from a remote repository into the local repository.</p>
Show outgoing bookmarks
Show a list of outgoing bookmarks
<b>Show outgoing bookmarks</b><p>This shows a list of new bookmarks available at the local repository.</p>
Push bookmark
Push a bookmark to a remote repository
<b>Push bookmark</b><p>This pushes a bookmark from the local repository to a remote repository.</p>
Bookmarks
书签
Tags
Branches
Re-Merge
Re-Merge all conflicting, unresolved files of the project
Show conflicts
Show conflicts...
Show a dialog listing all files with conflicts
<b>Show conflicts</b><p>This shows a dialog listing all files which had or still have conflicts.</p>
Conflicts unresolved
Mark all conflicts of the local project as unresolved
<b>Conflicts unresolved</b><p>This marks all conflicts of the local project as unresolved.</p>
Manage Changes
<b>Re-Merge</b><p>This re-merges all conflicting, unresolved files of the project discarding any previous merge attempt.</p>
HgPurgeListDialog
Purge List
HgQueuesDefineGuardsDialog
Define Guards
Select patch (leave empty for current patch):
Select the patch to show the guards of
Patch:
Shows the name of the patch
This shows the list of guards to be defined for the selected patch
Select to define a positive guard
Select to define a negative guard
Enter the guard name
Press to add the guard to the list or change it
Add/Change
添加/改变
Press to remove the selected guards from the list
Remove
移除
Unsaved Changes
The guards list has been changed. Shall the changes be applied?
Remove Guards
Do you really want to remove the selected guards?
Apply Guard Definitions
<p>The defined guards could not be applied.</p><p>Reason: {0}</p>
The Mercurial process did not finish in time.
HgQueuesFoldDialog
Fold Patches
Message:
Enter commit message for the folded patch
Name
名称
Summary
摘要
Press to add the selected entry to the list of selected patches
Press to remove the selected entry from the list of selected patches
Press to move the selected patch up
Press to move the selected patch down
HgQueuesGuardsSelectionDialog
Select Guards
Active Guards
HgQueuesHeaderDialog
Commit Message
提交消息
Process Generation Error
进程生成错误
The process {0} could not be started. Ensure, that it is in the search path.
Error:
HgQueuesListAllGuardsDialog
List All Guards
Show all guards of all patches
Unguarded
no patches found
HgQueuesListDialog
List of Patches
<b>List of Patches</b>
<p>This dialog shows a list of applied and unapplied patches.</p>
<b>Patches List</b>
<p>This shows a list of applied and unapplied patches.</p>
Name
名称
Status
状态
Summary
摘要
Errors
错误
Input
输入
Press to send the input to the hg process
&Send
发送(&S)
Alt+S
Alt+S
Enter data to be sent to the hg process
Select to switch the input field to password mode
选择将输入区域转换成密码模式
&Password Mode
密码模式(&P)
Alt+P
Alt+P
Process Generation Error
进程生成错误
The process {0} could not be started. Ensure, that it is in the search path.
no patches found
applied
guarded
missing
遗漏
unknown
未知
not applied
HgQueuesListGuardsDialog
List Guards
Select patch (leave empty for current patch):
Select the patch to show the guards of
Patch:
Shows the name of the patch
This shows the list of guards defined for the selected patch
Unguarded
HgQueuesNewPatchDialog
New Patch
Name:
名称:
Enter the patch name
Message:
Enter the commit message for the patch
Select to give user information
User
Select to use the name of the current user
Use current user
Username:
用户名:
Enter the user name to be used for the patch
Enter the date and time to be used for the patch
Select to give date and time information
Date and Time
Select to use the current date and time
Use current date and time
Date/Time:
HgQueuesQueueManagementDialog
Queue Name:
Enter the queue name
Select queue name:
This shows a list of available queues (active queue in bold)
Refresh
刷新
Press to refresh the queues list
HgQueuesRenamePatchDialog
Rename Patch
New Name:
Enter the new name for the selected patch
Patch
Select to rename the current patch
Select to rename the selected named patch
Named Patch
Select the patch to be renamed
Current Patch ({0})
HgRebaseDialog
Rebase Changesets
Source / Base Revision
Select to use the parent of the working directory as the base
Use &Parent as Base
Select to use a revision as the source
&Source Revision
Select to use a revision as the base
&Base Revision
&Revision
Select to specify a revision by number
选择通过号码指定一个修订
Number
号码
Enter a revision number
输入一个修订号
Select to specify a revision by changeset id
Id:
Enter a changeset id
Select to specify a revision by a tag
Tag:
Enter a tag name
Select to specify a revision by a branch
Branch:
Enter a branch name
Select to specify a revision by a bookmark
Bookmark:
Enter a bookmark name
&Destination Revision
Select tip revision of repository
Select to collapse the rebased changesets
Collapse Changesets
Select to keep the original changesets
Keep Original Changesets
Select to keep the original branch names
Keep Original Branch Name
Select to detach the source from its original branch
Detach Source
Current branch tip
HgRemoveSubrepositoriesDialog
Remove Sub-repositories
Press to remove the selected entries
&Remove
移除(&R)
Select to delete the removed entries from disc
Delete removed entries from disc
HgRepoConfigDataDialog
Mercurial Repository Configuration
Default
默认
Upstream URL:
Enter the URL of the upstream repository
Username:
用户名:
Enter user name to acces the upstream repository
Password:
密码:
Press to show the password
Default Push
Enter the URL of the upstream (push) repository
Enter user name to acces the upstream (push) repository
Enter the password to acces the upstream repository
Enter the password to acces the upstream (push) repository
Large Files
Minimum file size:
Enter the minimum file size in MB for files to be treated as Large Files
MB
Patterns:
Enter file patterns (space separated) for files to be treated as Large Files
HgRevisionSelectionDialog
Mercurial Revision
Revision
修订
Select to specify a revision by number
选择通过号码指定一个修订
Number
号码
Enter a revision number
输入一个修订号
Select to specify a revision by changeset id
Id:
Enter a changeset id
Select to specify a revision by a tag
Tag:
Enter a tag name
Select to specify a revision by a branch
Branch:
Enter a branch name
Select tip revision of repository
TIP
No revision selected
Select to specify a revision by a bookmark
Bookmark:
Enter a bookmark name
HgRevisionsSelectionDialog
Mercurial Diff
Revision &1
修订 &1
Select to specify a revision by number
选择通过号码指定一个修订
Number
号码
Enter a revision number
输入一个修订号
Select to specify a revision by changeset id
Id:
Enter a changeset id
Select to specify a revision by a tag
Tag:
Enter a tag name
Select to specify a revision by a branch
Branch:
Enter a branch name
Select tip revision of repository
TIP
Select revision before last commit
选择在最后提交之前修订
PREV
以前的
Revision &2
修订 &2
Select to specify a revision by a bookmark
Bookmark:
Enter a bookmark name
No revision selected
HgServeDialog
Start Server
Stop Server
Start Browser
Enter the server port
Select the style to use
Server
Browser
Process Generation Error
进程生成错误
The process {0} could not be started. Ensure, that it is in the search path.
Mercurial Server
HgShelveBrowserDialog
Mercurial Shelve Browser
Name
名称
Age
Message
消息
Statistics
File
文件
Changes
Lines added
Lines deleted
Errors
错误
Input
输入
Press to send the input to the hg process
&Send
发送(&S)
Alt+S
Alt+S
Enter data to be sent to the hg process
Select to switch the input field to password mode
选择将输入区域转换成密码模式
&Password Mode
密码模式(&P)
Alt+P
Alt+P
&Refresh
Press to refresh the list of shelves
Restore selected shelve
Delete selected shelves
Delete all shelves
Process Generation Error
进程生成错误
The process {0} could not be started. Ensure, that it is in the search path.
%n file(s) changed
%n line(s) inserted
%n line(s) deleted
<b>Mercurial shelve errors</b><p>This shows possible error messages of the hg shelve command.</p>
HgShelveDataDialog
Shelve
Name:
名称:
Enter a name for the shelve
Date, Time:
Enter the commit date and time for the shelve
Message:
Enter a message for the shelve
Mark new/missing files as added/removed
yyyy-MM-dd HH:mm
HgShelvesSelectionDialog
Mercurial Shelve Selection
HgStatusDialog
Mercurial Status
<b>Mercurial Status</b>
<p>This dialog shows the status of the selected file or project.</p>
Status
状态
Path
路径
Errors
错误
Input
输入
Press to send the input to the hg process
&Send
发送(&S)
Alt+S
Alt+S
Enter data to be sent to the hg process
Select to switch the input field to password mode
选择将输入区域转换成密码模式
&Password Mode
密码模式(&P)
Alt+P
Alt+P
Refresh
刷新
Press to refresh the status display
点击刷新状态显示
Commit changes to repository...
将更改提交到储存库中……
Add to repository
添加到储存库
Revert changes
还原改变
Adjust column sizes
调整列宽
added
已添加
modified
已修改
removed
not tracked
normal
标准
ignored
已忽略
missing
遗漏
Process Generation Error
进程生成错误
The process {0} could not be started. Ensure, that it is in the search path.
Commit
提交
There are no uncommitted changes available/selected.
没有未提交的更改可用或被选择。
Add
添加
There are no unversioned entries available/selected.
没有未版本化的条目可用或被选择。
Revert
还原
Remove
移除
There are no missing entries available/selected.
&Filter on Status:
Select the status of entries to be shown
Commit the selected changes
&Commit
Add the selected entries to the repository
&Add
添加(&A)
Show differences of the selected entries to the repository
&Differences
Revert the selected entries to the last revision in the repository
Re&vert
Forget about the selected missing entries
For&get
Restore the selected missing entries from the repository
&Restore
Show differences
Restore missing
all
Differences
There are no entries selected to be committed.
Select all for commit
Deselect all from commit
Mercurial Queue Repository Status
Show differences of the selected entry to the repository in a side-by-side manner
Side-b&y-Side Diff
Side-by-Side Diff
Only one file with uncommitted changes must be selected.
Show differences side-by-side
Add as Large File
Add as Normal File
Forget missing
HgStatusMonitorThread
Mercurial status checked successfully
Could not start the Mercurial process.
HgSummaryDialog
Summary Information
Errors
错误
Refresh
刷新
Press to refresh the summary display
Process Generation Error
进程生成错误
The process {0} could not be started. Ensure, that it is in the search path.
<tr><td><b>Parent</b></td><td>{0}</td></tr>
<tr><td><b>Tags</b></td><td>{0}</td></tr>
<tr><td><b>Commit Message</b></td><td>{0}</td></tr>
empty repository
no revision checked out
<tr><td><b>Remarks</b></td><td>{0}</td></tr>
<tr><td><b>Branch</b></td><td>{0}</td></tr>
<tr><td><b>Bookmarks</b></td><td>{0}</td></tr>
{0} modified
{0} added
{0} removed
{0} renamed
{0} copied
{0} deleted
{0} unknown
{0} ignored
{0} unresolved
{0} subrepos
Merge needed
New Branch
Head is closed
No commit required
New Branch Head
<tr><td><b>Commit Status</b></td><td>{0}</td></tr>
current
unknown status
<tr><td><b>Update Status</b></td><td>{0}</td></tr>
synched
1 or more incoming
{0} outgoing
<tr><td><b>Remote Status</b></td><td>{0}</td></tr>
empty queue
{0} applied
{0} unapplied
<tr><td><b>Queues Status</b></td><td>{0}</td></tr>
<p>No status information available.</p>
<tr><td><b>Parent #{0}</b></td><td>{1}</td></tr>
%n new changeset(s)<br/>Update required
%n new changeset(s)
%n branch head(s)
{0}<br/>{1}<br/>Merge required
0 is changesets, 1 is branch heads
%n incoming bookmark(s)
%n outgoing bookmark(s)
No files to upload
%n file(s) to upload
<tr><td><b>Large Files</b></td><td>{0}</td></tr>
HgTagBranchListDialog
Mercurial Tag List
<b>Mercurial Tag/Branch List</b>
<p>This dialog shows a list of the projects tags or branches.</p>
<b>Tag/Branches List</b>
<p>This shows a list of the projects tags or branches.</p>
<b>标签/分支列表</b>
<p>显示一列项目标签或分支。</p>
Revision
修订
Changeset
Local
Name
名称
Errors
错误
Input
输入
Press to send the input to the hg process
&Send
发送(&S)
Alt+S
Alt+S
Enter data to be sent to the hg process
Select to switch the input field to password mode
选择将输入区域转换成密码模式
&Password Mode
密码模式(&P)
Alt+P
Alt+P
Mercurial Branches List
Status
状态
Process Generation Error
进程生成错误
The process {0} could not be started. Ensure, that it is in the search path.
active
yes
是
HgTagDialog
Enter the name of the tag
输入标签的名称
<b>Tag Name</b>
<p>Enter the name of the tag to be created, moved or deleted.</p>
<b>标签名</b>
<p>输入要创建、移动或删除标签的名称。</p>
Name:
名称:
Tag Action
标记动作
Select to delete a tag
<b>Delete Tag</b>
<p>Select this entry in order to delete the selected tag.</p>
Delete Tag
Mercurial Tag
Revision:
Enter a revision to set a tag for
Select to create a tag
<b>Create Tag</b>
<p>Select this entry in order to create a tag.</p>
Create Tag
Tag Type
标签类型
Select to create/delete a global tag
Global Tag
Select to create/delete a local tag
Local Tag
HgUnshelveDataDialog
Name:
名称:
Enter the name of the shelve
Select to keep the shelved change
Keep shelved change
Mercurial Unshelve
HgUserConfigDataDialog
Mercurial User Data
User Data
First Name:
Enter the first name
Last Name:
Enter the last name
Email:
Enter the email address
Extensions
Select to activate the fetch extension
Fetch
Select to activate the GPG extension
GPG
Select to activate the Purge extension
Purge
Select to activate the queues extension
Queues
Rebase
Select to activate the transplant extension
Transplant
Select to activate the rebase extension
Select to activate the shelve extension
Shelve
Select to activate the largefiles extension
Large Files
Minimum file size:
Enter the minimum file size in MB for files to be treated as Large Files
MB
Patterns:
Enter file patterns (space separated) for files to be treated as Large Files
HistoryDialog
Manage History
Enter search term for history entries
Press to remove the selected entries
&Remove
移除(&R)
Press to remove all entries
Remove &All
&Open
Open in New &Tab
&Copy
复制(&C)
HistoryManager
Loading History
Saving History
<p>Unable to open history file <b>{0}</b>.<br/>Reason: {1}</p>
<p>Error removing old history file <b>{0}</b>.<br/>Reason: {1}</p>
<p>Error moving new history file over old one (<b>{0}</b>).<br/>Reason: {1}</p>
HistoryMenu
Show All History...
Clear History...
Clear History
清除历史
Do you want to clear the history?
Most Visited
Closed Tabs
Restore All Closed Tabs
Clear List
HistoryModel
Title
Address
HistoryTreeModel
Earlier Today
%n item(s)
HtmlImporter
HTML Netscape Bookmarks
Please choose the file to begin importing bookmarks.
File '{0}' does not exist.
HTML Import
Imported {0}
You can import bookmarks from any browser that supports HTML exporting. This file has usually the extension .htm or .html.
IExplorerImporter
Internet Explorer stores its bookmarks in the <b>Favorites</b> folder This folder is usually located in
Please choose the folder to begin importing bookmarks.
Folder '{0}' does not exist.
'{0}' is not a folder.
Internet Explorer Import
Imported {0}
IconEditorGrid
Set Pixel
Erase Pixel
Draw Line
显示边界线
Draw Rectangle
Draw Filled Rectangle
Draw Circle
Draw Filled Circle
Draw Ellipse
Draw Filled Ellipse
Fill Region
Cut Selection
Paste
粘贴
<p>The clipboard image is larger than the current image.<br/>Paste as new image?</p>
Paste Clipboard
Pasting Image
Invalid image data in clipboard.
Paste Clipboard as New Image
Clear Image
Resize Image
Convert to Grayscale
IconEditorPalette
<b>Preview</b><p>This is a 1:1 preview of the current icon.</p>
<b>Current Color</b><p>This is the currently selected color used for drawing.</p>
<b>Current Color Value</b><p>This is the currently selected color value used for drawing.</p>
Select Color
<b>Select Color</b><p>Select the current drawing color via a color selection dialog.</p>
<b>Select alpha channel value</b><p>Select the value for the alpha channel of the current color.</p>
Compositing
Replace
替换
<b>Replace</b><p>Replace the existing pixel with a new color.</p>
Blend
<b>Blend</b><p>Blend the new color over the existing pixel.</p>
IconEditorWindow
Windows Bitmap File (*.bmp)
Graphic Interchange Format File (*.gif)
Windows Icon File (*.ico)
JPEG File (*.jpg)
Portable Bitmap File (*.pbm)
Portable Graymap File (*.pgm)
Portable Network Graphics File (*.png)
Portable Pixmap File (*.ppm)
Scalable Vector Graphics File (*.svg)
TIFF File (*.tif)
X11 Bitmap File (*.xbm)
X11 Pixmap File (*.xpm)
All Files (*)
所有文件 (*)
New
新建
&New
新建(&N)
Ctrl+N
File|New
Ctrl+N
Create a new icon
<b>New</b><p>This creates a new icon.</p>
New Window
新建窗口
New &Window
Open a new icon editor window
<b>New Window</b><p>This opens a new icon editor window.</p>
Open
打开
&Open...
打开(&O)……
Ctrl+O
File|Open
Ctrl+O
Open an icon file for editing
<b>Open File</b><p>This opens a new icon file for editing. It pops up a file selection dialog.</p>
Save
保存
&Save
保存(&S)
Ctrl+S
File|Save
Ctrl+S
Save the current icon
<b>Save File</b><p>Save the contents of the icon editor window.</p>
Save As
另存为
Save &As...
Shift+Ctrl+S
File|Save As
Shift+Ctrl+S
Save the current icon to a new file
<b>Save As...</b><p>Saves the current icon to a new file.</p>
Close
关闭
&Close
关闭(&C)
Ctrl+W
File|Close
Ctrl+W
Close the current icon editor window
<b>Close</b><p>Closes the current icon editor window.</p>
Close All
全部关闭
Close &All
全部关闭(&A)
Close all icon editor windows
<b>Close All</b><p>Closes all icon editor windows except the first one.</p>
Quit
退出
&Quit
退出(&Q)
Ctrl+Q
File|Quit
Ctrl+Q
Quit the icon editor
<b>Quit</b><p>Quit the icon editor.</p>
Undo
撤消
&Undo
撤消(&U)
Ctrl+Z
Edit|Undo
Ctrl+Z
Alt+Backspace
Edit|Undo
Alt+Backspace
Undo the last change
撤消最后一次更改
<b>Undo</b><p>Undo the last change done.</p>
Redo
重做
&Redo
重做(&R)
Ctrl+Shift+Z
Edit|Redo
Ctrl+Shift+Z
Redo the last change
重做最后一次更改
<b>Redo</b><p>Redo the last change done.</p>
Cut
剪切
Cu&t
剪切(&t)
Ctrl+X
Edit|Cut
Ctrl+X
Shift+Del
Edit|Cut
Shift+Del
Cut the selection
剪切所选内容
<b>Cut</b><p>Cut the selected image area to the clipboard.</p>
Copy
复制
&Copy
复制(&C)
Ctrl+C
Edit|Copy
Ctrl+C
Ctrl+Ins
Edit|Copy
Ctrl+Ins
Copy the selection
复制所选内容
<b>Copy</b><p>Copy the selected image area to the clipboard.</p>
Paste
粘贴
&Paste
粘贴(&P)
Ctrl+V
Edit|Paste
Ctrl+V
Shift+Ins
Edit|Paste
Shift+Ins
Paste the clipboard image
<b>Paste</b><p>Paste the clipboard image.</p>
Paste as New
Paste as &New
Paste the clipboard image replacing the current one
<b>Paste as New</b><p>Paste the clipboard image replacing the current one.</p>
Clear
清除
Cl&ear
清除(&e)
Alt+Shift+C
Edit|Clear
Alt+Shift+C
Clear the icon image
<b>Clear</b><p>Clear the icon image and set it to be completely transparent.</p>
Select All
全选
&Select All
Ctrl+A
Edit|Select All
Ctrl+A
Select the complete icon image
<b>Select All</b><p>Selects the complete icon image.</p>
Change Size
Change Si&ze...
Change the icon size
<b>Change Size...</b><p>Changes the icon size.</p>
Grayscale
&Grayscale
Change the icon to grayscale
<b>Grayscale</b><p>Changes the icon to grayscale.</p>
Zoom in
放大
Zoom &in
放大(&i)
Ctrl++
View|Zoom in
Ctrl++
Zoom in on the icon
<b>Zoom in</b><p>Zoom in on the icon. This makes the grid bigger.</p>
Zoom out
缩小
Zoom &out
缩小(&o)
Ctrl+-
View|Zoom out
Ctrl+-
Zoom out on the icon
<b>Zoom out</b><p>Zoom out on the icon. This makes the grid smaller.</p>
Zoom reset
重置缩放
Zoom &reset
Ctrl+0
View|Zoom reset
Ctrl+0
Show Grid
Show &Grid
Toggle the display of the grid
<b>Show Grid</b><p>Toggle the display of the grid.</p>
Freehand
&Freehand
<b>Free hand</b><p>Draws non linear lines.</p>
Color Picker
&Color Picker
<b>Color Picker</b><p>The color of the pixel clicked on will become the current draw color.</p>
Rectangle
&Rectangle
<b>Rectangle</b><p>Draw a rectangle.</p>
Filled Rectangle
F&illed Rectangle
<b>Filled Rectangle</b><p>Draw a filled rectangle.</p>
Circle
<b>Circle</b><p>Draw a circle.</p>
Filled Circle
Fille&d Circle
<b>Filled Circle</b><p>Draw a filled circle.</p>
Ellipse
&Ellipse
<b>Ellipse</b><p>Draw an ellipse.</p>
Filled Ellipse
Fille&d Elli&pse
<b>Filled Ellipse</b><p>Draw a filled ellipse.</p>
Flood Fill
Fl&ood Fill
<b>Flood Fill</b><p>Fill adjoining pixels with the same color with the current color.</p>
Line
行
&Line
<b>Line</b><p>Draw a line.</p>
Eraser (Transparent)
Eraser (&Transparent)
<b>Eraser (Transparent)</b><p>Erase pixels by setting them to transparent.</p>
Rectangular Selection
Rect&angular Selection
<b>Rectangular Selection</b><p>Select a rectangular section of the icon using the mouse.</p>
Circular Selection
<b>Circular Selection</b><p>Select a circular section of the icon using the mouse.</p>
About
关于
&About
关于(&A)
Display information about this software
显示软件信息
<b>About</b><p>Display some information about this software.</p>
<b>关于</b><p>显示与本软件有关的部分信息。</p>
About Qt
关于 Qt
About &Qt
关于 &Qt
Display information about the Qt toolkit
显示Qt工具包信息
<b>About Qt</b><p>Display some information about the Qt toolkit.</p>
<b>关于 Qt</b><p>显示Qt工具包的部分相关信息。</p>
What's This?
这是什么?
&What's This?
这是什么(&W)?
Shift+F1
Help|What's This?'
Shift+F1
Context sensitive help
背景帮助
<b>Display context sensitive help</b><p>In What's This? mode, the mouse cursor shows an arrow with a question mark, and you can click on the interface elements to get a short description of what they do and how to use them. In dialogs, this feature can be accessed using the context help button in the titlebar.</p>
<b>显示背景帮助</b><p>在“这是什么?”模式中,鼠标光标显示为带问号的箭头,通过点击界面元素你可以获得“在做什么”和“怎样使用”的简短描述。使用标题栏中的上下文帮助按钮可以获得此功能。</p>
&File
文件(&F)
&Edit
编辑(&E)
&View
视图(&V)
&Tools
工具(&T)
&Help
帮助(&H)
File
文件
Edit
编辑
View
视图
Tools
工具
Help
帮助
<p>This part of the status bar displays the icon size.</p>
<p>This part of the status bar displays the cursor position.</p>
Open icon file
Save icon file
Icon saved
Untitled
未命名
Icon Editor
Multiple-Image Network Graphics File (*.mng)
Reset the zoom of the icon
<b>Zoom reset</b><p>Reset the zoom of the icon. This sets the zoom factor to 100%.</p>
Paintbrush Bitmap File (*.pcx)
Silicon Graphics Image File (*.sgi)
Targa Graphic File (*.tga)
The file '{0}' does not exist.
Cannot read file '{0}:
{1}.
Cannot write file '{0}:
{1}.
{0}[*] - {1}
<p>The file <b>{0}</b> already exists. Overwrite it?</p>
The icon image has unsaved changes.
JPEG File (*.jpeg)
Compressed Scalable Vector Graphics File (*.svgz)
TIFF File (*.tiff)
WAP Bitmap File (*.wbmp)
eric6 Icon Editor
About eric6 Icon Editor
The eric6 Icon Editor is a simple editor component to perform icon drawing tasks.
IconSizeDialog
Size:
Enter the width of the icon
X
Enter the height of the icon
Icon Size
IconsPage
<b>Configure icon directories</b>
<b>配置图标文件夹</b>
<font color="#FF0000"><b>Note:</b> These settings are activated at the next startup of the application.</font>
<font color="#FF0000"><b>注意:</b> 这些设置将在下次启动应用程序时生效。</font>
Press to delete the selected directory from the list
点击从列表中删除选中的文件夹
Delete
删除
Press to add the entered directory to the list
点击将输入的文件夹添加到列表中
Add
添加
Enter a directory to be added
输入要添加的文件夹
Press to select an icon directory via a selection dialog
点击通过选择对话框选择一个图标文件夹
Show
显示
Up
向上
Down
向下
List of icon directories
图标文件夹列表
Select icon directory
选择图标文件夹
IconsPreviewDialog
Icons Preview
图标预览
ImportsDiagramBuilder
Imports Diagramm {0}: {1}
Imports Diagramm: {0}
Parsing modules...
正在分析模块……
The directory <b>'{0}'</b> is not a Python package.
%v/%m Modules
Imports Diagramm
InputDialogWizard
QInputDialog Wizard
QInputDialog 向导
Q&InputDialog Wizard...
QInputDialog 向导……
<b>QInputDialog Wizard</b><p>This wizard opens a dialog for entering all the parameters needed to create a QInputDialog. The generated code is inserted at the current cursor position.</p>
<b>QInputDialog 向导</b><p>该向导打开一个对话框,可以输入创建 QInputDialog 所需的所有参数。生成的代码插入到当前光标位置。</p>
No current editor
没有当前编辑器
Please open or create a file first.
请您先打开或创建一个文件。
InputDialogWizardDialog
QInputDialog Wizard
QInputDialog 向导
Type
类型
Text
文本
Integer
整型
Double
双精度型
Item
条目
Label
标签
Echo Mode
重复模式
Normal
普通
No Echo
不重复
Password
密码
Default
默认
Step
步长
To
到
From
从
2147483647
2147483647
-2147483647
-2147483647
0
0
Decimals
小数
Editable
可编辑
Current Item
当前条目
String List Variable
字符串列表变量
Test
测试
Title
Result:
Enter the result variable name
Parent
Select "self" as parent
self
Select "None" as parent
None
无
Select to enter a parent expression
Expression:
表达式:
Enter the parent expression
InterfacePage
<b>Configure User Interface</b>
<b>配置用户界面</b>
Browsers
浏览器
Select, if folders should be listed first in the various browsers
选择在多个浏览器中折叠器是否首先被列出
List folders first in Browsers
在浏览器中首先列出折叠器
Select to hide non public classes, methods and attributes in the browsers.
选择在浏览器中隐藏非公有类、方法和属性。
Hide non public members in Browsers
在浏览器中隐藏非公有成员
Log-Viewer
日志浏览器
Stderr Colour:
Stderr 颜色:
Select the colour for text sent to stderr
选择发送到 stderr 中的文本颜色
Select, if the caption of the main window should show the filename of the current editor
选择是否在主窗口标题中显示当前编辑器中的文件名
Caption shows filename
标题显示文件名
Filename Length
文件名长度
Enter the number of characters to be shown in the main window title.
输入要在主窗口标题中显示的字符数。
Style:
风格:
Select the interface style
选择界面风格
Style Sheet:
样式表:
Enter the name of the style sheet file
输入样式表文件的名称
Select the style sheet file via a file selection dialog
通过文件选择对话框选择样式表文件
Dockarea Corner Usage
停靠区转角使用
Top Left Corner
左上角
Select to assign the top left corner to the top dockarea
选择指定左上角为顶部停靠区
Top dockarea
顶部停靠区
Select to assign the top left corner to the left dockarea
选择指定左上角为左停靠区
Left dockarea
左停靠区
Top Right Corner
右上角
Select to assign the top right corner to the top dockarea
选择指定右上角为顶部停靠区
Select to assign the top right corner to the right dockarea
选择指定右上角为右停靠区
Right dockarea
右停靠区
Bottom Left Corner
左下角
Select to assign the bottom left corner to the bottom dockarea
选择指定左下角为底部停靠区
Bottom dockarea
底部停靠区
Select to assign the bottom left corner to the left dockarea
选择指定左下角为左停靠区
Bottom Right Corner
右下角
Select to assign the bottom right corner to the bottom dockarea
选择指定右下角为底部停靠区
Select to assign the bottom right corner to the right dockarea
选择指定右下角为右停靠区
<font color="#FF0000"><b>Note:</b> All settings below are activated at the next startup of the application.</font>
<font color="#FF0000"><b>注意:</b> 以上所有设置将在下次启动应用程序时生效。</font>
Language:
语言:
Select the interface language.
选择界面语言。
The interface language can be selected from this list. If "system" is selected, the interface language is determined by the system. The selection of "none" means, that the default language will be used.
可以从列表中选择界面语言。如果选择“系统”,则界面语言由系统确定。“无”选项表示将使用默认语言。
Layout:
布局:
Select the layout type.
选择布局类型。
Toolboxes
工具箱
Shell
命令行
Select to get a separate shell window
选择获得单独的命令行窗口
separate window
独立窗口
File-Browser
文件浏览器
Select to get a separate file browser window
选择获得单独的文件浏览器窗口
Reset layout to factory defaults
将布局重设为出厂设置
System
系统
English
Translate this with your language
中文
Select style sheet file
选择样式表文件
Qt Style Sheets (*.qss);;Cascading Style Sheets (*.css);;All files (*)
Qt 样式表 (*.qss);;Cascading 样式表 (*.css);;所有文件 (*)
Sidebars
Select to embed the shell in the Debug-Viewer
embed in Debug-Viewer
Select to embed the file browser in the Debug-Viewer
Select to embed the file browser in the Project-Viewer
embed in Project-Viewer
Select to sort file contents by occurrence
Sort contents by occurrence
Select to show the log-viewer upon new output
Show upon new output
Tabs
Show only one close button instead of one for each tab
Select to show hidden files in the various browsers
Show hidden files
Filter out files:
Enter wildcard file patterns separated by semicolon. Files matching these patterns will not be shown by the file browsers.
Delay:
ms
毫秒
IrcChannelEditDialog
IRC Channel
Name:
名称:
Enter the channel name
Key:
Enter the channel key/password
Select to join this channel automatically
Join channel automatically
IrcChannelWidget
Shows the list of users
Shows the channel messages
Enter a message, send by pressing Return or Enter
Send Message
Messages starting with a '/' are not allowed in private chats.
Leave IRC channel
Do you really want to leave the IRC channel <b>{0}</b>?
Channel Message
Nick mentioned
{0} has joined the channel {1} ({2}).
You have joined the channel {0} ({1}).
Join Channel
{0} has left {1}.
{0} has left {1}: {2}.
Leave Channel
{0} has quit {1}.
{0} has quit {1}: {2}.
Quit
退出
You are now known as {0}.
User {0} is now known as {1}.
Away
{0} is away: {1}
The channel topic is: "{0}".
The topic was set by {0} on {1}.
Channel URL: {0}
password protected ({0})
limited to %n user(s)
Channel modes: {0}.
This channel was created on {0}.
{0} sets the channel mode to 'anonymous'.
{0} removes the 'anonymous' mode from the channel.
{0} sets a ban on {1}.
{0} removes the ban on {1}.
{0} sets the channel mode to 'no colors allowed'.
{0} sets the channel mode to 'allow color codes'.
{0} sets a ban exception on {1}.
{0} removes the ban exception on {1}.
{0} sets the channel mode to 'invite only'.
{0} removes the 'invite only' mode from the channel.
{0} sets the channel key to '{1}'.
{0} removes the channel key.
{0} sets the channel limit to %n nick(s).
{0} removes the channel limit.
{0} sets the channel mode to 'moderated'.
{0} sets the channel mode to 'unmoderated'.
{0} sets the channel mode to 'no messages from outside'.
{0} sets the channel mode to 'allow messages from outside'.
{0} sets the channel mode to 'private'.
{0} sets the channel mode to 'public'.
{0} sets the channel mode to 'quiet'.
{0} removes the 'quiet' mode from the channel.
{0} sets the channel mode to 'secret'.
{0} sets the channel mode to 'visible'.
{0} switches on 'topic protection'.
{0} switches off 'topic protection'.
{0} sets invitation mask {1}.
{0} removes the invitation mask {1}.
Mode
{0} sets mode for {1}: {2}.
Help
帮助
--- New From Here ---
Save Messages
HTML Files (*.{0});;Text Files (*.txt);;All Files (*)
<p>The file <b>{0}</b> already exists. Overwrite it?</p>
Error saving Messages
<p>The messages contents could not be written to <b>{0}</b></p><p>Reason: {1}</p>
Copy
复制
Cut all
Copy all
Clear
清除
Save
保存
Mark Current Position
Remove Position Marker
Who Is
Private Chat
Who
End of WHO list for {0}.
(Away)
{0} is {1}@{2} ({3}){4}
Whois
{0} is {1}@{2} ({3}).
{0} is a user on channels: {1}
{0} has voice on channels: {1}
{0} is a halfop on channels: {1}
{0} is an operator on channels: {1}
{0} is owner of channels: {1}
{0} is admin on channels: {1}
{0} is online via {1} ({2}).
{0} is an IRC Operator.
%n day(s)
%n hour(s)
%n minute(s)
%n second(s)
{0} has been idle for {1}, {2}, {3}, and {4}.
{0} = name of person, {1} = (x days), {2} = (x hours), {3} = (x minutes), {4} = (x seconds)
{0} has been idle for {1}, {2}, and {3}.
{0} = name of person, {1} = (x hours), {2} = (x minutes), {3} = (x seconds)
{0} has been idle for {1} and {2}.
{0} = name of person, {1} = (x minutes), {3} = (x seconds)
{0} has been idle for %n second(s).
{0} has been online since {1}.
End of WHOIS list for {0}.
{0} is an identified user.
{0} is available for help.
{0} is logged in as {1}.
{0} is actually using the host {1} (IP: {2}).
{0} is using a secure connection.
{0} is connecting from {1} (IP: {2}).
CTCP
Received Version request from {0}.
Received CTCP-PING request from {0}, sending answer.
Received CTCP-CLIENTINFO request from {0}, sending answer.
Received unknown CTCP-{0} request from {1}.
Press to change the topic
Refresh
刷新
Edit Channel Topic
Enter the topic for this channel:
IrcIdentitiesEditDialog
IRC Identities
Identity:
Select the identity to work on
Press to add a new identity
Press to copy the selected identity
Press to rename the selected identity
Press to delete the selected identity
General
通用配置
Real Name:
Enter the real name
Nick Names
Enter a nick name to add
Press to add the entered nick name
Press to delete the selected nick name
Press to move the selected nick name up
Press to move the selected nick name down
Auto Identify
Service:
Enter the name of the service to identify against
Service name can be <b><i>nickserv</i></b> or a network-dependent name such as <b><i>nickserv@services.dal.net</i></b>
Password:
密码:
Enter the password
Away
Mark the current position in chat windows when going away
Away Message:
Enter the message to be sent when going away
Advanced
Ident:
Enter the identity to be used to log-on to the server
Reason for Quit:
Enter a message to be sent when quitting
Reason for Part:
Enter message to be sent when leaving a channel
Edit Identity
The identity must contain at least one nick name.
The identity must have a real name.
Add Identity
Identity Name:
An identity named <b>{0}</b> already exists. You must provide a different name.
The identity has to have a name.
Copy Identity
Rename Identity
This identity is in use. If you remove it, the network settings using it will fall back to the default identity. Should it be deleted anyway?
Do you really want to delete all information for this identity?
Delete Identity
Select to mark the current position in the chat, when you send an AWAY command.
IrcIdentity
Default Identity
Gone away for now.
IRC for eric6 IDE
IrcNetworkEditDialog
IRC Network
Network Name:
Enter the name of the IRC network
Identity:
Select the identity to be used for the IRC network
Press to edit the identities
Server:
Press to edit the server configuration
Channels:
Channel
Join Automatically
Press to add a new channel
Press to edit the selected channel
Press to delete the selected channel
Shows the name of the server
Yes
是
No
否
Delete Channel
Do you really want to delete channel <b>{0}</b>?
IrcNetworkListDialog
IRC Networks
Press to define a new network
&New...
新建(&N)……
Press to edit the selected network
&Edit...
编辑(&E)……
Press to delete the selected network
&Delete
删除(&D)
Press to toggle the auto-connect flag of the selected network
&Auto-Connect
Press to edit the identities
Edit &Identities...
Yes
是
No
否
Identity
Server
Channels
Auto-Connect
Delete Irc Network
Do you really want to delete IRC network <b>{0}</b>?
IrcNetworkWidget
Shows the network messages
Select a network to connect to
Press to connect to the selected network
Press to set the user status to AWAY
Press to edit the networks
Select a nick name for the channel
Enter the channel to join
Press to join the channel
Save Messages
HTML Files (*.{0});;Text Files (*.txt);;All Files (*)
<p>The file <b>{0}</b> already exists. Overwrite it?</p>
Error saving Messages
<p>The messages contents could not be written to <b>{0}</b></p><p>Reason: {1}</p>
Copy
复制
Cut all
Copy all
Clear
清除
Save
保存
Press to disconnect from the network
IrcPage
<b>Configure IRC</b>
Enable to show timestamps
Show Timestamps
Time Format:
Select the time format to use
Date Format
Select the date format to use
Select to show the date in timestamps
Show Date
Colours
颜色
Network Messages:
Select the colour for network messages
Nick Names:
Select the colour for nick names
Server Messages:
Select the colour for server messages
Own Nick Name:
Select the colour for own nick name
Channel Messages:
Select the colour for channel messages
Join Channel:
Select the colour for join channel messages
Error Messages:
Select the colour for error messages
Leave Channel:
Select the colour for leave channel messages
Timestamp:
Select the colour for timestamps
Channel Info:
Select the colour for channel info messages
Hyperlink:
Select the colour for hyperlinks
Enable to allow coloured text in IRC messages
Allow Colored Text in IRC Messages
Enable to show notifications
Show Notifications
<b>Note:</b> Notifications will only be shown, if the global usage of notifications is enabled on the notifications configuration page.
Select to show a notification for join and leave events
Join/Leave Event
Select to show a notification for every mentioning of your nick
Mentioning of Own Nick
Select to show a notification for every message
Every Message
Select this to enable the automatic lookup of user information for joined channels
Enable Automatic User Information Lookup (/WHO)
Max. Number of Users in Channel:
Enter the maximum numbers of users in a channel allowed for this function
Update Interval:
Enter the user information update interval
s
Marker
Select to mark the current position, when the chat window is hidden
Mark Current Position When Hidden
Marker Foreground:
Select the foreground colour for the marker
Marker Background:
Select the background colour for the marker
Shutdown
Select to confirm a shutdown operation while still connected to an IRC server
Confirm Shutdown When Connected
IrcServerEditDialog
IRC Server
Server:
Enter the host name of the IRC server
Port:
Enter the port number
Password:
密码:
Enter the server password
Select to use an SSL encrypted connection
Use Encrypted Connection (SSL)
IrcUtilities
anonymous
ban mask
no colors allowed
ban exception mask
invite only
password protected
user limit
moderated
no messages from outside
private
reop channel
secret
topic protection
invitation mask
quiet
IrcWidget
Press to leave the current channel
Disconnect from Server
<p>Do you really want to disconnect from <b>{0}</b>?</p><p>All channels will be closed.</p>
SSL Connection
An encrypted connection to the IRC network was requested but SSL is not available. Please change the server configuration.
Info
信息
Looking for server {0} (port {1}) using an SSL encrypted connection...
Looking for server {0} (port {1})...
Disconnecting from server {0}...
Server found,connecting...
Connected,logging in...
Server disconnected.
Message Error
Unknown message received from server:<br/>{0}
Notice
Mode
You have left channel {0}.
You are now known as {0}.
User {0} is now known as {1}.
Server Error
Error
错误
Welcome
Support
User
MOTD
Away
Info ({0})
Message of the day
End of message of the day
Server {0} (Version {1}), User-Modes: {2}, Channel-Modes: {3}
Current users on {0}: {1}, max. {2}
Current users on the network: {0}, max. {1}
You are no longer marked as being away.
You have been marked as being away.
SSL Error
Connection to server {0} (port {1}) lost while waiting for user response to an SSL error.
Socket Error
The host was not found. Please check the host name and port settings.
The connection was refused by the peer. Please check the host name and port settings.
The following network error occurred:<br/>{0}
{0} ({1})
channel name, users count
Critical
危险
No nickname acceptable to the server configured for <b>{0}</b>. Disconnecting...
The given nickname is already in use.
CTCP
Received Version request from {0}.
Received CTCP-PING request from {0}, sending answer.
Received CTCP-CLIENTINFO request from {0}, sending answer.
Received unknown CTCP-{0} request from {1}.
You have set your personal modes to <b>[{0}]</b>.
{0} has changed your personal modes to <b>[{1}]</b>.
Channels
Network
网络
The SSL handshake failed.
A network error occurred.
Could not connect to {0} (port {1}) using an SSL encrypted connection. Either the server does not support SSL (did you use the correct port?) or you rejected the certificate.
The SSL certificate for the server {0} (port {1}) failed the authenticity check. SSL errors were accepted by you.
JavaScriptEricObject
Search!
Search results provided by {0}
Welcome to eric6 Web Browser!
eric6 Web Browser
About eric6
Largefiles
Convert Project - Converting
Convert Project - Extracting
Adding files to the Mercurial repository
Pulling large files
Verifying the integrity of large files
LargefilesProjectBrowserHelper
Add as Large File
Add as Normal File
Add as Large Files
Add as Normal Files
Large Files
LargefilesProjectHelper
Convert repository to largefiles
Convert repository to largefiles...
Convert the repository of the project to a largefiles repository.
<b>Convert repository to largefiles</b><p>This converts the repository of the project to a largefiles repository. A new project is created. The current one is kept as a backup.</p>
Convert repository to normal
Convert repository to normal...
Convert the repository of the project to a normal repository.
<b>Convert repository to normal</b><p>This converts the repository of the project to a normal repository. A new project is created. The current one is kept as a backup.</p>
Pull Large Files
Pull large files from a remote repository
<b>Pull Large Files</b><p>This pulls missing large files from a remote repository into the local repository.</p>
Show Summary
Show summary...
Show summary information of the working directory status
<b>Show summary</b><p>This shows some summary information of the working directory status.</p>
Verify large files of current revision
Verify large files of current revision...
Verify that all large files in the current revision exist
<b>Verify large files of current revision</b><p>This verifies that all large files in the current revision exist.</p>
Verify large files of all revision
Verify large files of all revision...
Verify that all large files in all revisions exist
<b>Verify large files of all revision</b><p>This verifies that all large files in all revisions exist.</p>
Verify large files contents
Verify large files contents...
Verify the contents of all large files
<b>Verify large files contents</b><p>This verifies the contents of all large files.</p>
Administration
Large Files
LexerAssociationDialog
Project Lexer Associations
Filename Pattern
文件名样式
Lexer Language
词法分析器语言
Filename &Pattern:
Enter the filename pattern to be associated
输入要关联的文件名样式
Press to add or change the entered association
点击添加或改变输入的关联
Add/&Change
&Lexer Language:
Select the lexer language to associate
选择要关联的词法分析器语言
Press to delete the selected association
点击删除已选关联
&Delete
删除(&D)
Alternative Le&xer:
Select the alternative lexer to associate
Alternative
LexerPygments
Default
默认
Comment
注释
Preprocessor
预处理器
Keyword
关键字
Pseudo Keyword
虚拟键盘
Type Keyword
输入键盘
Operator
运算符
Word
单词
Builtin
内建
Function or method name
函数或方法的名称
Class name
类名称
Namespace
命名空间
Exception
异常
Identifier
标识符
Constant
常量
Label
标签
Entity
实体
Attribute
属性
Tag
标签
Decorator
Decorator
String
字符串
Documentation string
文档字符串
Scalar
Scalar
Escape
Escape
Regular expression
正则表达式
Symbol
符号
Other string
其它字符串
Number
号码
Heading
标题
Subheading
子标题
Deleted
已删除
Inserted
已插入
Generic error
一般错误
Emphasized text
强调的文本
Strong text
Strong 文本
Prompt
提示符
Output
输出
Traceback
追踪
Error
错误
Comment block
Property
Character
Here document
Punctuation
Lexers
Bash
Bash
Batch
批处理
C/C++
C/C++
C#
C#
CMake
CMake
CSS
CSS
D
D
Diff
差异
HTML/PHP/XML
HTML/PHP/XML
IDL
IDL
Java
Java
JavaScript
JavaScript
Lua
Lua
Makefile
Makefile
Perl
Perl
Povray
Povray
Properties
属性
Ruby
Ruby
SQL
SQL
TeX
TeX
VHDL
VHDL
TCL
TCL
Fortran
Fortran
Fortran77
Fortran77
Pascal
Pascal
PostScript
PostScript
XML
XML
YAML
YAML
Pygments
Pygments
Pyrex Files (*.pyx)
Pyrex 文件 (*.pyx)
Quixote Template Files (*.ptl)
Quixote 模板文件 (*.ptl)
Ruby Files (*.rb)
Ruby 文件 (*.rb)
IDL Files (*.idl)
IDL 文件 (*.idl)
C Files (*.h *.c)
C 文件 (*.h *.c)
C++ Files (*.h *.hpp *.hh *.cxx *.cpp *.cc)
C++ 文件 (*.h *.hpp *.hh *.cxx *.cpp *.cc)
C# Files (*.cs)
C# 文件 (*.cs)
HTML Files (*.html *.htm *.asp *.shtml)
HTML 文件 (*.html *.htm *.asp *.shtml)
CSS Files (*.css)
CSS 文件 (*.css)
QSS Files (*.qss)
QSS 文件 (*.qss)
PHP Files (*.php *.php3 *.php4 *.php5 *.phtml)
PHP 文件 (*.php *.php3 *.php4 *.php5 *.phtml)
XML Files (*.xml *.xsl *.xslt *.dtd *.svg *.xul *.xsd)
XML 文件 (*.xml *.xsl *.xslt *.dtd *.svg *.xul *.xsd)
Qt Resource Files (*.qrc)
Qt 资源文件 (*.qrc)
D Files (*.d *.di)
D 文件 (*.d *.di)
Java Files (*.java)
Java 文件 (*.java)
JavaScript Files (*.js)
JavaScript 文件 (*.js)
SQL Files (*.sql)
SQL 文件 (*.sql)
Docbook Files (*.docbook)
Docbook 文件 (*.docbook)
Perl Files (*.pl *.pm *.ph)
Perl 文件 (*.pl *.pm *.ph)
Lua Files (*.lua)
Lua 文件 (*.lua)
Tex Files (*.tex *.sty *.aux *.toc *.idx)
Tex 文件 (*.tex *.sty *.aux *.toc *.idx)
Shell Files (*.sh)
命令行文件 (*.sh)
Batch Files (*.bat *.cmd)
批处理文件 (*.bat *.cmd)
Diff Files (*.diff *.patch)
差异文件 (*.diff *.patch)
Makefiles (*.mak)
Makefiles (*.mak)
Properties Files (*.properties *.ini *.inf *.reg *.cfg *.cnf *.rc)
属性文件 (*.properties *.ini *.inf *.reg *.cfg *.cnf *.rc)
Povray Files (*.pov)
Povray 文件 (*.pov)
CMake Files (CMakeLists.txt *.cmake *.ctest)
CMake 文件 (CMakeLists.txt *.cmake *.ctest)
VHDL Files (*.vhd *.vhdl)
VHDL 文件 (*.vhd *.vhdl)
TCL/Tk Files (*.tcl *.tk)
TCL/Tk 文件 (*.vhd *.vhdl)
Fortran Files (*.f90 *.f95 *.f2k)
Fortran 文件 (*.f90 *.f95 *.f2k)
Fortran77 Files (*.f *.for)
Fortran77 文件 (*.f *.for)
Pascal Files (*.dpr *.dpk *.pas *.dfm *.inc *.pp)
Pascal 文件 (*.dpr *.dpk *.pas *.dfm *.inc *.pp)
PostScript Files (*.ps)
PostScript 文件 (*.ps)
YAML Files (*.yaml *.yml)
YAML 文件 (*.yaml *.yml)
All Files (*)
所有文件 (*)
C Files (*.c)
C 文件 (*.c)
C++ Files (*.cpp)
C++ 文件 (*.cpp)
C++/C Header Files (*.h)
C++/C 头文件 (*.h)
HTML Files (*.html)
HTML 文件 (*.html)
PHP Files (*.php)
PHP 文件 (*.php)
ASP Files (*.asp)
ASP 文件 (*.asp)
XML Files (*.xml)
XML 文件 (*.xml)
XSL Files (*.xsl)
XSL 文件 (*.xsl)
DTD Files (*.dtd)
DTD 文件 (*.dtd)
D Files (*.d)
D 文件 (*.d)
D Interface Files (*.di)
D 界面文件 (*.di)
Perl Files (*.pl)
Perl 文件 (*.pl)
Perl Module Files (*.pm)
Perl 模块文件 (*.pm)
Batch Files (*.bat)
批处理文件 (*.bat)
TeX Files (*.tex)
TeX 文件 (*.tex)
TeX Template Files (*.sty)
TeX 模板文件 (*.sty)
Diff Files (*.diff)
差异文件 (*.diff)
Make Files (*.mak)
Make 文件 (*.mak)
Properties Files (*.ini)
属性文件 (*.ini)
Configuration Files (*.cfg)
配置文件 (*.cfg)
CMake Files (CMakeLists.txt)
CMake 文件 (CMakeLists.txt)
CMake Macro Files (*.cmake)
CMake 宏文件 (*.cmake)
VHDL Files (*.vhd)
VHDL 文件 (*.vhd)
TCL Files (*.tcl)
TCL 文件 (*.tcl)
Tk Files (*.tk)
Tk 文件 (*.tk)
Fortran Files (*.f95)
Fortran 文件 (*.f95)
Fortran77 Files (*.f)
Fortran77 文件 (*.f)
Pascal Files (*.pas)
Pascal 文件 (*.pas)
YAML Files (*.yml)
YAML 文件 (*.yml)
Python Files (*.py *.py2 *.py3)
Python GUI Files (*.pyw *.pyw2 *.pyw3)
Python3 Files (*.py)
Python3 GUI Files (*.pyw)
Python2 Files (*.py2)
Python2 GUI Files (*.pyw2)
Python2
Python3
Matlab
Octave
Matlab Files (*.m *.m.matlab)
Matlab Files (*.m)
Octave Files (*.m.octave)
Octave Files (*.m *.m.octave)
QSS
Gettext
Gettext Files (*.po)
CoffeeScript
CoffeeScript Files (*.coffee)
LfConvertDataDialog
Convert Repository Format
New project directory:
Enter the directory name of the new project directory
Press to select the new project directory name via a directory selection dialog
Minimum file size:
Enter the minimum file size in MB for files to be treated as Large Files
MB
Patterns:
Enter file patterns (space separated) for files to be treated as Large Files
New Project Directory
LfRevisionsInputDialog
Revisions Input
Enter revisions to pull large files for (one per line):
Enter changesets by number, id, range or revset expression one per line
Listspace
Close
关闭
Close All
全部关闭
Save
保存
Save As...
另存为……
Save All
全部保存
Print
打印
Untitled {0}
{0} (ro)
Open 'rejection' file
Copy Path to Clipboard
Close Others
LogViewerEdit
Clear
清除
Copy
复制
Find
查找
Select All
全选
Configure...
配置……
MasterPasswordEntryDialog
Master Password
<p>Enter your master password below. This password will be used to encrypt sensitive data. You will be asked once per session for this password when the data needs to be accessed for the first time.<br/><br/><b>Note: If you forget the master password, the encrypted data cannot be recovered!</b></p>
Current Password:
Enter the current password
New Password:
Enter the new password
New Password (again):
Repeat the new password
Shows an indication for the password strength
(not defined yet)
Wrong password entered.
New password must not be empty.
Repeated password is wrong.
Old and new password must not be the same.
MercurialPage
<b>Configure Mercurial Interface</b>
Log
日志
No. of log messages shown:
日志信息显示数:
Enter the number of log messages to be shown
输入要显示的日志信息数
Commit
提交
No. of commit messages to remember:
要记住的提交信息数:
Enter the number of commit messages to remember
输入要记住的提交信息数
Incoming / Outgoing
Select to show the incoming and outgoing log in a log browser dialog
Use Log Browser for incoming / outgoing log
Pull
Select to update the working directory to new tip
Update after pulling
Edit the Mercurial configuration file
Edit configuration file
Cleanup
清除
Pattern:
Enter the file name patterns to be used for cleaning up (entries separated by a space character)
Select to prefer unbundle over pull
<b>Prefer Unbundle</b>
<p>If this option is selected, it will be checked, if a Mercurial changegroups file from a previous "Show Incoming" request exists. In this case it will be applied and deleted. Otherwise a pull request will be sent.</p>
Prefer Unbundle
Revert
还原
Select to create a backup file (.orig) before reverting changes
Create Backup Files
Merge
合并
Select to enforce usage of the Mercural internal merge tool
<b>Internal Merge Tool</b>
<p>Select to enforce usage of the Mercural internal merge tool,which leaves conflict markers in the file in case of conflicting changes.</p>
Use internal merge with conflict markers
Global Options
Encoding:
Select the encoding to be used by Mercurial
Encoding Mode:
Select the encoding mode
Consider hidden changesets
MessageBoxWizard
QMessageBox Wizard
QMessageBox 向导
Q&MessageBox Wizard...
Q&MessageBox 向导……
<b>QMessageBox Wizard</b><p>This wizard opens a dialog for entering all the parameters needed to create a QMessageBox. The generated code is inserted at the current cursor position.</p>
<b>QMessageBox 向导</b><p>该向导打开一个对话框,可以输入创建 QMessageBox 需要的所有参数。产生的代码插入到当前光标位置。</p>
No current editor
没有当前编辑器
Please open or create a file first.
请您先打开或创建一个文件。
MessageBoxWizardDialog
QMessageBox Wizard
QMessageBox 向导
Type
类型
Generate an Information QMessageBox
生成一个信息 QMessageBox
Information
信息
Generate a Question QMessageBox
生成一个询问 QMessageBox
Question
询问
Generate a Warning QMessageBox
生成一个警告 QMessageBox
Warning
警告
Generate a Critical QMessageBox
生成一个危险 QMessageBox
Critical
危险
Generate an About QMessageBox
生成一个关于 QMessageBox
About
关于
Generate an AboutQt QMessageBox
生成一个关于Qt QMessageBox
About Qt
关于 Qt
Message
消息
Enter the message to be shown in the QMessageBox
输入要显示在 QMessageBox 中的消息
Default Button:
默认按钮:
Standard Buttons
标准按钮
Apply
应用
Abort
终止
Cancel
取消
Ignore
忽略
Save all
全部保存
Save
保存
Discard
放弃
Yes to all
全部是
Open
打开
Reset
重置
Ok
确定
No
否
Help
帮助
No to all
全部否
Retry
重试
Restore defaults
恢复默认
Yes
是
Close
关闭
Select the default button
选择默认按钮
No button
没有按钮
Test
测试
Title
Parent
Select "self" as parent
self
Select "None" as parent
None
无
Select to enter a parent expression
Expression:
表达式:
Enter the parent expression
Enter the title for the QMessageBox
Result:
Enter the result variable name
MiniEditor
New
新建
&New
新建(&N)
Ctrl+N
File|New
Ctrl+N
Open an empty editor window
打开一个空白编辑器窗口
<b>New</b><p>An empty editor window will be created.</p>
<b>新建</b><p>创建一个空白编辑器窗口。</p>
Open
打开
&Open...
打开(&O)……
Ctrl+O
File|Open
Ctrl+O
Open a file
打开一个文件
<b>Open a file</b><p>You will be asked for the name of a file to be opened.</p>
<b>打开一个文件</b><p>将询问要打开的文件名称。</p>
Save
保存
&Save
保存(&S)
Ctrl+S
File|Save
Ctrl+S
Save the current file
保存当前文件
<b>Save File</b><p>Save the contents of current editor window.</p>
<b>保存文件</b><p>保存当前编辑器窗口的内容。</p>
Save as
另存为
Save &as...
另存为(&a)……
Shift+Ctrl+S
File|Save As
Shift+Ctrl+S
Save the current file to a new one
将当前文件保存到一个新文件中
<b>Save File as</b><p>Save the contents of current editor window to a new file. The file can be entered in a file selection dialog.</p>
<b>文件另存为</b><p>将当前编辑器窗口的内容保存到一个新文件中。可以在文件选择对话框中输入该文件。</p>
Close
关闭
&Close
关闭(&C)
Ctrl+W
File|Close
Ctrl+W
Close the editor window
关闭编辑器窗口
<b>Close Window</b><p>Close the current window.</p>
<b>关闭窗口</b><p>关闭当前窗口。</p>
Print
打印
&Print
打印(&P)
Ctrl+P
File|Print
Ctrl+P
Print the current file
打印当前文件
<b>Print File</b><p>Print the contents of the current file.</p>
<b>打印文件</b><p>打印当前文件的内容。</p>
Print Preview
打印预览
Print preview of the current file
当前文件的打印预览
<b>Print Preview</b><p>Print preview of the current file.</p>
<b>打印预览</b><p>当前文件的打印预览。</p>
Undo
撤消
&Undo
撤消(&U)
Ctrl+Z
Edit|Undo
Ctrl+Z
Alt+Backspace
Edit|Undo
Alt+Backspace
Undo the last change
撤消最后一次更改
<b>Undo</b><p>Undo the last change done in the current editor.</p>
<b>撤消</b><p>在当前编辑器中撤消最后一次更改。</p>
Redo
重做
&Redo
重做(&R)
Ctrl+Shift+Z
Edit|Redo
Ctrl+Shift+Z
Redo the last change
重做最后一次更改
<b>Redo</b><p>Redo the last change done in the current editor.</p>
<b>重做</b><p>在当前编辑器中重做最后一次更改。</p>
Cut
剪切
Cu&t
剪切(&t)
Ctrl+X
Edit|Cut
Ctrl+X
Shift+Del
Edit|Cut
Shift+Del
Cut the selection
剪切所选内容
<b>Cut</b><p>Cut the selected text of the current editor to the clipboard.</p>
<b>剪切</b><p>将当前编辑器所选内容剪切到剪贴板中。</p>
Copy
复制
&Copy
复制(&C)
Ctrl+C
Edit|Copy
Ctrl+C
Ctrl+Ins
Edit|Copy
Ctrl+Ins
Copy the selection
复制所选内容
<b>Copy</b><p>Copy the selected text of the current editor to the clipboard.</p>
<b>复制</b><p>将当前编辑器所选内容复制到剪贴板中。</p>
Paste
粘贴
&Paste
粘贴(&P)
Ctrl+V
Edit|Paste
Ctrl+V
Shift+Ins
Edit|Paste
Shift+Ins
Paste the last cut/copied text
粘贴最近剪切或复制的文本
<b>Paste</b><p>Paste the last cut/copied text from the clipboard to the current editor.</p>
<b>粘贴</b><p>将最近剪切或复制的文本从剪贴板粘贴到当前编辑器中。</p>
Clear
清除
Cl&ear
清除(&e)
Alt+Shift+C
Edit|Clear
Alt+Shift+C
Clear all text
清除所有文本
<b>Clear</b><p>Delete all text of the current editor.</p>
<b>清除</b><p>删除当前编辑器中的所有文本。</p>
About
关于
&About
关于(&A)
Display information about this software
显示软件信息
<b>About</b><p>Display some information about this software.</p>
<b>关于</b><p>显示与本软件有关的部分信息。</p>
About Qt
关于 Qt
About &Qt
关于 &Qt
Display information about the Qt toolkit
显示Qt工具包信息
<b>About Qt</b><p>Display some information about the Qt toolkit.</p>
<b>关于 Qt</b><p>显示Qt工具包的部分相关信息。</p>
What's This?
这是什么?
&What's This?
这是什么(&W)?
Shift+F1
Help|What's This?'
Shift+F1
Context sensitive help
背景帮助
<b>Display context sensitive help</b><p>In What's This? mode, the mouse cursor shows an arrow with a question mark, and you can click on the interface elements to get a short description of what they do and how to use them. In dialogs, this feature can be accessed using the context help button in the titlebar.</p>
<b>显示背景帮助</b><p>在“这是什么?”模式中,鼠标光标显示为带问号的箭头,通过点击界面元素你可以获得“在做什么”和“怎样使用”的简短描述。使用标题栏中的上下文帮助按钮可以获得此功能。</p>
&File
文件(&F)
&Edit
编辑(&E)
&Help
帮助(&H)
File
文件
Edit
编辑
Find
查找
Help
帮助
<p>This part of the status bar displays an indication of the editors files writability.</p>
<p>状态条的这一部分显示编辑器文件是否为可写。</p>
<p>This part of the status bar displays the line number of the editor.</p>
<p>状态条的这一部分显示编辑器的行号。</p>
<p>This part of the status bar displays the cursor position of the editor.</p>
<p>状态条的这一部分显示编辑的光标位置。</p>
Ready
就绪
File loaded
文件已载入
File saved
文件已保存
Untitled
未命名
Mini Editor
小型编辑器
Printing...
打印中……
Printing completed
打印已完成
Error while printing
打印时出错
Printing aborted
打印失败
Select all
全选
Deselect all
全部取消选择
Languages
语言
No Language
无语言
Guessed
已推测
Alternatives
备选
Pygments Lexer
Pygments 词法分析器
Select the Pygments lexer to apply.
选择要应用的 Pygments 词法分析器。
Open File
打开文件
Line: {0:5}
Pos: {0:5}
<p>The file <b>{0}</b> could not be opened.</p><p>Reason: {1}</p>
Save File
保存文件
<p>The file <b>{0}</b> could not be saved.<br/>Reason: {1}</p>
{0}[*] - {1}
Alternatives ({0})
The document has unsaved changes.
About eric6 Mini Editor
关于 Eric4 小型编辑器 {5 ?} {6 ?}
The eric6 Mini Editor is an editor component based on QScintilla. It may be used for simple editing tasks, that don't need the power of a full blown editor.
Eric4 小型编辑器是一个基于 QScintilla 的编辑器组件。可用于简单的编辑任务,不需要完整编辑器的复杂功能。 {5 ?} {6 ?}
eric6 Mini Editor
Eric4 小型编辑器 {5 ?} {6 ?}
MultiProject
Read multiproject file
读取多重项目文件
Save multiproject file
保存多重项目文件
Open multiproject
打开多重项目
Save multiproject as
多重项目另存为
Save File
保存文件
Close Multiproject
关闭多重项目
The current multiproject has unsaved changes.
当前多重项目的更改未保存。
New multiproject
新建多重项目
&New...
新建(&N)……
Generate a new multiproject
生成一个新多重项目
<b>New...</b><p>This opens a dialog for entering the info for a new multiproject.</p>
<b>新建……</b><p>打开一个对话框为新多重项目输入信息。</p>
&Open...
打开(&O)……
Open an existing multiproject
打开一个存在的多重项目
<b>Open...</b><p>This opens an existing multiproject.</p>
<b>打开…….</b><p>打开一个存在的多重项目。</p>
Close multiproject
关闭多重项目
&Close
关闭(&C)
Close the current multiproject
关闭当前多重项目
<b>Close</b><p>This closes the current multiproject.</p>
<b>关闭</b><p>关闭当前多重项目。</p>
Save multiproject
保存多重项目
&Save
保存(&S)
Save the current multiproject
保存当前多重项目
<b>Save</b><p>This saves the current multiproject.</p>
<b>保存</b><p>保存当前多重项目。</p>
Save &as...
另存为(&a)……
Save the current multiproject to a new file
将当前多重项目保存到一个新文件中
<b>Save as</b><p>This saves the current multiproject to a new file.</p>
<b>另存为</b><p>将当前多重项目保存到一个新文件中。</p>
Add project to multiproject
为多重项目添加项目
Add &project...
添加项目(&p)……
Add a project to the current multiproject
将项目添加到当前多重项目中
<b>Add project...</b><p>This opens a dialog for adding a project to the current multiproject.</p>
<b>添加项目……</b><p>打开一个对话框将项目添加到当前多重项目中。</p>
Multiproject properties
多重项目属性
&Properties...
属性(&P)……
Show the multiproject properties
显示多重项目属性
<b>Properties...</b><p>This shows a dialog to edit the multiproject properties.</p>
<b>属性……</b><p>显示一个对话框编辑多重项目属性。</p>
&Multiproject
多重项目(&M)
Open &Recent Multiprojects
打开最近的(&R)多重项目
Multiproject
多重项目
&Clear
清除(&C)
<p>The multiproject file <b>{0}</b> could not be read.</p>
<p>The multiproject file <b>{0}</b> could not be written.</p>
<p>The file <b>{0}</b> already exists. Overwrite it?</p>
Multiproject Files (*.e5m *.e4m)
Multiproject Files (*.e5m)
多重项目文件 (*.e4m) {5m?}
MultiProjectBrowser
Open
打开
Remove
移除
Properties
属性
Configure...
配置……
Add Project...
Not categorized
MultiProjectPage
<b>Configure multiproject settings</b>
<b>配置多重项目设定</b>
Master Project
主项目
Select to open the master project automatically upon opening the multiproject
选择在打开多重项目时自动打开主项目
Open master project automatically
自动打开主项目
XML
XML
Select, if a timestamp should be written to all multiproject related XML files
选择是否将时间信息写入到与 XML 文件相关的所有多重项目中
Include timestamp in multiproject related XML files
在与 XML 文件相关的多重项目中包含时间信息
Recent Multiprojects
最近的多重项目
Number of recent multiprojects:
最近打开多重项目的数量:
Enter the number of recent multiprojects to remember
输入要记住的最近打开多重项目数量
Workspace
工作区
Enter the name of the workspace directory
<b>Workspace Directory</b>
<p>Enter the directory of the workspace. This directory is used as the default for opening or saving new files or projects.</p>
Select the workspace directory via a directory selection button
Select Workspace Directory
NamingStyleChecker
class names should use CapWords convention
function name should be lowercase
argument name should be lowercase
first argument of a class method should be named 'cls'
first argument of a method should be named 'self'
first argument of a static method should not be named 'self' or 'cls
module names should be lowercase
package names should be lowercase
constant imported as non constant
lowercase imported as non lowercase
camelcase imported as lowercase
camelcase imported as constant
variable in function should be lowercase
names 'l', 'O' and 'I' should be avoided
NetworkAccessManager
<b>Enter username and password for '{0}'</b>
<b>Enter username and password for '{0}', realm '{1}'</b>
NetworkPage
<b>Configure Network</b>
<b>配置网络</b>
Download directory:
下载文件夹:
Enter the download directory (leave empty to use the default location)
输入下载文件夹(若要使用默认位置,请不要输入)
Select the download directory via a directory selection dialog
通过文件夹选择对话框选择下载文件夹
Select to use a web proxy
选择使用网站代理
Use network proxy
使用网络代理
Password:
密码:
Select download directory
选择下载文件夹
Select to ask the user for a download filename
Request name of downloaded file
Select to use the system proxy configuration
Use system proxy configuration
Select to use an application specific proxy configuration
Manual proxy configuration:
Manual proxy settings
Enter the name of the HTTP proxy host
Port:
Enter the HTTP proxy port
Select to use the HTTP proxy for all
Use this proxy for all protocols
Enter the name of the HTTPS proxy host
Enter the HTTPS proxy port
Enter the name of the FTP proxy host
Enter the FTP proxy port
Downloads
Download Manager Cleanup Policy
Select to never cleanup automatically
Never
Select to cleanup upon exiting
When exiting the application
Select to cleanup after a successful download
When download finished successfully
HTTP-Proxy:
HTTPS-Proxy:
FTP-Proxy
Hostname:
Proxy Type:
Select the type of the FTP proxy
User Name:
Enter the user name for the proxy authentication
Enter the password for the proxy authentication
Account:
Enter the account info for the proxy authentication
Press to clear the saved passwords for the Http(s) proxy
Clear HTTP(S) Proxy Passwords
No FTP Proxy
No Proxy Authentication required
User@Server
SITE
OPEN
User@Proxyuser@Server
Proxyuser@Server
AUTH and RESP
Bluecoat Proxy
NetworkProtocolUnknownErrorReply
Protocol '{0}' not supported.
NewDialogClassDialog
New Dialog Class
新建对话框类
Enter the path of the file for the forms code
为窗体代码输入文件路径
&Classname:
类名(&C):
Select the source file path via a directory selection dialog
通过文件夹选择对话框选择源文件路径
&Filename:
文件名(&F):
&Path:
路径(&P)……
Enter the name of the new class
输入新类的名称
Enter the name of the file for the forms code
为窗体代码输入文件名称
Select source directory
选择源文件夹
NewPythonPackageDialog
Add new Python package
添加新的 Python 程序包
Enter the dotted name of the new package
输入新程序包的带点名称
Enter the dotted package name
输入带点的程序包名称
NoCacheHostsDialog
Not Cached Hosts
Enter search term for hosts
Press to add site to the list
&Add...
添加(&A)…
Press to remove the selected entries
&Remove
移除(&R)
Press to remove all entries
R&emove All
Enter host name to add to the list:
NotificationsPage
<b>Configure notification settings</b>
Select to enable notifications
Enable Notifications
Auto Close Timeout:
Enter the timeout for closing the notification
s
Enter the X-position the notification should be shown at
Enter the Y-position the notification should be shown at
Position
X:
Y:
Press to select the position visually, release to get it
Visual Selection
Drag the notification window to the desired place and release the button.
NumbersWidget
Numbers Formats
Binary
Press to import the selected binary number
Enter the binary number
Press to send the binary number to the current editor
Octal
Press to import the selected octal number
Enter the octal number
Press to send the octal number to the current editor
Decimal
Press to import the selected decimal number
Enter the decimal number
Press to send the decimal number to the current editor
Hexadecimal
Press to import the selected hex number
Enter the hex number
Press to send the hex number to the current editor
Input Format:
Select the input format
Bitsize:
Select the bit size
Press to swap the current byte order
Swap byte order
Auto
Dec
Hex
Oct
Bin
OfflineStorageConfigDialog
Offline Storage Settings
<b>Configure offline storage</b>
Web SQL Databases
Select to enable Web SQL Databases
Enable Web SQL Databases
Default Quota:
Enter the default quota for Web SQL Databases
MB
Press to show the Web SQL Databases
Show databases...
Offline Web Application Cache
Select to enable Offline Web Application Caches
Enable Offline Web Application Caches
Enter the default quota for Offline Web Application Caches
Local Web Storage
Select to enable Local Web Storage
Enable Local Web Storage
Select to allow local content to access remote URLs
Local Content can access Remote URLs
Select to allow local content to access local files
Local Content can access Local Files
OpenSearchDialog
Open Search Engines Configuration
Press to add a new search engine from file
&Add...
添加(&A)…
Press to delete the selected engines
&Delete
删除(&D)
Press to restore the default engines
&Restore Defaults
Add search engine
OpenSearch (*.xml);;All Files (*)
Delete selected engines
You must have at least one search engine.
Press to edit the data of the current engine
Edit...
编辑……
{0} is not a valid OpenSearch 1.1 description or is already on your list.
OpenSearchEditDialog
Edit search engine data
&Name:
名称(&N):
Shows the name of the search engine
&Description:
描述(&D):
Enter a description
&Image URL:
Enter the URL of the image
&Search URL Template:
Enter the template of the search URL
Su&ggestions URL Template:
Enter the template of the suggestions URL
OpenSearchEngineModel
<strong>Provides contextual suggestions</strong>
Name
名称
Keywords
Comma-separated list of keywords that may be entered in the location bar followed by search terms to search with this engine
<strong>Description:</strong> {0}
OpenSearchManager
<p>Do you want to add the following engine to your list of search engines?<br/><br/>Name: {0}<br/>Searches on: {1}</p>
OpenSearchReader
The file is not an OpenSearch 1.1 file.
OperaImporter
Opera stores its bookmarks in the <b>bookmarks.adr</b> text file. This file is usually located in
Please choose the file to begin importing bookmarks.
File '{0}' does not exist.
File '{0}' cannot be read.
Reason: {1}
Opera Import
Imported {0}
PackageDiagramBuilder
Package Diagram {0}: {1}
Package Diagram: {0}
Parsing modules...
正在分析模块……
The directory <b>'{0}'</b> is not a package.
The package <b>'{0}'</b> does not contain any modules.
The package <b>'{0}'</b> does not contain any classes.
%v/%m Modules
Package Diagram
程序包图
PageScreenDialog
Page Screen
Save Page Screen
screen.png
Portable Network Graphics File (*.png)
<p>The file <b>{0}</b> already exists. Overwrite it?</p>
Cannot write file '{0}:
{1}.
PasswordManager
Saving login data
Loading login data
<b>Would you like to save this password?</b><br/>To review passwords you have saved and remove them, use the password management dialog of the Settings menu.
Never for this site
Not now
<p>Login data could not be loaded from <b>{0}</b></p><p>Reason: {1}</p>
<p>Login data could not be loaded from <b>{0}</b></p><p>Reason: Wrong input format</p>
Save password
Re-encoding saved passwords...
<p>Login data could not be saved to <b>{0}</b></p>
Error when loading login data on line {0}, column {1}:
{2}
%v/%m Passwords
Passwords
PasswordModel
Website
Username
Password
密码
PasswordReader
The file is not a Passwords version 1.0 file.
PasswordsDialog
Saved Passwords
Enter search term
Press to remove the selected entries
&Remove
移除(&R)
Press to remove all entries
Remove &All
Press to toggle the display of passwords
Show Passwords
Hide Passwords
Do you really want to show passwords?
PersonalDataDialog
Personal Information
<h2>Personal Information</h2>
Your personal information that will be used on webpages.
First Name:
ZIP Code:
Last Name:
State/Region:
Full Name:
Country:
E-mail:
Home Page:
Phone:
Custom 1:
Mobile Phone:
Custom 2:
Address:
Custom 3:
City:
Custom 4:
<b>Note:</b> Press Ctrl+ENTER to autofill form fields for which personal entries were found.
PersonalInformationManager
Full Name
Last Name
First Name
E-mail
Mobile
Phone
Address
City
ZIP Code
State/Region
Country
Home Page
Custom 1
Custom 2
Custom 3
Custom 4
Insert Personal Information
Edit Personal Information
PixmapDiagram
Pixmap-Viewer
像素图浏览器
Close
关闭
Print
打印
Print Preview
打印预览
Window
窗口
Graphics
图形
<p>The file <b>{0}</b> cannot be displayed. The format is not supported.</p>
Diagram: {0}
PluginDetailsDialog
Plugin Details
插件详细资料
Module name:
模块名:
Module filename:
模块文件名:
Autoactivate
自动激活
Active
活动的
Plugin name:
插件名:
Version:
版本:
Author:
作者:
Description:
描述:
Error:
错误:
PluginError
Unspecific plugin error.
非指定的插件错误。
Plugin paths not found or not creatable.
插件路径未找到或无法创建。
No plugin modules found.
未找到插件模块。
Error loading plugin module: {0}
Error activating plugin module: {0}
The plugin module {0} is missing {1}.
The plugin class {0} of module {1} is missing {2}.
The plugin module {0} is not compatible with Python2.
PluginInfoDialog
Loaded Plugins
载入的插件
Double-Click an entry to show detailed info. Plugins with an error are shown in red.
双击条目显示详细信息。有错误的插件显示为红色。
<b>Plugin List</b><p>This lists all loaded plugins. Double-clicking an entry shows more detailed information in a separate dialog.</p>
<b>插件列表</b><p>列出所有已载入的插件。双击条目在单独的对话框中显示更多详细信息。</p>
Module
模块
Name
名称
Version
版本
Autoactivate
自动激活
Active
活动的
Description
描述
Show details
显示详情
Activate
激活
Deactivate
不激活
Yes
是
No
否
PluginInstallDialog
Plugin Installation
插件安装
<b>Enter the plugin archives to install</b>
<b>输入要安装的插件存档</b>
Add plugin ZIP-archives via a file selection dialog
通过文件选择对话框添加插件 ZIP 档案
Add ...
添加……
Remove the selected entries from the list of plugin archives to be installed
从要安装的插件存档列表中移除所选条目
Remove
移除
<b>Select the destination plugin directory</b>
<b>选择插件目标文件夹</b>
Select the destination plugin area
选择插件目标区域
<b>Installation Summary</b>
<b>安装摘要</b>
This shows the summary of the installation data
显示安装数据的摘要
%v/%m Files
PluginInstallWidget
< Back
< 上一步
Next >
下一步 >
User plugins directory
用户插件文件夹
Global plugins directory
全局插件文件夹
Select plugin ZIP-archives
选择插件 ZIP 档案
Plugin archive (*.zip)
插件存档 (*.zip)
ok
确定
The plugins were installed successfully.
插件安装成功。
Some plugins could not be installed.
某些插件无法安装。
Unspecific exception installing plugin.
安装插件未指定异常。
Install
Plugin ZIP-Archives:
{0}
Destination:
{1} ({2})
Installing {0} ...
<p>The archive file <b>{0}</b> does not exist. Aborting...</p>
<p>The file <b>{0}</b> is not a valid plugin ZIP-archive. Aborting...</p>
<p>The destination directory <b>{0}</b> is not writeable. Aborting...</p>
<p>The plugin module <b>{0}</b> does not contain a 'packageName' attribute. Aborting...</p>
<p>The plugin module <b>{0}</b> does not conform with the PyQt v2 API. Aborting...</p>
<p>The plugin package <b>{0}</b> exists. Aborting...</p>
<p>The plugin module <b>{0}</b> exists. Aborting...</p>
Error installing plugin. Reason: {0}
PluginManager
Module is missing the 'autoactivate' attribute.
模块丢失“autoactivate”属性。
Module is missing the 'pluginType' and/or 'pluginTypename' attributes.
模块丢失“pluginType”和/或“pluginTypename”属性。
Incompatible plugin activation method.
插件激活方法不兼容。
Plugin Manager Error
插件管理错误
Could not create a package for {0}.
The internal plugin directory <b>{0}</b> does not exits.
Module failed to load. Error: {0}
<p>The plugin download directory <b>{0}</b> could not be created. Please configure it via the configuration dialog.</p><p>Reason: {1}</p>
Error downloading file
下载文件出错
<p>Could not download the requested file from {0}.</p><p>Error: {1}</p>
New plugin versions available
<p>There are new plug-ins or plug-in updates available. Use the plug-in repository dialog to get them.</p>
Module is missing the Python2 compatibility flag. Please update.
Module is not Python2 compatible.
PluginManagerPage
<b>Configure plugin manager</b>
<b>配置插件管理器</b>
Plugins download directory:
插件下载文件夹:
Enter the plugins download directory
输入插件下载文件夹
Select the plugins download directory via a directory selection dialog
通过文件夹选择对话框选择插件下载文件夹
Select plugins download directory
选择插件下载文件夹
Select to enable external plugins to be loaded
Load external plugins
<font color="#FF0000"><b>Note:</b> The following settings are activated at the next startup of the application.</font>
Check for plugin updates
Select to disable update checking
选择不进行更新检查
Never
Select to check for updates once a day
选择每天检查更新
Daily
每天
Select to check for updates once a week
选择每周检查更新
Weekly
每周
Select to check for updates once a month
选择每月检查更新
Monthly
每月
Repository URL:
Shows the repository URL
Press to edit the plugin repository URL
Edit URL
Select to check only already installed plugins for updates
Check only installed plugins for updates
Download Housekeeping
No. of generations to keep:
Enter the number of generations to keep for each plugin
Select to keep generations of hidden plugins
Keep generations of hidden plugins
PluginRepositoryDialog
Plugin Repository
插件储存库
Name
名称
Version
版本
Short Description
简要描述
Description:
描述:
Displays the description of the selected plugin
显示所选插件的描述
Author:
作者:
Displays the author of the selected plugin
显示所选插件的作者
URL:
URL:
Displays the download URL of the selected plugin
显示所选插件的下载地址
Shows the progress of the current download
显示当前下载的进程
Repository URL:
Shows the repository URL
Press to edit the plugin repository URL
Edit URL
PluginRepositoryWidget
Update
更新
Download
下载
Cancel
取消
Close && Install
关闭与安装
Download Plugin Files
下载插件文件
The requested plugins were downloaded.
所需插件已下载
Read plugins repository file
读取插件储存库文件
No plugin repository file available.
Select Update.
无有效的插件储存库文件。
选择更新。
Error downloading file
下载文件出错
Stable
稳定
Unstable
不稳定
Unknown
未知
<p>The plugins repository file <b>{0}</b> could not be read. Select Update</p>
<p>Could not download the requested file from {0}.</p><p>Error: {1}</p>
Download && Install
Plugins Repository URL Changed
The URL of the Plugins Repository has changed. Select the "Update" button to get the new repository file.
Hide
Hide Selected
Show All
Cleanup Downloads
up-to-date
new download available
update installable
updated download available
Cleanup of Plugin Downloads
<p>The plugin download <b>{0}</b> could not be deleted.</p><p>Reason: {1}</p>
PluginRepositoryWindow
Process Generation Error
进程生成错误
OK
确定
<p>Could not start the process.<br>Ensure that it is available as <b>{0}</b>.</p>
PluginUninstallDialog
Plugin Uninstallation
插件卸载
Plugin directory:
插件文件夹:
Select the plugin area containing the plugin to uninstall
选择包含要卸载插件的插件区域
Plugin:
插件:
Select the plugin to uninstall
选择要卸载的插件
PluginUninstallWidget
User plugins directory
用户插件文件夹
Global plugins directory
全局插件文件夹
Plugin Uninstallation
插件卸载
<p>The plugin <b>{0}</b> could not be unloaded. Aborting...</p>
<p>The plugin <b>{0}</b> has no 'packageName' attribute. Aborting...</p>
<p>The plugin package <b>{0}</b> could not be removed. Aborting...</p><p>Reason: {1}</p>
<p>The plugin <b>{0}</b> was uninstalled successfully from {1}.</p>
Preferences
Export Preferences
导出首选项
Import Preferences
导入首选项
Properties File (*.ini);;All Files (*)
Select Python{0} Interpreter
Select the Python{0} interpreter to be used:
PreferencesLexerError
Unspecific PreferencesLexer error.
未指定的首选项词法分析器错误。
Unsupported Lexer Language: {0}
PreviewProcessingThread
<p>No preview available for this type of file.</p>
<p>Markdown preview requires the <b>python-markdown</b> package.<br/>Install it with your package manager or see <a href="http://pythonhosted.org/Markdown/install.html">installation instructions.</a></p>
<p>ReStructuredText preview requires the <b>python-docutils</b> package.<br/>Install it with your package manager or see <a href="http://pypi.python.org/pypi/docutils">this page.</a></p>
PreviewerHTML
about:blank
Select to enable JavaScript for HTML previews
Enable JavaScript
允许 JavaScript
Select to enable support for Server Side Includes
Enable Server Side Includes
<p>No preview available for this type of file.</p>
Preview - {0}
Preview
PreviewerQSS
Preview Style
Action 1
Action 2
MDI
Python
Python
Ruby
Ruby
JavaScript
JavaScript
Printer
{0} - Printed on {1}, {2} - Page {3}
PrinterPage
<b>Configure printer settings</b>
<b>配置打印机设定</b>
Colour
彩色
Gray Scale
灰度等级
First Page First
首先打印第一页
Last Page First
首先打印最后一页
Printername:
打印机名称:
Magnification:
缩放比例:
Header Font
页眉字体
Press to select the font for the page headers
点击为页眉选择字体
Colour Mode:
颜色模式:
Page Order:
打印顺序:
Margins
页边空白
Enter the top margin in cm.
以厘米为单位输入项部页边距。
cm
厘米
Enter the left margin in cm.
以厘米为单位输入左边页边距。
Enter the right margin in cm.
以厘米为单位输入右边页边距。
Enter the bottom margin in cm.
以厘米为单位输入底部页边距。
ProgramsDialog
External Programs
外部程序
Path
路径
Version
版本
Search
搜索
Press to search for programs
点击搜索程序
Forms Compiler (Ruby, Qt4)
窗体编译器(Ruby, Qt4)
Resource Compiler (Ruby, Qt4)
资源编译器(Ruby, Qt4)
CORBA IDL Compiler
CORBA IDL 编译器
(not configured)
(未配置)
(not executable)
(不可执行)
(not found)
(未找到)
(unknown)
Spell Checker - PyEnchant
Forms Compiler (Python, PySide)
Resource Compiler (Python, PySide)
Translation Extractor (Python, PySide)
Source Highlighter - Pygments
Translation Converter (Qt)
Qt Designer
Qt Linguist
Qt Assistant
Qt 助手
Translation Extractor (Python, PyQt4)
Forms Compiler (Python, PyQt4)
Resource Compiler (Python, PyQt4)
Translation Extractor (Python, PyQt5)
Forms Compiler (Python, PyQt5)
Resource Compiler (Python, PyQt5)
Project
Ruby Files (*.rb);;
Ruby 文件 (*.rb);;
Console
控制台程序
Other
其它
Registering Project Type
注册项目类型
Read project file
读取项目文件
Save project file
保存项目文件
Read user project properties
读取用户项目属性
Save user project properties
保存用户项目属性
Read project session
读取项目会话
Please save the project first.
请先保存项目。
Save project session
保存项目会话
Delete project session
删除项目会话
Read tasks
读取任务
Save tasks
保存任务
Read debugger properties
读取调试器属性
Save debugger properties
保存调试器属性
Delete debugger properties
删除调试器属性
Add Language
添加语言
You have to specify a translation pattern first.
必须先指定一个翻译样式。
Delete translation
删除翻译
Add file
添加文件
The target directory must not be empty.
目标文件夹不能为空。
Add directory
添加文件夹
<p>The source directory doesn't contain any files belonging to the selected category.</p>
<p>源文件夹不包含任何属于所选类别的文件。</p>
The source directory must not be empty.
源文件夹不能为空。
Rename file
重命名文件
Rename File
重命名文件
Delete file
删除文件
Delete directory
删除文件夹
Create project directory
创建项目文件夹
New Project
新建项目
Add existing files to the project?
是否将已有文件添加到项目中?
Select Version Control System
选择版本控制系统
Would you like to edit the VCS command options?
是否编辑版本控制系统命令选项?
New project
新建项目
Shall the project file be added to the repository?
是否将项目文件添加到储存库?
None
无
Select version control system for the project
为项目选择版本控制系统
Translation Pattern
翻译样式
Enter the path pattern for translation files (use '%language%' in place of the language code):
为翻译文件输入路径样式(在语言代码的相应位置使用“'%language%”):
Open project
打开项目
Project Files (*.e4p)
项目文件 (*.e4p)
Save project as
项目另存为
Save File
保存文件
Close Project
关闭项目
The current project has unsaved changes.
当前项目的更改未保存。
Syntax errors detected
检测到语法错误
The project contains %n file(s) with syntax errors.
项目包含 %n 文件有语法错误。
&New...
新建(&N)……
Generate a new project
生成新项目
<b>New...</b><p>This opens a dialog for entering the info for a new project.</p>
<b>新建……</b><p>打开一个对话框为新项目输入信息。</p>
&Open...
打开(&O)……
Open an existing project
打开一个已有项目
<b>Open...</b><p>This opens an existing project.</p>
<b>打开……</b><p>打开一个已有项目。</p>
Close project
关闭项目
&Close
关闭(&C)
Close the current project
关闭当前项目
<b>Close</b><p>This closes the current project.</p>
<b>关闭</b><p>关闭当前项目。</p>
Save project
保存项目
&Save
保存(&S)
Save the current project
保存当前项目
<b>Save</b><p>This saves the current project.</p>
<b>保存</b><p>保存当前项目</p>
Save &as...
另存为(&a)……
Save the current project to a new file
将当前项目另存为一个新文件
<b>Save as</b><p>This saves the current project to a new file.</p>
<b>另存为</b><p>将当前项目另存为一个新文件。</p>
Add files to project
将文件添加到项目中
Add &files...
添加文件(&f)……
Add files to the current project
将文件添加到当前项目中
<b>Add files...</b><p>This opens a dialog for adding files to the current project. The place to add is determined by the file extension.</p>
<b>添加文件……</b><p>打开一个对话框为当前项目添加文件。添加的位置由文件扩展名决定。</p>
Add directory to project
将文件夹添加到项目中
Add directory...
添加文件夹……
Add a directory to the current project
为当前工程添加文件夹
<b>Add directory...</b><p>This opens a dialog for adding a directory to the current project.</p>
<b>添加文件夹……</b><p>打开一个对话框将文件夹添加到当前项目中。</p>
Add translation to project
将翻译添加到项目中
Add &translation...
添加翻译(&t)……
Add a translation to the current project
将翻译添加到当前项目中
<b>Add translation...</b><p>This opens a dialog for add a translation to the current project.</p>
<b>添加翻译……</b><p>打开一个对话框将翻译添加到当前项目中。</p>
Search new files
搜索新文件
Searc&h new files...
搜索(&h)新文件……
Search new files in the project directory.
在项目文件夹中搜索新文件。
<b>Search new files...</b><p>This searches for new files (sources, *.ui, *.idl) in the project directory and registered subdirectories.</p>
<b>搜索新文件……</b><p>在项目文件夹和注册的子文件夹中搜索新文件(源文件, *.ui, *.idl) 。</p>
Project properties
项目属性
&Properties...
属性(&P)……
Show the project properties
显示项目属性
<b>Properties...</b><p>This shows a dialog to edit the project properties.</p>
<b>属性……</b><p>显示一个对话框可编辑项目属性。</p>
User project properties
用户项目属性
&User Properties...
用户(&U)属性……
Show the user specific project properties
显示用户指定的项目属性
<b>User Properties...</b><p>This shows a dialog to edit the user specific project properties.</p>
<b>用户属性……</b><p>显示一个对话框可编辑用户指定的项目属性。</p>
Filetype Associations
文件类型关联
Filetype Associations...
文件类型关联……
Show the project filetype associations
显示项目文件类型关联
<b>Filetype Associations...</b><p>This shows a dialog to edit the filetype associations of the project. These associations determine the type (source, form, interface or others) with a filename pattern. They are used when adding a file to the project and when performing a search for new files.</p>
<b>文件类型关联……</b><p>显示一个对话框可编辑项目的文件类型关联。这些关联以文件名样式决定类型(源代码、窗体、界面或其它)。在把一个文件添加到项目中和搜索新文件时使用。</p>
Debugger Properties
调试器属性
Debugger &Properties...
调试器属性(&P)……
Show the debugger properties
显示调试器属性
<b>Debugger Properties...</b><p>This shows a dialog to edit project specific debugger settings.</p>
<b>调试器属性……</b><p>显示一个对话框以编辑项目指定的调试器设定。</p>
Load
载入
&Load
载入(&L)
Load the debugger properties
载入调试器属性
<b>Load Debugger Properties</b><p>This loads the project specific debugger settings.</p>
<b>载入调试器属性</b><p>载入项目指定的调试器设定。</p>
Save
保存
Save the debugger properties
保存调试器属性
<b>Save Debugger Properties</b><p>This saves the project specific debugger settings.</p>
<b>保存调试器属性</b><p>保存项目指定的调试器设置。</p>
Delete
删除
&Delete
删除(&D)
Delete the debugger properties
删除调试器属性
<b>Delete Debugger Properties</b><p>This deletes the file containing the project specific debugger settings.</p>
<b>删除调试器属性</b><p>删除包含项目指定调试器设置的文件。</p>
Reset
重置
&Reset
重置(&R)
Reset the debugger properties
重围调试器属性
<b>Reset Debugger Properties</b><p>This resets the project specific debugger settings.</p>
<b>重置调试器属性</b><p>重置项目指定的调试器设置。</p>
Load session
载入会话
Load the projects session file.
载入项目会话文件。
<b>Load session</b><p>This loads the projects session file. The session consists of the following data.<br>- all open source files<br>- all breakpoint<br>- the commandline arguments<br>- the working directory<br>- the exception reporting flag</p>
<b>载入会话</b><p>载入项目会话文件。会话包括如下数据。<br>- 所有打开的源文件<br>- 所有断点<br>- 命令行参数<br>- 工作文件夹<br>- 异常报告标志</p>
Save session
保存会话
Save the projects session file.
保存项目会话文件。
<b>Save session</b><p>This saves the projects session file. The session consists of the following data.<br>- all open source files<br>- all breakpoint<br>- the commandline arguments<br>- the working directory<br>- the exception reporting flag</p>
<b>保存会话</b><p>保存项目会话文件。会话包括如下数据。<br>- 所有打开的源文件<br>- 所有断点<br>- 命令行参数<br>- 工作文件夹<br>- 异常报告标志</p>
Delete session
删除会话
Delete the projects session file.
删除项目会话文件。
<b>Delete session</b><p>This deletes the projects session file</p>
<b>删除会话</b><p>删除项目会话文件</p>
Code Metrics
代码度量
&Code Metrics...
代码度量(&C)……
Show some code metrics for the project.
显示项目的部分代码度量。
<b>Code Metrics...</b><p>This shows some code metrics for all Python files in the project.</p>
<b>代码度量……</b><p>显示项目中所有 Python 文件的部分代码度量。</p>
Python Code Coverage
Python 代码覆盖率
Code Co&verage...
代码覆盖率(&v)……
Show code coverage information for the project.
显示项目的代码覆盖率信息。
<b>Code Coverage...</b><p>This shows the code coverage information for all Python files in the project.</p>
<b>代码覆盖率……</b><p>显示项目中所有 Python 文件的代码覆盖率。</p>
Profile Data
剖析数据
&Profile Data...
剖析数据(&P)……
Show profiling data for the project.
显示项目的剖析数据。
<b>Profile Data...</b><p>This shows the profiling data for the project.</p>
<b>剖析数据……</b><p>显示项目的剖析数据。</p>
Application Diagram
应用程序图
&Application Diagram...
应用程序(&A)图……
Show a diagram of the project.
显示项目图表。
<b>Application Diagram...</b><p>This shows a diagram of the project.</p>
<b>应用程序图……</b><p>显示项目的图表。</p>
Create Package List
创建程序包列表
Create &Package List
创建程序包(&P)列表
Create Plugin Archive
创建插件存档
Create Plugin &Archive
创建插件存档(&A)
Create Plugin Archive (Snapshot)
创建插件存档(临时)
Create Plugin Archive (&Snapshot)
创建插件存档(临时(&S))
&Project
项目(&P)
Open &Recent Projects
打开最近的项目
&Version Control
版本(&V)控制
Chec&k
检查(&k)
Sho&w
显示(&w)
&Diagrams
图表(&D)
Session
会话
Source &Documentation
源文档(&D)
Debugger
调试器
Pac&kagers
打包程序(&k)
Project
项目
&Clear
清除(&C)
Search New Files
搜索新文件
There were no new files found to be added.
没有要添加的新文件。
Version Control System
版本控制系统
Coverage Data
覆盖率数据
There is no main script defined for the current project. Aborting
当前项目未定义主脚本。终止
Code Coverage
代码覆盖率
Please select a coverage file
请选择一个覆盖率文件
Please select a profile file
请选择一个剖析文件
Include module names?
包含模块名?
<p>The file <b>PKGLIST</b> already exists.</p><p>Overwrite it?</p>
<p>文件 <b>PKGLIST</b> 已存在。</p><p>是否覆盖?</p>
<p>The file <b>PKGLIST</b> does not exist. Aborting...</p>
<p>文件 <b>PKGLIST</b> 不存在。终止……</p>
The project does not have a main script defined. Aborting...
项目未定义主脚本。终止……
Lexer Associations
Lexer Associations...
Show the project lexer associations (overriding defaults)
<b>Lexer Associations...</b><p>This shows a dialog to edit the lexer associations of the project. These associations override the global lexer associations. Lexers are used to highlight the editor text.</p>
PySide GUI
PySide Console
Python3 Files (*.py *.py3);;Python3 GUI Files (*.pyw *.pyw3);;
<p>The project file <b>{0}</b> could not be read.</p>
<p>The project file <b>{0}</b> could not be written.</p>
<p>The user specific project properties file <b>{0}</b> could not be read.</p>
<p>The user specific project properties file <b>{0}</b> could not be written.</p>
<p>The project session file <b>{0}</b> could not be read.</p>
<p>The project session file <b>{0}</b> could not be written.</p>
<p>The project session file <b>{0}</b> could not be deleted.</p>
<p>The tasks file <b>{0}</b> could not be read.</p>
<p>The tasks file <b>{0}</b> could not be written.</p>
<p>The project debugger properties file <b>{0}</b> could not be read.</p>
<p>The project debugger properties file <b>{0}</b> could not be written.</p>
<p>The project debugger properties file <b>{0}</b> could not be deleted.</p>
<p>The selected translation file <b>{0}</b> could not be deleted.</p>
<p>The file <b>{0}</b> already exists.</p><p>Overwrite it?</p>
<p>The file <b>{0}</b> already exists. Overwrite it?</p>
<p>The file <b>{0}</b> could not be renamed.<br />Reason: {1}</p>
<p>The selected file <b>{0}</b> could not be deleted.</p>
<p>The selected directory <b>{0}</b> could not be deleted.</p>
<p>The project directory <b>{0}</b> could not be created.</p>
<p>The selected VCS <b>{0}</b> could not be found.<br/>Disabling version control.</p><p>{1}</p>
<p>The file <b>PKGLIST</b> could not be created.</p><p>Reason: {0}</p>
<p>The file <b>PKGLIST</b> could not be read.</p><p>Reason: {0}</p>
<p>The file <b>{0}</b> could not be stored in the archive. Ignoring it.</p><p>Reason: {1}</p>
<p>The plugin file <b>{0}</b> could not be read.</p><p>Reason: {1}</p>
<p>The selected file <b>{0}</b> could not be added to <b>{1}</b>.</p><p>Reason: {2}</p>
<p>The target directory <b>{0}</b> could not be created.</p><p>Reason: {1}</p>
Python2 Files (*.py2);;Python2 GUI Files (*.pyw2);;
Create main script
<p>The mainscript <b>{0}</b> could not be created.<br/>Reason: {1}</p>
Load Diagram
&Load Diagram...
Load a diagram from file.
<b>Load Diagram...</b><p>This loads a diagram from file.</p>
<p>The Programming Language <b>{0}</b> is not supported.</p>
<p>The Project type <b>{0}</b> is already registered.</p>
<p>The Project type <b>{0}</b> is already registered with Programming Language <b>{1}</b>.</p>
PyQt5 GUI
PyQt5 Console
<p>The selected VCS <b>{0}</b> could not be found. <br/>Reverting override.</p><p>{1}</p>
<p>The plugin file <b>{0}</b> could not be read.</p> <p>Reason: {1}</p>
Create an initial PKGLIST file for an eric6 plugin.
为 Eric4 插件创建初始化 PKGLIST 文件。 {5 ?} {6 ?}
<b>Create Package List</b><p>This creates an initial list of files to include in an eric6 plugin archive. The list is created from the project file.</p>
<b>创建程序包列表</b><p>创建一个初始化文件列表并包含到 Eric4 插件存档中。该列表从项目文件创建。</p> {5 ?} {6 ?}
Create an eric6 plugin archive file.
创建一个 Eric4 插件存档文件。 {5 ?} {6 ?}
<b>Create Plugin Archive</b><p>This creates an eric6 plugin archive file using the list of files given in the PKGLIST file. The archive name is built from the main script name.</p>
<b>创建插件存档</b><p>通过 PKGLIST 文件给出的文件列表创建 Eric4 插件存档文件。存档名从主脚本名构建。</p> {5 ?} {6 ?}
Create an eric6 plugin archive file (snapshot release).
创建一个 Eric4 插件存档文件(临时版) {5 ?} {6 ?}
<b>Create Plugin Archive (Snapshot)</b><p>This creates an eric6 plugin archive file using the list of files given in the PKGLIST file. The archive name is built from the main script name. The version entry of the main script is modified to reflect a snapshot release.</p>
b>创建插件存档(临时)</b><p>通过 PKGLIST 文件给出的文件列表创建一个 Eric4 插件存档文件。存档名从主脚本名构建。修改主脚本的版本项以反映临时的版本。</p> {5 ?} {6 ?}
<p>The eric6 plugin archive file <b>{0}</b> could not be created.</p><p>Reason: {1}</p>
<p>The eric6 plugin archive file <b>{0}</b> was created successfully.</p>
PyQt4 GUI
PyQt4 Console
Eric4/5 Plugin
Eric6 Plugin
Eric4 插件 {6 ?}
Create project management directory
<p>The project directory <b>{0}</b> is not writable.</p>
ProjectBaseBrowser
Open
打开
local
本地
Select entries
选择条目
There were no matching entries found.
未找到匹配的条目。
Delete directories
Do you really want to delete these directories from the project?
ProjectBrowser
up to date
最新
files added
文件已添加
local modifications
本地修改
files replaced
文件已替换
update required
已请求更新
conflict
冲突
files removed
unknown status
ProjectBrowserModel
Name
名称
VCS Status
版本控制系统状态
local
本地
ProjectBrowserPage
<b>Configure project viewer settings</b>
<b>配置项目浏览器设定</b>
Colours
颜色
Highlighted entries (Others):
高亮的条目(其它):
Select the colour for highlighted entries in the Others viewer.
选择其它浏览器中高亮条目的颜色。
Visible Project Browsers
可见项目浏览器
Projecttype:
项目类型:
Select the project type to be configured
选择要配置的项目类型
Select to show the sources browser
选择显示源文件浏览器
Sources Browser
源文件浏览器
Select to show the translations browser
选择显示翻译浏览器
Translations Browser
翻译浏览器
Select to show the forms browser
选择显示窗体浏览器
Forms Browser
窗体浏览器
Select to show the interfaces (IDL) browser
选择显示界面(IDL)浏览器
Interfaces (IDL) Browser
界面(IDL)浏览器
Select to show the resources browser
选择显示资源浏览器
Resources Browser
资源浏览器
Select to show the browser for other files
选择显示其它文件浏览器
Others Browser
其它浏览器
Select to make the project browsers highlight the file of the current editor.
选择使项目浏览器高亮当前编辑器的文件。
Highlight file of current editor
高亮当前编辑器的文件
Select to hide sources generated from form files
选择隐藏从窗体文件中生成的源代码
Hide generated form sources
隐藏生成的窗体源代码
Select to follow the cursor line of the current editor
Follow cursor line of current editor
Select to populate entries automatically when following the cursor line of the current editor
Populate entry when following the cursor line
ProjectFormsBrowser
Forms
窗体
<b>Project Forms Browser</b><p>This allows to easily see all forms contained in the current project. Several actions can be executed via the context menu.</p>
<b>项目窗体浏览器</b><p>可以方便地观察当前项目中包含的所有窗体。可以通过上下文菜单执行多个动作。</p>
Dialog
对话框
Widget
构件
Dialog with Buttons (Bottom)
带按钮(底部)的对话框
Dialog with Buttons (Right)
带按钮(右侧)的对话框
Main Window
主窗口
Dialog with Buttonbox (Bottom)
带按钮盒(底部)的对话框
Dialog with Buttonbox (Right)
带按钮盒(右侧)的对话框
Dialog with Buttons (Bottom-Center)
带按钮(底部居中)的对话框
Compile form
编译窗体
Compile all forms
编译所有窗体
Generate Dialog Code...
生成对话框代码……
Open in Qt-Designer
在 Qt 设计师中打开
Open in Editor
在编辑器中打开
Preview form
预览窗体
Preview translations
预览翻译
Open
打开
Rename file
重命名文件
Remove from project
从项目移除
Delete
删除
New form...
新建窗体……
Add forms...
添加窗体……
Add forms directory...
添加窗体文件夹……
Expand all directories
展开所有文件夹
Collapse all directories
折叠所有文件夹
Configure...
配置……
Compile forms
编译窗体
New Form
新建窗体
Select a form type:
选择窗体类型:
Qt User-Interface Files (*.ui);;All Files (*)
Qt 用户界面文件 (*.ui);;所有文件 (*)
The file already exists! Overwrite it?
文件已存在!是否覆盖?
Delete forms
删除窗体
Do you really want to delete these forms from the project?
确定要从项目中删除这些窗体?
Form Compilation
窗体编译
The compilation of the form file was successful.
窗体文件编译成功。
The compilation of the form file failed.
窗体文件编译失败。
Process Generation Error
进程生成错误
Compiling forms...
正在编译窗体……
Abort
终止
Determining changed forms...
正在确定更改的窗体……
Compiling changed forms...
正在编译更改的窗体……
Copy Path to Clipboard
<p>The new form file <b>{0}</b> could not be created.<br>Problem: {1}</p>
<p>The compilation of the form file failed.</p><p>Reason: {0}</p>
Could not start {0}.<br>Ensure that it is in the search path.
QWizard
QWizardPage
QDockWidget
QFrame
QGroupBox
QScrollArea
QMdiArea
QTabWidget
QToolBox
QStackedWidget
%v/%m Forms
ProjectInterfacesBrowser
Interfaces (IDL)
界面(IDL)
<b>Project Interfaces Browser</b><p>This allows to easily see all interfaces (CORBA IDL files) contained in the current project. Several actions can be executed via the context menu.</p>
<b>项目接口浏览器</b><p>可以方便地查看包含在项目中的所有接口(CORBA IDL 文件)。通过上下文菜单有多个动作可执行。</p>
Compile interface
编译界面
Compile all interfaces
编译所有界面
Open
打开
Rename file
重命名文件
Remove from project
从项目移除
Delete
删除
Add interfaces...
添加界面……
Add interfaces directory...
添加界面文件夹……
Expand all directories
展开所有文件夹
Collapse all directories
折叠所有文件夹
Configure...
配置……
Configure CORBA...
配置 CORBA……
Compile interfaces
编译界面
Delete interfaces
删除界面
Do you really want to delete these interfaces from the project?
确定要从项目中删除这些界面?
Interface Compilation
界面编译
The compilation of the interface file was successful.
界面文件编译成功。
The compilation of the interface file failed.
界面文件编译失败。
Process Generation Error
进程生成错误
Compiling interfaces...
正在编译界面……
Abort
终止
Copy Path to Clipboard
<p>Could not start {0}.<br>Ensure that it is in the search path.</p>
%v/%m Interfaces
Interfaces
界面
ProjectOthersBrowser
Others
其它
<b>Project Others Browser</b><p>This allows to easily see all other files and directories contained in the current project. Several actions can be executed via the context menu. The entry which is registered in the project is shown in a different colour.</p>
<b>项目其它浏览器</b><p>可以方便地观察当前项目中的所有其它文件和文件夹。可通过上下文菜单执行多个行为。在项目中注册过的条目将显示成其它颜色。</p>
Rename file
重命名文件
Remove from project
从项目移除
Delete
删除
Add files...
添加文件……
Add directory...
添加文件夹……
Refresh
刷新
Expand all directories
展开所有文件夹
Collapse all directories
折叠所有文件夹
Configure...
配置……
Delete files/directories
删除文件或文件夹
Do you really want to delete these entries from the project?
确定要从项目中删除这些条目吗?
Open in Icon Editor
Copy Path to Clipboard
ProjectPage
<b>Configure project settings</b>
<b>配置项目设定</b>
XML
XML
Select, if a timestamp should be written to all project related XML files
选择是否将时间信息写入到所有与 XML 文件相关的项目中
Include timestamp in project related XML files
在与 XML 文件相关的项目中包含时间信息
Search new files
搜索新文件
Search for new files recursively
重复搜索新文件
Select whether a search for new files on a project open should be performed.
选择是否在一个打开的项目中搜索新文件。
Search for new files on open
在打开项目中搜索新文件
Select whether the found files should be included automatically.
选择是否自动包含找到的文件。
Automatically include found files
自动包含找到的文件
Debugger Properties
调试器属性
Select, whether a project debugger properties file shall be read on opening the project
选择是否在打开项目时读取项目调试器属性文件
Load debugger properties upon opening
打开时载入调试器属性
Select, whether a project debugger properties file shall be written on closing the project
选择是否在关闭项目时写入项目调试器属性文件
Save debugger properties upon closing
关闭时保存调试器属性
Sessions
会话
Select, whether a project session file shall be read on opening the project
选择是否在打开项目时读取项目会话文件
Load session upon opening
打开时载入会话
Select, whether a project session file shall be written on closing the project
选择是否在关闭项目时写入项目会话文件
Save session upon closing
关闭时保存会话
Select whether all breakpoints should be saved to the session file.
选择是否将所有断点保存到会话文件中。
Save all breakpoints
保存所有断点
Automatically compile
自动编译
Select, if changed forms should be compiled automatically upon a run action
选择是否在一个动作运行时自动编译改变的窗体
changed forms
更改的窗体
Select, if changed resources should be compiled automatically upon a run action
选择是否在一个动作运行时自动编译改变的资源
changed resources
更改的窗体
Recent Projects
最近的项目
Number of recent projects:
最近项目数量:
Enter the number of recent projects to remember
输入要记住的最近项目数量
Python Variant
Select to determine the Python variant from the project language
Determine Python variant from project language
Tasks
任务
Select to save the project tasks automatically
Save tasks automatically
ProjectResourcesBrowser
Resources
资源
<b>Project Resources Browser</b><p>This allows to easily see all resources contained in the current project. Several actions can be executed via the context menu.</p>
<b>项目资源浏览器</b><p>可以方便地观察当前项目中包含的所有资源。通过上下文菜单可能执行多个行为。</p>
Compile resource
编译资源
Compile all resources
编译所有资源
Open
打开
Rename file
重命名文件
Remove from project
从项目移除
Delete
删除
New resource...
新建资源……
Add resources...
添加资源……
Add resources directory...
添加资源文件夹……
Expand all directories
展开所有文件夹
Collapse all directories
折叠所有文件夹
Configure...
配置……
Compile resources
编译资源
New Resource
新建资源
Qt Resource Files (*.qrc)
Qt 资源文件 (*.qrc)
The file already exists! Overwrite it?
文件已存在!是否覆盖?
Delete resources
删除资源
Do you really want to delete these resources from the project?
确定要从项目中删除这些资源?
Resource Compilation
资源编译
The compilation of the resource file was successful.
资源文件编译成功。
The compilation of the resource file failed.
资源文件编译失败。
Process Generation Error
进程生成错误
Compiling resources...
正在编译资源……
Abort
终止
Determining changed resources...
正在确认改变的资源……
Compiling changed resources...
正在编译改变的资源……
Copy Path to Clipboard
<p>The new resource file <b>{0}</b> could not be created.<br>Problem: {1}</p>
<p>The compilation of the resource file failed.</p><p>Reason: {0}</p>
Could not start {0}.<br>Ensure that it is in the search path.
%v/%m Resources
ProjectSourcesBrowser
Sources
源代码
<b>Project Sources Browser</b><p>This allows to easily see all sources contained in the current project. Several actions can be executed via the context menu.</p>
<b>项目源代码浏览器</b><p>可以方便地观察当前项目中包含的所有源代码。可通过上下文菜单执行多个动作。</p>
Check
检查
Show
显示
Code metrics...
代码度量……
Code coverage...
代码覆盖率……
Profile data...
剖析数据……
Diagrams
图表
Class Diagram...
类图……
Package Diagram...
程序包图……
Imports Diagram...
引用图……
Application Diagram...
应用程序图……
Run unittest...
运行单元测试……
Rename file
重命名文件
Remove from project
从项目移除
Delete
删除
New package...
新建程序包……
Add source files...
添加源文件……
Add source directory...
添加源文件夹……
Expand all directories
展开所有文件夹
Collapse all directories
折叠所有文件夹
Configure...
配置……
Add new Python package
添加新的 Python 程序包
Delete files
删除文件
Do you really want to delete these files from the project?
确定要从项目中删除这些文件?
Code Coverage
代码覆盖率
Please select a coverage file
请选择一个覆盖率文件
Profile Data
剖析数据
Please select a profile file
请选择一个剖析文件
Class Diagram
类图
Include class attributes?
包含类属性?
Imports Diagram
引用图
Include imports from external modules?
从外部模块包含引用?
Package Diagram
程序包图
Application Diagram
应用程序图
Include module names?
包含模块名?
Copy Path to Clipboard
<p>The package directory <b>{0}</b> could not be created. Aborting...</p><p>Reason: {1}</p>
<p>The package file <b>{0}</b> could not be created. Aborting...</p><p>Reason: {1}</p>
Goto
跳转
Load Diagram...
ProjectTranslationsBrowser
Translations
翻译
<b>Project Translations Browser</b><p>This allows to easily see all translations contained in the current project. Several actions can be executed via the context menu.</p>
<b>项目翻译浏览器</b><p>可以方便地观察在当前项目中包含的所有翻译。通过上下文菜单可以运行多个动作。</p>
Generate translation
生成翻译
Generate translation (with obsolete)
生成翻译(包括不使用的翻译)
Generate all translations
生成所有翻译
Generate all translations (with obsolete)
生成所有翻译(包括不使用的翻译)
Open in Qt-Linguist
在 Qt 语言家中打开
Open in Editor
在编辑器中打开
Release translation
发布翻译
Release all translations
发布所有翻译
Preview translation
预览翻译
Preview all translations
预览所有翻译
Remove from project
从项目移除
Delete
删除
Add translation...
添加翻译……
Add translation files...
添加翻译文件……
Configure...
配置……
Generate translations
生成翻译
Generate translations (with obsolete)
生成翻译(包括过时的)
Release translations
发布翻译
Preview translations
预览翻译
Delete translation files
删除翻译文件
Do you really want to delete these translation files from the project?
确定要从项目中删除这些翻译?
Write temporary project file
写入临时项目文件
No translation files (*.ts) selected.
未选择翻译文件 (*.ts)
Translation file generation
翻译文件生成
The generation of the translation files (*.ts) was successful.
翻译文件 (*.ts) 生成成功。
Process Generation Error
进程生成错误
Translation file release
翻译文件发布
The release of the translation files (*.qm) was successful.
翻译文件 (*.qm) 发布成功。
The release of the translation files (*.qm) has failed.
翻译文件 (*.qm) 发布失败。
Extract messages
Copy Path to Clipboard
<p>The temporary project file <b>{0}</b> could not be written.</p>
Could not start {0}.<br>Ensure that it is in the search path.
<p>Could not start lrelease.<br>Ensure that it is available as <b>{0}</b>.</p>
Open
打开
The process has crashed.
The generation of the translation files (*.ts) has failed.{0}
PropertiesDialog
Project Properties
项目属性
<b>Project Properties Dialog</b>
<p>This dialog is used to show and edit the projects properties.</p>
<p>If the project is controlled by a version control system, the "Show Repository Info" button displays information about the repository.</p>
<b>项目属性对话框</b>
<p>该对话框用于显示和编辑项目属性。</p>
<p>如果项目处于版本控制系统的控制之下,则“显示储存库信息”按钮显示与储存库有关的信息。</p>
Project &Name:
项目名称(&N):
Enter the project name
输入项目名称
<b>Project Name</b>
<p>Enter the project name</p>
<b>项目名称</b>
<p>输入项目名称</p>
&Progr. Language:
项目语言(&P):
Select the project's programming language
选择项目的编程语言
Select, if the project uses other programming languages as well
如果项目还同时使用其它编程语言,选择该选项
Mi&xed programming languages
混合编程语言(&x)
Alt+X
Alt+X
Project &Type:
项目类型(&T):
Select the type of the project
选择项目的类型
Project &Directory:
项目文件夹(&D):
Enter the project directory
输入项目文件夹
<b>Project Directory</b>
<p>Enter the project directory. You may select it
with a dialog by pressing the button to the right.</p>
<b>项目文件夹</b>
<p>输入项目文件夹。你可以通过点击
对话框右边的按钮来先进行选择。</p>
Show directory selection dialog
显示文件夹选择对话框
<b>Project Directory</b>
<p>Select a project directory via a directory selection dialog.</p>
<b>项目文件夹</b><p>通过文件夹选择对话框选择一个项目文件夹。</p>
&Version No.:
版本号(&V):
Enter the version number
输入版本号
<b>Version No.</b>
<p>Enter the version no.</p>
<b>版本号</b>
<p>输入版本号。</p>
&Main Script:
主脚本(&M):
Enter the main script
输入主脚本
<b>Main Script</b>
<p>Enter the main script of the project. You may select it
with a dialog by pressing the button to the right.</p>
<b>主脚本</b><p>输入主脚本。你可以通过点击对话框右边的按钮来先进行选择。</p>
Show file selection dialog
显示文件选择对话框
<b>Main Script</b>
<p>Select the projects main script via a file selection dialog.</p>
<b>主脚本</b>
<p>通过文件选择对话框选择项目主脚本。</p>
Press to edit the translations properties
点击编辑翻译属性
Translations Properties...
翻译属性……
&Author:
作者(&A):
Enter authors name
输入作者名
<b>Author</b>
<p>Enter the name of the author.</p>
<b>作者</b>
<p>输入作者的名称。</p>
&Email:
电子邮件(&E):
Enter authors email
输入作者的电子邮箱
<b>Email</b>
<p>Enter the email address of the author</p>
<b>电子邮箱</b>
<p>输入作者的电子邮件地址</p>
&Description:
描述(&D):
Enter description
输入描述
<b>Description</b>
<p>Enter a short description for the project.</p>
<b>描述</b>
<p>为项目输入简要描述。</p>
Press to show information about the repository
点击显示与储存库有关的信息
Show &Repository Info
显示储存库信息(&R)
Alt+R
Alt+R
Multiproject Properties
多重项目属性
<b>Description</b>
<p>Enter a short description for the multiproject.</p>
<b>描述</b>
<p>为多重项目输入简短描述。</p>
The project is not version controlled.
项目未进行版本控制。
Select project directory
选择项目文件夹
Select main script file
选择主脚本文件
Press to edit the spell checking properties
Spell Checking Properties...
The project is version controlled by <b>{0}</b>.
Source Files ({0});;All Files (*)
End of &Line Character:
Select the end of line character to be used by the project
System
系统
Unix
Unix
Macintosh
Macintosh
Windows/DOS
Windows/DOS
Select to create a version controlled project
Version Controlled Project
Purge
Purge All Files
Do really want to delete all files not tracked by Mercurial (including ignored ones)?
Purge Files
Do really want to delete files not tracked by Mercurial?
PurgeProjectHelper
Purge Files
Delete files and directories not known to Mercurial
<b>Purge Files</b><p>This deletes files and directories not known to Mercurial. That means that purge will delete:<ul><li>unknown files (marked with "not tracked" in the status dialog)</li><li>empty directories</li></ul>Note that ignored files will be left untouched.</p>
Purge All Files
Delete files and directories not known to Mercurial including ignored ones
<b>Purge All Files</b><p>This deletes files and directories not known to Mercurial. That means that purge will delete:<ul><li>unknown files (marked with "not tracked" in the status dialog)</li><li>empty directories</li><li>ignored files and directories</li></ul></p>
List Files to be Purged
List Files to be Purged...
List files and directories not known to Mercurial
List All Files to be Purged
List All Files to be Purged...
List files and directories not known to Mercurial including ignored ones
Purge
<b>List Files to be Purged</b><p>This lists files and directories not known to Mercurial. These would be deleted by the "Purge Files" menu entry.</p>
<b>List All Files to be Purged</b><p>This lists files and directories not known to Mercurial including ignored ones. These would be deleted by the "Purge All Files" menu entry.</p>
PyCoverageDialog
Python Code Coverage
Python 代码覆盖率
<b>Python Code Coverage</b>
<p>This dialog shows the collected code coverage data.</p>
<b>Python 代码覆盖率</b>
<p>本对话框显示收集到的代码覆盖率数据。</p>
E&xclude pattern:
排除样式:
Enter a regexp pattern marking lines to exclude from coverage
输入一个正则表达式样式的标记行以从代码覆盖率中排除
<b>Exclude pattern</b>
<p>Enter a regular expression pattern. Lines matching this pattern are excluded from the coverage analysis. The default pattern is '#pragma[: ]+[nN][oO] [cC][oO][vV][eE][rR]'. If the pattern is found on a line containing the colon that introduces a suite of statements, the entire suite is excluded.</p>
<b>排除样式</b>
<p>输入一个正则表达式样式。与该样式匹配的行将从覆盖率分析中排除。默认样式为:“#pragma[: ]+[nN][oO] [cC][oO][vV][eE][rR]”。如果在一行中包含了用冒号引入的一组语句,并在该行找到了定义的样式,则整组语名都将被排除。</p>
&Reload
重新载入(&R)
Alt+R
Alt+R
<b>Python Code Coverage</b>
<p>This list shows the collected code coverage data. There are several actions available via the context menu.</p>
<b>Python 代码覆盖率</b>
<p>该列表显示收集到的代码覆盖率数据。通过上下文菜单可以有多个动作可用。</p>
Name
名称
Statements
语句
Executed
已执行
Coverage
覆盖率
Excluded
已排除
Missing
遗漏
Summary
摘要
<b>Summary</b>
<p>This shows some overall code coverage information.</p>
<b>摘要</b>
<p>显示一些全面代码覆盖率信息。</p>
Shows the progress of the code coverage action
显示代码覆盖率行为的进程
Annotate
注解
Annotate all
注解全部
Delete annotated files
删除已注解的文件
Erase Coverage Info
擦除覆盖率信息
Annotating files...
正在注解文件……
Abort
终止
Open
打开
Parse Error
%n file(s) could not be parsed. Coverage info for these is not available.
%v/%m Files
PyProfileDialog
Profile Results
剖析结果
<b>Profile Results</b>
<p>This dialog shows the profile results.</p>
<b>剖析结果</b>
<p>该对话框显示剖析结果。</p>
<b>Profile Results</b>
<p>This list shows the profile results. There are several actions available via the context menu.</p>
<b>剖析结果</b>
<p>该列表显示剖析结果。通过上下文菜单有多个动作可用。</p>
Nr. Calls
调用次数
Total Time
总时间
Tot. Time / Call
总时间 / 调用
Cumulative Time
累积时间
Cum. Time / Call
累积时间 / 调用
Filename
文件名
Line
行
Function
函数
<b>Summary</b>
<p>This shows some overall profile data. There are several actions available via the context menu.</p>
<b>摘要</b>
<p>显示一些全面剖析数据。通过上下文菜单有多个动作可用 。</p>
Summary
摘要
#
#
Shows the progress of the profile data calculation
显示剖析数据计算的进程
Exclude Python Library
排除 Python 库
Erase Profiling Info
擦除剖析信息
Erase Timing Info
擦除时间信息
Erase All Infos
擦除所有信息
function calls
函数调用
primitive calls
基本调用
CPU seconds
CPU 秒
Loading Profiling Data
载入剖析数据
Include Python Library
包含 Python 库
<p>There is no profiling data available for <b>{0}</b>.</p>
<p>The profiling data could not be read from file <b>{0}</b>.</p>
%v/%m Files
PyRegExpWizard
Python re Wizard
Python 正则向导
&Python re Wizard...
&Python 正则向导……
<b>Python re Wizard</b><p>This wizard opens a dialog for entering all the parameters needed to create a Python re string. The generated code is inserted at the current cursor position.</p>
<b>Python 正则向导</b><p>该向导打开一个对话框,可输入创建 Python 正则字符串所需的所有参数。生成的代码插入到当前光标位置。</p>
No current editor
没有当前编辑器
Please open or create a file first.
请您先打开或创建一个文件。
PyRegExpWizardCharactersDialog
Editor for character sets
字符集编辑器
The defined characters should not match
定义的字符不匹配
Predefined character ranges
预定义字符范围
Non-whitespace characters
非空格字符
Non-digits
非数字
Whitespace characters
空格字符
Digits
数字
Non-word characters
非单字字符
Word character
单字字符
Single character
单字符
Character ranges
字符范围
Normal character
标准字符
Unicode character in hexadecimal notation
16进制 Unicode 字符
Unicode character in octal notation
8进制 Unicode 字符
---
---
Bell character (\a)
报警符号 (\a)
Page break (\f)
分页符 (\f)
Line feed (\n)
换行 (\n)
Carriage return (\r)
回车 (\r)
Horizontal tabulator (\t)
横向制表键 (\t)
Vertical tabulator (\v)
纵向制表键 (\v)
Additional Entries
附加条目
Between:
在如下两者之间:
And:
和:
PyRegExpWizardDialog
Python re Wizard
Python 正则向导
Variable Name:
变量名:
Include import statement
包含 import 语句
<b>Comment: (?#)</b>
<p>Insert some comment inside your regexp.</p>
<b>注释: (?#)</b>
<p>在正则表达式中插入注释</p>
<b>Comment: (?#)</b>
<p>Insert some comment inside your regexp.The regex engine ignores everything after the (?# until the first closing round bracket.
The following example could clarify the regexp which match a valid date: </p>
<p>(?#year)(19|20)\d\d[- /.](?#month)(0[1-9]|1[012])[- /.](?#day)(0[1-9]|[12][0-9]|3[01])</p>
<b>注释: (?#)</b>
<p>在正则表达式中插入注释。正则表达式引擎将忽略介于“(?#”和“)”之间的任何字符。
下面的例子清楚地表示了匹配有效日期的正则表达式: </p>
<p>(?#year)(19|20)\d\d[- /.](?#month)(0[1-9]|1[012])[- /.](?#day)(0[1-9]|[12][0-9]|3[01])</p>
<b>Single character of a range (e.g. [abcd])</b><p>Select a single character of a range via a specific dialog.</p>
<b>单字符范围(如:[abcd])</b><p>通过特殊对话框选择单字符范围。</p>
<b>Single character of a range (e.g. [abcd])</b><p>Select a single character of a range via a specific dialog. This dialog will help to edit the range of characters and add some specific conditions.</p>s
<b>单字符范围(如:[abcd])</b><p>通过特殊对话框选择单字符范围。该对话框将帮助您编辑字符范围并添加一些特殊条件。</p>
<b>Any character: '.'</b>
<p>Select to insert a dot (.) in your regexp.</p>
<b>任何字符: '.'</b>
<p>选择在正则表达式中输入一个点 (.)。</p>
<b>Any character: '.'</b>
<p>Select to insert a dot (.) in your regexp. The dot matches a single character, except line break characters (by default).
E.g. 'gr.y' matches 'gray', 'grey', 'gr%y', etc. Use the dot sparingly. Often, a character class or negated
character class is faster and more precise.</p>
<b>任何字符: '.'</b><p>选择在正则表达式中输入一个点 (.)。点可以匹配一个单字符,换行符除外(默认)。
如:“gr.y”可以匹配“gray”、“grey”、“gr%y”等。尽量少用“点”。通常情况下,
字符类或非字符类比较快也比较精确。 </p>
<b>Repeat contents</b>
<p>Select a repetition condition via a specific dialog. This dialog will help to specify the allowed range for repetitions.</p>
<b>重复内容</b>
<p>通过特殊对话框选择一个重复条件。该对话框将帮助您指定重复的允许范围。</p>
<b>Non capturing parentheses: (?:)</b>
<p>Select to insert some non capturing brackets.</p>
<b>非捕获圆括号: (?:)</b>
<p>选择插入一些非捕获括号。</p>
<b>Non capturing parentheses: (?:)</b>
<p>Select to insert some non capturing brackets. It can be used to apply a regexp quantifier (eg. '?' or '+') to the entire
group of characters inside the brakets. E.g. the regex 'Set(?:Value)?' matches 'Set' or 'SetValue'. The '?:' inside the brakets
means that the content of the match (called the backreference) is not stored for further use.</p>
<b>非捕获圆括号: (?:)</b>
<p>选择插入一些非捕获括号。可用于将正则表达式量词(如:“?”或“+”)应用到括号中的符号条目组当中。
如:正则表达式“Set(?:Value)?”匹配“Set”或“SetValue”。括号中的“?:”表示匹配的内容(调用的后备
引用)在后续的使用中无效。</p>
<b>Group: ()</b>
<p>Select to insert some capturing brackets.</p>
<b>组: ()</b>
<p>选择插入一些捕获括号。</p>
<b>Group: ()</b>
<p>Select to insert some capturing brackets. They can be used to apply a regexp quantifier (e.g. '?' or '+') to the entire group of
characters inside the brakets. E.g. the regex 'Set(Value)?' matches 'Set' or 'SetValue'. Contrary to non-capturing parentheses,
the backreference matched inside the brakets is stored for further use (i.e. 'Value' in the second example above).
One can access the backereference with the '\1' expression. </p>
<p>E.g. '([a-c])x\1x\1' will match 'axaxa', 'bxbxb' and 'cxcxc'.</p>
<b>组: ()</b>
<p>选择插入一些捕获括号。可用于将正则表达式量词(如:“?”或“+”)应用到括号中的符号条目组当中。
如:正则表达式“Set(?:Value)?”匹配“Set”或“SetValue”。与非捕获圆括号相反,在括号中匹配的背景
参考被保存下来以便后续使用(如:上面第二个例子中的“Value”)。可以通过“\1”表达式访问后备引用。</p>
<p>例:“([a-c])x\1x\1”将匹配“axaxa”、“bxbxb”和“cxcxc”。</p>
<b>Named group: (?P<<i>groupname</i>>)</b>
<p>Select to insert some named group brackets.</p>
<b>命名的组: (?P<<i>组名</i>>)</b>
<p>选择插入一些被命名的成组的括号。</p>
<b>Named group: (?P<<i>groupname</i>>)</b>
<p>Select to insert some named group brackets. Usage is similar to standard group parentheses as the matched
backreference is also stored for further usage. The difference is that a name is given to the match. This is useful when
the work to do on the match becomes a bit complicated. One can access the backreference via the group name (i.e (?P=<i>groupname</i>)).
E.g. (?P<foo>[abc])x(?P=foo)x(?P=foo)x matches 'axaxax','bxbxbx' or 'cxcxcx' ('foo' is the group name)</p>
<b>命名的组: (?P<<i>组名</i>>)</b>
<p>选择插入一些被命名的成组的括号。用法近似于标准的成组圆括号,匹配的后备引用也被保存起来以便后续使用。
区别是给定一个名称用于匹配。当要完成的工作变得更复杂的时候这是很有用的。可以通过组名访问后备引用(如:
(?P=<i>组名</i>))。
例:(?P<foo>[abc])x(?P=foo)x(?P=foo)x 匹配“axaxax”、“bxbxbx”或“cxcxcx” (“foo”为组名)</p>
<b>Reference named group: (?P=<i>groupname</i>)</b>
<p>Select to insert a reference to named group previously declared.</p>
<b>引用已命名组: (?P=<i>组名</i>)</b>
<p>选择插入以前声明的已命名组的引用。</p>
<b>Reference named group: (?P=<i>groupname</i>)</b>
<p>Select to insert a reference to named group previously declared. Each reference group refers to the match
found by the corresponding named group. In the following example, (?P=foo) may refer to the charaters 'a','b' or 'c'.</p>
<p>E.g. (?P<foo>[abc])x(?P=foo)x(?P=foo)x matches 'axaxax','bxbxbx' or 'cxcxcx'.</p>
<b>引用已命名组: (?P=<i>组名</i>)</b>
<p>选择插入以前声明的已命名组的引用。每个引用组均指向由相应命名组建立的匹配。
在如下的例子中,(?P=foo) 可能指向字符“a”、“b”或“c”。
例:(?P<foo>[abc])x(?P=foo)x(?P=foo)x 匹配“axaxax”、“bxbxbx”或“cxcxcx”。</p>
<b>Alternatives: '|'</b>
<p>Select to insert the alternation symbol '|'. </p>
<b>或:“|”</b>
<p>选择插入一个或符号“|”。 </p>
<b>Alternatives: '|'</b>
<p>Select to insert the alternation symbol '|'. The alternation is used to match a single regular expression out of
several possible regular expressions. E.g. 'cat|dog|mouse|fish' matches words containing the word 'cat', 'dog','mouse' or 'fish'.
Be aware that in the above example, the alternatives refer to whole or part of words. If you want to match exactly the
words 'cat', 'dog', ... you should express the fact that you only want to match complete words: '\b(cat|dog|mouse|fish)\b'</p>
<b>或:“|”</b>
<p>选择插入一个或符号“|”。“或”用于匹配多个可能的正则表达式中的一个正则表达式。如:“cat|dog|mouse|fish”
匹配包含文字“cat”、“dog”、“mouse”或“fish”的那些文字。注意在上面的例子中,“或”指代整个或部分文字。
如果你想要精确地匹配文字“cat”、“dog”、……,你应该明确地表示你只想匹配完整的文字:“\b(cat|dog|mouse|fish)\b”</p>
<b>Begin of line: '^'</b>
<p>Select to insert the start line character (^).</p>
<b>行首:“^”</b>
<p>选择插入开始行字符 (^)。</p>
<b>Begin of line: '^'</b>
<p>Select to insert the start line character (^). It is used to find some expressions at the begining of lines.
E.g. '^[A-Z]' match lines starting with a capitalized character. </p>
<b>行首:“^”</b>
<p>选择插入开始行字符 (^)。用于查找位于行首的某表达式。
如:“^[A-Z]”在行首位置匹配一个大字字母。</p>
<b>End of line: '$'</b>
<p>Select to insert the end of line character ($).</p>
<b>行尾:“$”</b>
<p>选择插入行尾字符 ($)。</p>
<b>End of line: '$'</b>
<p>Select to insert the end of line character ($). It is used to find some expressions at the end of lines.</p>
<b>行尾:“$”</b>
<p>选择插入行尾字符 ($)。用于在行尾查找某些字符。</p>
<b>Word boundary</b>
<p>Select to insert the word boudary character (\b).</p>
<b>字边界</b>
<p>选择插入字边界符号 (\b)。</p>
<b>Word boundary</b>
<p>Select to insert the word boudary character (\b). This character is used to express the fact that word
must begin or end at this position. E.g. '\bcat\b' matches exactly the word 'cat' while 'concatenation' is ignored.</p>
<b>字边界</b><p>选择插入字边界符号 (\b)。该符号用于明确表示文字必须开始或结束于此。
如:“\bcat\b”精确匹配文字“cat”,而“concatenation”则被忽略。</p>
<b>Non word boundary</b>
<p>Select to insert the word boudary character (\B). \B is the negated version of \b.</p>
<b>无字边界</b>
<p>选择插入字边界符号 (\B)。“\B”是“\b”的否定。</p>
<b>Non word boundary</b>
<p>Select to insert the word boudary character (\B). \B is the negated version of \b. \B matches at every position where \b
does not. Effectively, \B matches at any position between two word characters as well as at any position between two non-word characters.</p>
<b>无字边界</b>
<p>选择插入字边界符号 (\B)。“\B”是“\b”的否定。“\B”匹配每个“\b”不匹配的位置。
事实上,“\B”不但匹配两个文字符号间的任何位置,还匹配两个非文字符号间的任何位置。</p>
<b>Positive lookahead: (?=<i>regexpr</i>)</b>
<p>Select to insert the positive lookhead brackets.</p>
<b>正向查找肯定: (?=<i>正则表达式</i>)</b>
<p>选择插入正向查找肯定括号。</p>
<b>Positive lookahead: (?=<i>regexpr</i>)</b>
<p>Select to insert the positive lookhead brackets. Basically, positive lookhead is used to match a character only if followed by another one.
Writting 'q(?=u)' means that you want to match the 'q' character only if it is followed by 'u'. In this statement 'u' is a trivial
regexp which may be replaced by a more complex expression; q(?=[abc])' will match a 'q' if followed by either 'a', 'b' or 'c'.</p>
<b>正向查找肯定: (?=<i>正则表达式</i>)</b>
<p>选择插入正向查找肯定括号。正向查找肯定主要用于仅当一个字符后跟随着另一个字符时,匹配该字符。
表达式“q(?=u)”表示仅当“q”后跟随着“u”时才匹配这个“q”。该语句中“u”是一个平常的正则表达式,
可以用更复杂的表达式替换它;“q(?=[abc])”将匹配其后跟随着“a”、“b”或“c”中之一的“q”。</p>
<b>Negative lookahead: (?!<i>regexpr</i>)</b>
<p>Select to insert the negative lookhead brackets.</p>
<b>正向查找否定: (?!<i>正则表达式</i>)</b>
<p>选择插入正向查找否定括号。</p>
<b>Negative lookahead: (?!<i>regexpr</i>)</b>
<p>Select to insert the negative lookhead brackets. Basically, negative lookhead is used to match a character only if it is not
followed by a another one. Writting 'q(?!u)' means that you want to match 'q' only if it is not followed by 'u'. In this statement, 'u' is a
trivial regexp which may be replaced by a more complex expression; 'q(?![abc])' will match a 'q' if it is followed by anything else than 'a', 'b' or 'c'.</p>
<b>正向查找否定: (?!<i>正则表达式</i>)</b>
<p>选择插入正向查找否定括号。正向查找否定主要用于仅当一个字符后没有跟随另一个字符时,匹配该字符。
表达式“q(?!u)”表示仅当“q”后没有跟随着“u”时才匹配这个“q”。该语句中“u”是一个平常的正则表达式,
可以用更复杂的表达式替换它;“q(?![abc])”将匹配其后没有跟随“a”、“b”或“c”中任何一个的“q”。</p>
<b>Positive lookbehind: (?<=<i>regexpr</i>)</b>
<p>Select to insert the positive lookbehind brackets.</p>
<b>反向查找肯定 (?<=<i>正则表达式</i>)</b>
<p>选择插入反向查找肯定括号。</p>
<b>Positive lookbehind: (?<=<i>regexpr</i>)</b>
<p>Select to insert the positive lookbehind brackets. Lookbehind has the same effect as lookahead, but works backwards.
It is used to match a character only if preceded by another one. Writting '(?<=u)q' means that you want to match the 'q' character
only if it is preceded by 'u'. As with lookhead, 'u' may be replaced by a more complex expression; '(?<=[abc])q' will match a 'q' if preceded by either 'a', 'b' or 'c'.</p>
<b>反向查找肯定 (?<=<i>正则表达式</i>)</b>
<p>选择插入反向查找肯定括号。反向查找与正向查找原理相同,但作用相反。反向查找肯定主要用于仅当一个
字符前存在另一个字符时,匹配该字符。表达式“(?<=u)q”表示仅当“q”前存在“u”时才匹配这个“q”。
与正向查找相同,“u”可以用更复杂的表达式替换它;“(?<=[abc])q”将匹配前面存在“a”、“b”或“c”中之一的“q”。</p>
<b>Negative lookbehind (?<!<i>regexpr</i>)</b>
<p>Select to insert the negative lookbehind brackets.</p>
<b>反向查找否定 (?<!<i>正则表达式</i>)</b><p>选择插入反向查找否定括号。</p>
<b>Negative lookbehind (?<!<i>regexpr</i>)</b>
<p>Select to insert the negative lookbehind brackets. Lookbehind has the same effect as lookahead,
but works backwards. It is used to match a character only if not preceded by another one. Writting '(?<!u)q' means that you want to match the 'q'
character only if it is not preceded by 'u'. As other lookaround, 'u' may be replaced by a more complex
expression; '(?<![abc])q' will match a 'q' only if not preceded by either 'a', 'b' nor 'c'.</p>
<b>反向查找否定 (?<!<i>正则表达式</i>)</b><p>选择插入反向查找否定括号。反向查找与正向查找原理相同,但作用相反。反向查找否定主要用于仅当一个字符前
不存在另一个字符时才匹配该字符。表达式“(?<!u)q”表示仅当“q”前不存在“u”时才匹配这个“q”。与正向
查找相同,“u”可以用更复杂的表达式替换它;“(?<![abc])q”将匹配前面不存在“a”、“b”或“c”中任何一个的“q”。</p>
<b>Undo last edit</b>
<b>撤消最后的编辑</b>
<b>Redo last edit</b>
<b>重做最后的编辑</b>
Regexp:
正则表达式:
"^" matches beginning of line, "$" matches end of line
“^”匹配行首,“$”匹配行尾
Match Linebreaks
匹配换行符
Verbose Regexp
松散正则表达式
Case Sensitive
区分大小写
Observe Locale
观察点
"." matches linebreaks as well
“.”也匹配换行符
Dot matches Linebreak
点匹配换行符
Text:
文本:
Python Version
Python 2
Python 3
ASCII
PyRegExpWizardRepeatDialog
Number of repetitions
重复次数
times
次数
and
和
Between
在两者之间
Exactly
精确地
Maximum
最大值
Minimum
最小值
Unlimited (incl. zero times)
无限(包含零次)
Minimal match
最小匹配
PyRegExpWizardWidget
Save
保存
Save the regular expression to a file
将正则表达式保存到一个文件中
Load
载入
Load a regular expression from a file
从一个文件中载入正则表达式
Validate
验证
Validate the regular expression
验证正则表达式
Execute
执行
Execute the regular expression
执行正则表达式
Next match
匹配下一个
Show the next match of the regular expression
显示正则表达式下一个匹配的项
Copy
复制
Copy the regular expression to the clipboard
将正则表达式复制到剪贴板
Named reference
命名的引用
No named groups have been defined yet.
已命名的组还没有被定义。
Select group name:
选择组名:
Save regular expression
保存正则表达式
RegExp Files (*.rx);;All Files (*)
正则表达式文件 (*.rx);;所有文件 (*)
Load regular expression
载入正则表达式
The regular expression is valid.
正则表达式有效。
Error
错误
Invalid regular expression: missing group name
无效的正则表达式:组名丢失
A regular expression must be given.
必须给定一个正则表达式。
Regexp
正则表达式
Offset
偏移
Captures
捕获
Text
文本
Characters
字符
Match
匹配
No more matches
没有更多的匹配
No matches
没有匹配
A regular expression and a text must be given.
必须给定一个正则表达式和一个文本。
Unicode
Unicode
ASCII
<p>The regular expression could not be saved.</p><p>Reason: {0}</p>
Invalid regular expression: {0}
Capture #{0}
<p>The file <b>{0}</b> already exists. Overwrite it?</p>
Validation
PythonPage
<b>Configure Python</b>
<b>配置 Python</b>
Encoding
编码
String Encoding:
字符串编码:
Select the string encoding to be used.
选择要使用的字符串编码
I/O Encoding:
I/O 编码:
Select the string encoding used by commandline tools.
使用命令行工具选择字符串编码。
Source association
Enter the file extensions to be associated with the Python versions separated by a space. They must not overlap with each other.
Python 2:
Python 3:
Python 2 Interpreter
Please configure the Python 2 interpreter on the 'Python 2 Debugger' page.
QRegExpWizard
QRegExp Wizard
QRegExp 向导
Q&RegExp Wizard...
Q&RegExp 向导
<b>QRegExp Wizard</b><p>This wizard opens a dialog for entering all the parameters needed to create a QRegExp. The generated code is inserted at the current cursor position.</p>
<b>QRegExp 向导</b><p>该向导打开一个对话框,可以输入创建一个 QRegExp(Qt 正则表达式)所需的所有参数。生成的代码插入到当前鼠标位置。</p>
No current editor
没有当前编辑器
Please open or create a file first.
请您先打开或创建一个文件。
QRegExpWizardCharactersDialog
Editor for character sets
字符集编辑器
The defined characters should not match
定义的字符不匹配
Predefined character ranges
预定义字符范围
Non-whitespace characters
非空格字符
Non-digits
非数字
Whitespace characters
空格字符
Digits
数字
Non-word characters
非单字字符
Word character
单字字符
Single character
单字符
Character ranges
字符范围
Normal character
标准字符
Unicode character in hexadecimal notation
16进制 Unicode 字符
Bell character (\a)
报警符号 (\a)
Page break (\f)
分页符 (\f)
Line feed (\n)
换行 (\n)
Carriage return (\r)
回车 (\r)
Horizontal tabulator (\t)
横向制表键 (\t)
Vertical tabulator (\v)
纵向制表键 (\v)
Additional Entries
附加条目
Between:
在如下两者之间:
And:
和:
Initial name character
Name character
Non-initial name character
Non-name character
ASCII/Latin1 character in octal notation
Character Category
Character Block
Not Character Category
Not Character Block
Letter, Any
Letter, Uppercase
Letter, Lowercase
Letter, Titlecase
Letter, Modifier
Letter, Other
Mark, Any
Mark, Nonspacing
Mark, Spacing Combining
Mark, Enclosing
Number, Any
Number, Decimal Digit
Number, Letter
Number, Other
Punctuation, Any
Punctuation, Connector
Punctuation, Dash
Punctuation, Open
Punctuation, Close
Punctuation, Initial Quote
Punctuation, Final Quote
Punctuation, Other
Symbol, Any
Symbol, Math
Symbol, Currency
Symbol, Modifier
Symbol, Other
Separator, Any
Separator, Space
Separator, Line
Separator, Paragraph
Other, Any
Other, Control
Other, Format
Other, Private Use
Other, Not Assigned
Basic Latin
Latin-1 Supplement
Latin Extended-A
Latin Extended-B
IPA Extensions
Spacing Modifier Letters
Combining Diacritical Marks
Greek
Cyrillic
Armenian
Hebrew
Arabic
Syriac
Thaana
Devanagari
Bengali
Gurmukhi
Gujarati
Oriya
Tamil
Telugu
Kannada
Malayalam
Sinhala
Thai
Lao
Tibetan
Myanmar
Georgian
Hangul Jamo
Ethiopic
Cherokee
Unified Canadian Aboriginal Syllabics
Ogham
Runic
Khmer
Mongolian
Latin Extended Additional
Greek Extended
General Punctuation
Superscripts and Subscripts
Currency Symbols
Combining Marks for Symbols
Letterlike Symbols
Number Forms
Arrows
Mathematical Operators
Miscellaneous Technical
Control Pictures
Optical Character Recognition
Enclosed Alphanumerics
Box Drawing
Block Elements
Geometric Shapes
Miscellaneous Symbols
Dingbats
Braille Patterns
CJK Radicals Supplement
KangXi Radicals
Ideographic Description Chars
CJK Symbols and Punctuation
Hiragana
Katakana
Bopomofo
Hangul Compatibility Jamo
Kanbun
Bopomofo Extended
Enclosed CJK Letters and Months
CJK Compatibility
CJK Unified Ideographs Extension A
CJK Unified Ideographs
Yi Syllables
Yi Radicals
Hangul Syllables
Private Use
CJK Compatibility Ideographs
Alphabetic Presentation Forms
Arabic Presentation Forms-A
Combining Half Marks
CJK Compatibility Forms
Small Form Variants
Arabic Presentation Forms-B
Halfwidth and Fullwidth Forms
Specials
Old Italic
Gothic
Deseret
Byzantine Musical Symbols
Musical Symbols
Mathematical Alphanumeric Symbols
CJK Unified Ideographic Extension B
CJK Compatapility Ideographic Supplement
Tags
QRegExpWizardRepeatDialog
Number of repetitions
重复次数
times
次数
and
和
Between
在两者之间
Exactly
精确地
Maximum
最大值
Minimum
最小值
Unlimited (incl. zero times)
无限(包含零次)
QRegExpWizardWidget
Save
保存
Save the regular expression to a file
将正则表达式保存到一个文件中
Load
载入
Load a regular expression from a file
从一个文件中载入正则表达式
Validate
验证
Validate the regular expression
验证正则表达式
Execute
执行
Execute the regular expression
执行正则表达式
Next match
匹配下一个
Show the next match of the regular expression
显示正则表达式下一个匹配的项
Copy
复制
Copy the regular expression to the clipboard
将正则表达式复制到剪贴板
Save regular expression
保存正则表达式
RegExp Files (*.rx);;All Files (*)
正则表达式文件 (*.rx);;所有文件 (*)
Load regular expression
载入正则表达式
The regular expression is valid.
正则表达式有效。
Error
错误
A regular expression must be given.
必须给定一个正则表达式。
Regexp
正则表达式
Offset
偏移
Captures
捕获
Text
文本
Characters
字符
Match
匹配
No more matches
没有更多的匹配
No matches
没有匹配
A regular expression and a text must be given.
必须给定一个正则表达式和一个文本。
<p>The regular expression could not be saved.</p><p>Reason: {0}</p>
Invalid regular expression: {0}
Capture #{0}
<p>The file <b>{0}</b> already exists. Overwrite it?</p>
Validation
QRegExp Wizard
QRegExp 向导
&Variable Name:
变量名(&V):
Pattern Syntax:
Select the pattern syntax
<b>Undo last edit</b>
<b>撤消最后的编辑</b>
<b>Redo last edit</b>
<b>重做最后的编辑</b>
<b>Single character of a range (e.g. [abcd])</b><p>Select a single character of a range via a specific dialog.</p>
<b>单字符范围(如:[abcd])</b><p>通过特殊对话框选择单字符范围。</p>
<b>Single character of a range (e.g. [abcd])</b><p>Select a single character of a range via a specific dialog. This dialog will help to edit the range of characters and add some specific conditions.</p>
<b>Any character: '.'</b>
<p>Select to insert a dot (.) in your regexp.</p>
<b>任何字符: '.'</b>
<p>选择在正则表达式中输入一个点 (.)。</p>
<b>Any character: '.'</b>
<p>Select to insert a dot (.) in your regexp. The dot matches a single character, except line break characters (by default).
E.g. 'gr.y' matches 'gray', 'grey', 'gr%y', etc. Use the dot sparingly. Often, a character class or negated
character class is faster and more precise.</p>
<b>任何字符: '.'</b><p>选择在正则表达式中输入一个点 (.)。点可以匹配一个单字符,换行符除外(默认)。
如:“gr.y”可以匹配“gray”、“grey”、“gr%y”等。尽量少用“点”。通常情况下,
字符类或非字符类比较快也比较精确。 </p>
<b>Repeat contents</b>
<p>Select a repetition condition via a specific dialog. This dialog will help to specify the allowed range for repetitions.</p>
<b>重复内容</b>
<p>通过特殊对话框选择一个重复条件。该对话框将帮助您指定重复的允许范围。</p>
<b>Non capturing parentheses: (?:)</b>
<p>Select to insert some non capturing brackets.</p>
<b>非捕获圆括号: (?:)</b>
<p>选择插入一些非捕获括号。</p>
<b>Non capturing parentheses: (?:)</b>
<p>Select to insert some non capturing brackets. It can be used to apply a regexp quantifier (eg. '?' or '+') to the entire
group of characters inside the brakets. E.g. the regex 'Set(?:Value)?' matches 'Set' or 'SetValue'. The '?:' inside the brakets
means that the content of the match (called the backreference) is not stored for further use.</p>
<b>非捕获圆括号: (?:)</b>
<p>选择插入一些非捕获括号。可用于将正则表达式量词(如:“?”或“+”)应用到括号中的符号条目组当中。
如:正则表达式“Set(?:Value)?”匹配“Set”或“SetValue”。括号中的“?:”表示匹配的内容(调用的后备
引用)在后续的使用中无效。</p>
<b>Group: ()</b>
<p>Select to insert some capturing brackets.</p>
<b>组: ()</b>
<p>选择插入一些捕获括号。</p>
<b>Group: ()</b>
<p>Select to insert some capturing brackets. They can be used to apply a regexp quantifier (e.g. '?' or '+') to the entire group of
characters inside the brakets. E.g. the regex 'Set(Value)?' matches 'Set' or 'SetValue'. Contrary to non-capturing parentheses,
the backreference matched inside the brakets is stored for further use (i.e. 'Value' in the second example above).
One can access the backereference with the '\1' expression. </p>
<p>E.g. '([a-c])x\1x\1' will match 'axaxa', 'bxbxb' and 'cxcxc'.</p>
<b>组: ()</b>
<p>选择插入一些捕获括号。可用于将正则表达式量词(如:“?”或“+”)应用到括号中的符号条目组当中。
如:正则表达式“Set(?:Value)?”匹配“Set”或“SetValue”。与非捕获圆括号相反,在括号中匹配的背景
参考被保存下来以便后续使用(如:上面第二个例子中的“Value”)。可以通过“\1”表达式访问后备引用。</p>
<p>例:“([a-c])x\1x\1”将匹配“axaxa”、“bxbxb”和“cxcxc”。</p>
<b>Alternatives: '|'</b>
<p>Select to insert the alternation symbol '|'. </p>
<b>或:“|”</b>
<p>选择插入一个或符号“|”。 </p>
<b>Alternatives: '|'</b>
<p>Select to insert the alternation symbol '|'. The alternation is used to match a single regular expression out of
several possible regular expressions. E.g. 'cat|dog|mouse|fish' matches words containing the word 'cat', 'dog','mouse' or 'fish'.
Be aware that in the above example, the alternatives refer to whole or part of words. If you want to match exactly the
words 'cat', 'dog', ... you should express the fact that you only want to match complete words: '\b(cat|dog|mouse|fish)\b'</p>
<b>或:“|”</b>
<p>选择插入一个或符号“|”。“或”用于匹配多个可能的正则表达式中的一个正则表达式。如:“cat|dog|mouse|fish”
匹配包含文字“cat”、“dog”、“mouse”或“fish”的那些文字。注意在上面的例子中,“或”指代整个或部分文字。
如果你想要精确地匹配文字“cat”、“dog”、……,你应该明确地表示你只想匹配完整的文字:“\b(cat|dog|mouse|fish)\b”</p>
<b>Begin of line: '^'</b>
<p>Select to insert the start line character (^).</p>
<b>行首:“^”</b>
<p>选择插入开始行字符 (^)。</p>
<b>Begin of line: '^'</b>
<p>Select to insert the start line character (^). It is used to find some expressions at the begining of lines.
E.g. '^[A-Z]' match lines starting with a capitalized character. </p>
<b>行首:“^”</b>
<p>选择插入开始行字符 (^)。用于查找位于行首的某表达式。
如:“^[A-Z]”在行首位置匹配一个大字字母。</p>
<b>End of line: '$'</b>
<p>Select to insert the end of line character ($).</p>
<b>行尾:“$”</b>
<p>选择插入行尾字符 ($)。</p>
<b>End of line: '$'</b>
<p>Select to insert the end of line character ($). It is used to find some expressions at the end of lines.</p>
<b>行尾:“$”</b>
<p>选择插入行尾字符 ($)。用于在行尾查找某些字符。</p>
<b>Word boundary</b>
<p>Select to insert the word boudary character (\b).</p>
<b>字边界</b>
<p>选择插入字边界符号 (\b)。</p>
<b>Word boundary</b>
<p>Select to insert the word boudary character (\b). This character is used to express the fact that word
must begin or end at this position. E.g. '\bcat\b' matches exactly the word 'cat' while 'concatenation' is ignored.</p>
<b>字边界</b><p>选择插入字边界符号 (\b)。该符号用于明确表示文字必须开始或结束于此。
如:“\bcat\b”精确匹配文字“cat”,而“concatenation”则被忽略。</p>
<b>Non word boundary</b>
<p>Select to insert the word boudary character (\B). \B is the negated version of \b.</p>
<b>无字边界</b>
<p>选择插入字边界符号 (\B)。“\B”是“\b”的否定。</p>
<b>Non word boundary</b>
<p>Select to insert the word boudary character (\B). \B is the negated version of \b. \B matches at every position where \b
does not. Effectively, \B matches at any position between two word characters as well as at any position between two non-word characters.</p>
<b>无字边界</b>
<p>选择插入字边界符号 (\B)。“\B”是“\b”的否定。“\B”匹配每个“\b”不匹配的位置。
事实上,“\B”不但匹配两个文字符号间的任何位置,还匹配两个非文字符号间的任何位置。</p>
<b>Positive lookahead: (?=<i>regexpr</i>)</b>
<p>Select to insert the positive lookhead brackets.</p>
<b>正向查找肯定: (?=<i>正则表达式</i>)</b>
<p>选择插入正向查找肯定括号。</p>
<b>Positive lookahead: (?=<i>regexpr</i>)</b>
<p>Select to insert the positive lookhead brackets. Basically, positive lookhead is used to match a character only if followed by another one.
Writting 'q(?=u)' means that you want to match the 'q' character only if it is followed by 'u'. In this statement 'u' is a trivial
regexp which may be replaced by a more complex expression; q(?=[abc])' will match a 'q' if followed by either 'a', 'b' or 'c'.</p>
<b>正向查找肯定: (?=<i>正则表达式</i>)</b>
<p>选择插入正向查找肯定括号。正向查找肯定主要用于仅当一个字符后跟随着另一个字符时,匹配该字符。
表达式“q(?=u)”表示仅当“q”后跟随着“u”时才匹配这个“q”。该语句中“u”是一个平常的正则表达式,
可以用更复杂的表达式替换它;“q(?=[abc])”将匹配其后跟随着“a”、“b”或“c”中之一的“q”。</p>
<b>Negative lookahead: (?!<i>regexpr</i>)</b>
<p>Select to insert the negative lookhead brackets.</p>
<b>正向查找否定: (?!<i>正则表达式</i>)</b>
<p>选择插入正向查找否定括号。</p>
<b>Negative lookahead: (?!<i>regexpr</i>)</b>
<p>Select to insert the negative lookhead brackets. Basically, negative lookhead is used to match a character only if it is not
followed by a another one. Writting 'q(?!u)' means that you want to match 'q' only if it is not followed by 'u'. In this statement, 'u' is a
trivial regexp which may be replaced by a more complex expression; 'q(?![abc])' will match a 'q' if it is followed by anything else than 'a', 'b' or 'c'.</p>
<b>正向查找否定: (?!<i>正则表达式</i>)</b>
<p>选择插入正向查找否定括号。正向查找否定主要用于仅当一个字符后没有跟随另一个字符时,匹配该字符。
表达式“q(?!u)”表示仅当“q”后没有跟随着“u”时才匹配这个“q”。该语句中“u”是一个平常的正则表达式,
可以用更复杂的表达式替换它;“q(?![abc])”将匹配其后没有跟随“a”、“b”或“c”中任何一个的“q”。</p>
<b>Any character: '.'</b>
<p>Select to insert a question mark (?) in your regexp.</p>
<b>Any character: '.'</b>
<p>Select to insert a question mark (?) in your regexp. The question mark matches a single character.
E.g. 'gr?y' matches 'gray', 'grey', 'gr%y', etc.</p>
<b>Repeat contents</b>
<p>Inserts a repetition (*) character into the regexp.</p>
<b>Repeat contents</b>
<p>Inserts a repetition (*) character into the regexp. That will match zero or more of any character.</p>
<b>Group: ()</b>
<p>Select to insert some capturing brackets. They can be used to apply a regexp quantifier (e.g. '?' or '+') to the entire group of
characters inside the brakets. E.g. the regex 'Set(Value)?' matches 'Set' or 'SetValue'.</p>
<b>Alternatives: '|'</b>
<p>Select to insert the alternation symbol '|'. The alternation is used to match a single regular expression out of
several possible regular expressions. E.g. 'cat|dog|mouse|fish' matches words containing the word 'cat', 'dog','mouse' or 'fish'.</p>
&Regexp:
正则表达式(&R):
&Text:
文本(&T):
Case &Sensitive
区分大小写(&S)
Alt+S
Alt+S
&Minimal
最小化(&M)
Alt+M
Alt+M
QRegularExpressionWizard
QRegularExpression Wizard
QRegularE&xpression Wizard...
<b>QRegularExpression Wizard</b><p>This wizard opens a dialog for entering all the parameters needed to create a QRegularExpression string. The generated code is inserted at the current cursor position.</p>
No current editor
没有当前编辑器
Please open or create a file first.
请您先打开或创建一个文件。
QRegularExpressionWizardCharactersDialog
Editor for character sets
字符集编辑器
The defined characters should not match
定义的字符不匹配
Predefined character ranges
预定义字符范围
Word character
单字字符
Digit
Newline
Non-word character
Non-digit
Non-newline
Whitespace character
Horizontal whitespace character
Vertical whitespace character
Non-whitespace character
Non-horizontal whitespace character
Non-vertical whitespace character
Single character
单字符
Character ranges
字符范围
Normal character
标准字符
Unicode character in hexadecimal notation
16进制 Unicode 字符
ASCII/Latin1 character in octal notation
Bell character (\a)
报警符号 (\a)
Escape character (\e)
Page break (\f)
分页符 (\f)
Line feed (\n)
换行 (\n)
Carriage return (\r)
回车 (\r)
Horizontal tabulator (\t)
横向制表键 (\t)
Character Category
Special Character Category
Character Block
POSIX Named Set
Not Character Category
Not Character Block
Not Special Character Category
Not POSIX Named Set
Additional Entries
附加条目
Letter, Any
Letter, Lower case
Letter, Modifier
Letter, Other
Letter, Title case
Letter, Upper case
Letter, Lower, Upper or Title
Mark, Any
Mark, Spacing
Mark, Enclosing
Mark, Non-spacing
Number, Any
Number, Decimal
Number, Letter
Number, Other
Punctuation, Any
Punctuation, Connector
Punctuation, Dash
Punctuation, Close
Punctuation, Final
Punctuation, Initial
Punctuation, Other
Punctuation, Open
Symbol, Any
Symbol, Currency
Symbol, Modifier
Symbol, Mathematical
Symbol, Other
Separator, Any
Separator, Line
Separator, Paragraph
Separator, Space
Other, Any
Other, Control
Other, Format
Other, Unassigned
Other, Private Use
Other, Surrogat
Alphanumeric
POSIX Space
Perl Space
Universal Character
Perl Word
Arabic
Armenian
Avestan
Balinese
Bamum
Batak
Bengali
Bopomofo
Brahmi
Braille
Buginese
Buhid
Canadian Aboriginal
Carian
Chakma
Cham
Cherokee
Common
Coptic
Cuneiform
Cypriot
Cyrillic
Devanagari
Egyptian Hieroglyphs
Ethiopic
Georgian
Glagolitic
Gothic
Greek
Gujarati
Gurmukhi
Han
Hangul
Hanunoo
Hebrew
Hiragana
Imperial Aramaic
Inherited
Inscriptional Pahlavi
Inscriptional Parthian
Javanese
Kaithi
Kannada
Katakana
Kayah Li
Kharoshthi
Khmer
Lao
Latin
Lepcha
Limbu
Linear B
Lisu
Lycian
Lydian
Malayalam
Mandaic
Meetei Mayek
Meroitic Cursive
Meroitic Hieroglyphs
Miao
Mongolian
Myanmar
New Tai Lue
Ogham
Old Italic
Old Persian
Old South Arabian
Ol Chiki
Oriya
Osmanya
Phoenician
Rejang
Runic
Samaritan
Saurashtra
Sharada
Shavian
Sinhala
Sora Sompeng
Sundanese
Syloti Nagri
Syriac
Tagalog
Tagbanwa
Tai Le
Tai Tham
Tai Viet
Takri
Tamil
Telugu
Thaana
Thai
Tibetan
Tifinagh
Ugaritic
Vai
Yi
Alphabetic
ASCII
Word Letter
Lower Case Letter
Upper Case Letter
Decimal Digit
Hexadecimal Digit
Space or Tab
White Space
Printing (excl. space)
Printing (incl. space)
Printing (excl. alphanumeric)
Control Character
Between:
在如下两者之间:
And:
和:
Deseret
N'Ko
Old Turkic
Phags-pa
QRegularExpressionWizardDialog
QRegularExpression Wizard
Variable Name:
变量名:
<b>Comment: (?#)</b>
<p>Insert some comment inside your regexp.</p>
<b>注释: (?#)</b>
<p>在正则表达式中插入注释</p>
<b>Comment: (?#)</b>
<p>Insert some comment inside your regexp.The regex engine ignores everything after the (?# until the first closing round bracket.
The following example could clarify the regexp which match a valid date: </p>
<p>(?#year)(19|20)\d\d[- /.](?#month)(0[1-9]|1[012])[- /.](?#day)(0[1-9]|[12][0-9]|3[01])</p>
<b>注释: (?#)</b>
<p>在正则表达式中插入注释。正则表达式引擎将忽略介于“(?#”和“)”之间的任何字符。
下面的例子清楚地表示了匹配有效日期的正则表达式: </p>
<p>(?#year)(19|20)\d\d[- /.](?#month)(0[1-9]|1[012])[- /.](?#day)(0[1-9]|[12][0-9]|3[01])</p>
<b>Single character of a range (e.g. [abcd])</b><p>Select a single character of a range via a specific dialog.</p>
<b>单字符范围(如:[abcd])</b><p>通过特殊对话框选择单字符范围。</p>
<b>Single character of a range (e.g. [abcd])</b><p>Select a single character of a range via a specific dialog. This dialog will help to edit the range of characters and add some specific conditions.</p>s
<b>单字符范围(如:[abcd])</b><p>通过特殊对话框选择单字符范围。该对话框将帮助您编辑字符范围并添加一些特殊条件。</p>
<b>Any character: '.'</b>
<p>Select to insert a dot (.) in your regexp.</p>
<b>任何字符: '.'</b>
<p>选择在正则表达式中输入一个点 (.)。</p>
<b>Any character: '.'</b>
<p>Select to insert a dot (.) in your regexp. The dot matches a single character, except line break characters (by default).
E.g. 'gr.y' matches 'gray', 'grey', 'gr%y', etc. Use the dot sparingly. Often, a character class or negated
character class is faster and more precise.</p>
<b>任何字符: '.'</b><p>选择在正则表达式中输入一个点 (.)。点可以匹配一个单字符,换行符除外(默认)。
如:“gr.y”可以匹配“gray”、“grey”、“gr%y”等。尽量少用“点”。通常情况下,
字符类或非字符类比较快也比较精确。 </p>
<b>Repeat contents</b>
<p>Select a repetition condition via a specific dialog. This dialog will help to specify the allowed range for repetitions.</p>
<b>重复内容</b>
<p>通过特殊对话框选择一个重复条件。该对话框将帮助您指定重复的允许范围。</p>
<b>Non capturing parentheses: (?:)</b>
<p>Select to insert some non capturing brackets.</p>
<b>非捕获圆括号: (?:)</b>
<p>选择插入一些非捕获括号。</p>
<b>Non capturing parentheses: (?:)</b>
<p>Select to insert some non capturing brackets. It can be used to apply a regexp quantifier (eg. '?' or '+') to the entire
group of characters inside the brakets. E.g. the regex 'Set(?:Value)?' matches 'Set' or 'SetValue'. The '?:' inside the brakets
means that the content of the match (called the backreference) is not stored for further use.</p>
<b>非捕获圆括号: (?:)</b>
<p>选择插入一些非捕获括号。可用于将正则表达式量词(如:“?”或“+”)应用到括号中的符号条目组当中。
如:正则表达式“Set(?:Value)?”匹配“Set”或“SetValue”。括号中的“?:”表示匹配的内容(调用的后备
引用)在后续的使用中无效。</p>
<b>Atomic non capturing parentheses: (?>)</b>
<p>Select to insert some atomic non capturing brackets.</p>
<b>Atomic non capturing parentheses: (?>)</b>
<p>Select to insert some atomic non capturing brackets. It can be used to apply a regexp quantifier (eg. '?' or '+') to the entire
group of characters inside the brakets. E.g. the regex 'Set(?>Value)?' matches 'Set' or 'SetValue'. The '?>' inside the brakets
means that the content of the match (called the backreference) is not stored for further use.</p>
<b>Group: ()</b>
<p>Select to insert some capturing brackets.</p>
<b>组: ()</b>
<p>选择插入一些捕获括号。</p>
<b>Group: ()</b>
<p>Select to insert some capturing brackets. They can be used to apply a regexp quantifier (e.g. '?' or '+') to the entire group of
characters inside the brakets. E.g. the regex 'Set(Value)?' matches 'Set' or 'SetValue'. Contrary to non-capturing parentheses,
the backreference matched inside the brakets is stored for further use (i.e. 'Value' in the second example above).
One can access the backereference with the '\1' expression. </p>
<p>E.g. '([a-c])x\1x\1' will match 'axaxa', 'bxbxb' and 'cxcxc'.</p>
<b>组: ()</b>
<p>选择插入一些捕获括号。可用于将正则表达式量词(如:“?”或“+”)应用到括号中的符号条目组当中。
如:正则表达式“Set(?:Value)?”匹配“Set”或“SetValue”。与非捕获圆括号相反,在括号中匹配的背景
参考被保存下来以便后续使用(如:上面第二个例子中的“Value”)。可以通过“\1”表达式访问后备引用。</p>
<p>例:“([a-c])x\1x\1”将匹配“axaxa”、“bxbxb”和“cxcxc”。</p>
<b>Named group: (?P<<i>groupname</i>>)</b>
<p>Select to insert some named group brackets.</p>
<b>命名的组: (?P<<i>组名</i>>)</b>
<p>选择插入一些被命名的成组的括号。</p>
<b>Named group: (?P<<i>groupname</i>>)</b>
<p>Select to insert some named group brackets. Usage is similar to standard group parentheses as the matched
backreference is also stored for further usage. The difference is that a name is given to the match. This is useful when
the work to do on the match becomes a bit complicated. One can access the backreference via the group name (i.e (?P=<i>groupname</i>)).
E.g. (?P<foo>[abc])x(?P=foo)x(?P=foo)x matches 'axaxax','bxbxbx' or 'cxcxcx' ('foo' is the group name)</p>
<b>命名的组: (?P<<i>组名</i>>)</b>
<p>选择插入一些被命名的成组的括号。用法近似于标准的成组圆括号,匹配的后备引用也被保存起来以便后续使用。
区别是给定一个名称用于匹配。当要完成的工作变得更复杂的时候这是很有用的。可以通过组名访问后备引用(如:
(?P=<i>组名</i>))。
例:(?P<foo>[abc])x(?P=foo)x(?P=foo)x 匹配“axaxax”、“bxbxbx”或“cxcxcx” (“foo”为组名)</p>
<b>Reference named group: (?P=<i>groupname</i>)</b>
<p>Select to insert a reference to named group previously declared.</p>
<b>引用已命名组: (?P=<i>组名</i>)</b>
<p>选择插入以前声明的已命名组的引用。</p>
<b>Reference named group: (?P=<i>groupname</i>)</b>
<p>Select to insert a reference to named group previously declared. Each reference group refers to the match
found by the corresponding named group. In the following example, (?P=foo) may refer to the charaters 'a','b' or 'c'.</p>
<p>E.g. (?P<foo>[abc])x(?P=foo)x(?P=foo)x matches 'axaxax','bxbxbx' or 'cxcxcx'.</p>
<b>引用已命名组: (?P=<i>组名</i>)</b>
<p>选择插入以前声明的已命名组的引用。每个引用组均指向由相应命名组建立的匹配。
在如下的例子中,(?P=foo) 可能指向字符“a”、“b”或“c”。
例:(?P<foo>[abc])x(?P=foo)x(?P=foo)x 匹配“axaxax”、“bxbxbx”或“cxcxcx”。</p>
<b>Alternatives: '|'</b>
<p>Select to insert the alternation symbol '|'. </p>
<b>或:“|”</b>
<p>选择插入一个或符号“|”。 </p>
<b>Alternatives: '|'</b>
<p>Select to insert the alternation symbol '|'. The alternation is used to match a single regular expression out of
several possible regular expressions. E.g. 'cat|dog|mouse|fish' matches words containing the word 'cat', 'dog','mouse' or 'fish'.
Be aware that in the above example, the alternatives refer to whole or part of words. If you want to match exactly the
words 'cat', 'dog', ... you should express the fact that you only want to match complete words: '\b(cat|dog|mouse|fish)\b'</p>
<b>或:“|”</b>
<p>选择插入一个或符号“|”。“或”用于匹配多个可能的正则表达式中的一个正则表达式。如:“cat|dog|mouse|fish”
匹配包含文字“cat”、“dog”、“mouse”或“fish”的那些文字。注意在上面的例子中,“或”指代整个或部分文字。
如果你想要精确地匹配文字“cat”、“dog”、……,你应该明确地表示你只想匹配完整的文字:“\b(cat|dog|mouse|fish)\b”</p>
<b>Begin of line: '^'</b>
<p>Select to insert the start line character (^).</p>
<b>行首:“^”</b>
<p>选择插入开始行字符 (^)。</p>
<b>Begin of line: '^'</b>
<p>Select to insert the start line character (^). It is used to find some expressions at the begining of lines.
E.g. '^[A-Z]' match lines starting with a capitalized character. </p>
<b>行首:“^”</b>
<p>选择插入开始行字符 (^)。用于查找位于行首的某表达式。
如:“^[A-Z]”在行首位置匹配一个大字字母。</p>
<b>End of line: '$'</b>
<p>Select to insert the end of line character ($).</p>
<b>行尾:“$”</b>
<p>选择插入行尾字符 ($)。</p>
<b>End of line: '$'</b>
<p>Select to insert the end of line character ($). It is used to find some expressions at the end of lines.</p>
<b>行尾:“$”</b>
<p>选择插入行尾字符 ($)。用于在行尾查找某些字符。</p>
<b>Word boundary</b>
<p>Select to insert the word boudary character (\b).</p>
<b>字边界</b>
<p>选择插入字边界符号 (\b)。</p>
<b>Word boundary</b>
<p>Select to insert the word boudary character (\b). This character is used to express the fact that word
must begin or end at this position. E.g. '\bcat\b' matches exactly the word 'cat' while 'concatenation' is ignored.</p>
<b>字边界</b><p>选择插入字边界符号 (\b)。该符号用于明确表示文字必须开始或结束于此。
如:“\bcat\b”精确匹配文字“cat”,而“concatenation”则被忽略。</p>
<b>Non word boundary</b>
<p>Select to insert the word boudary character (\B). \B is the negated version of \b.</p>
<b>无字边界</b>
<p>选择插入字边界符号 (\B)。“\B”是“\b”的否定。</p>
<b>Non word boundary</b>
<p>Select to insert the word boudary character (\B). \B is the negated version of \b. \B matches at every position where \b
does not. Effectively, \B matches at any position between two word characters as well as at any position between two non-word characters.</p>
<b>无字边界</b>
<p>选择插入字边界符号 (\B)。“\B”是“\b”的否定。“\B”匹配每个“\b”不匹配的位置。
事实上,“\B”不但匹配两个文字符号间的任何位置,还匹配两个非文字符号间的任何位置。</p>
<b>Positive lookahead: (?=<i>regexpr</i>)</b>
<p>Select to insert the positive lookhead brackets.</p>
<b>正向查找肯定: (?=<i>正则表达式</i>)</b>
<p>选择插入正向查找肯定括号。</p>
<b>Positive lookahead: (?=<i>regexpr</i>)</b>
<p>Select to insert the positive lookhead brackets. Basically, positive lookhead is used to match a character only if followed by another one.
Writting 'q(?=u)' means that you want to match the 'q' character only if it is followed by 'u'. In this statement 'u' is a trivial
regexp which may be replaced by a more complex expression; q(?=[abc])' will match a 'q' if followed by either 'a', 'b' or 'c'.</p>
<b>正向查找肯定: (?=<i>正则表达式</i>)</b>
<p>选择插入正向查找肯定括号。正向查找肯定主要用于仅当一个字符后跟随着另一个字符时,匹配该字符。
表达式“q(?=u)”表示仅当“q”后跟随着“u”时才匹配这个“q”。该语句中“u”是一个平常的正则表达式,
可以用更复杂的表达式替换它;“q(?=[abc])”将匹配其后跟随着“a”、“b”或“c”中之一的“q”。</p>
<b>Negative lookahead: (?!<i>regexpr</i>)</b>
<p>Select to insert the negative lookhead brackets.</p>
<b>正向查找否定: (?!<i>正则表达式</i>)</b>
<p>选择插入正向查找否定括号。</p>
<b>Negative lookahead: (?!<i>regexpr</i>)</b>
<p>Select to insert the negative lookhead brackets. Basically, negative lookhead is used to match a character only if it is not
followed by a another one. Writting 'q(?!u)' means that you want to match 'q' only if it is not followed by 'u'. In this statement, 'u' is a
trivial regexp which may be replaced by a more complex expression; 'q(?![abc])' will match a 'q' if it is followed by anything else than 'a', 'b' or 'c'.</p>
<b>正向查找否定: (?!<i>正则表达式</i>)</b>
<p>选择插入正向查找否定括号。正向查找否定主要用于仅当一个字符后没有跟随另一个字符时,匹配该字符。
表达式“q(?!u)”表示仅当“q”后没有跟随着“u”时才匹配这个“q”。该语句中“u”是一个平常的正则表达式,
可以用更复杂的表达式替换它;“q(?![abc])”将匹配其后没有跟随“a”、“b”或“c”中任何一个的“q”。</p>
<b>Positive lookbehind: (?<=<i>regexpr</i>)</b>
<p>Select to insert the positive lookbehind brackets.</p>
<b>反向查找肯定 (?<=<i>正则表达式</i>)</b>
<p>选择插入反向查找肯定括号。</p>
<b>Positive lookbehind: (?<=<i>regexpr</i>)</b>
<p>Select to insert the positive lookbehind brackets. Lookbehind has the same effect as lookahead, but works backwards.
It is used to match a character only if preceded by another one. Writting '(?<=u)q' means that you want to match the 'q' character
only if it is preceded by 'u'. As with lookhead, 'u' may be replaced by a more complex expression; '(?<=[abc])q' will match a 'q' if preceded by either 'a', 'b' or 'c'.</p>
<b>反向查找肯定 (?<=<i>正则表达式</i>)</b>
<p>选择插入反向查找肯定括号。反向查找与正向查找原理相同,但作用相反。反向查找肯定主要用于仅当一个
字符前存在另一个字符时,匹配该字符。表达式“(?<=u)q”表示仅当“q”前存在“u”时才匹配这个“q”。
与正向查找相同,“u”可以用更复杂的表达式替换它;“(?<=[abc])q”将匹配前面存在“a”、“b”或“c”中之一的“q”。</p>
<b>Negative lookbehind (?<!<i>regexpr</i>)</b>
<p>Select to insert the negative lookbehind brackets.</p>
<b>反向查找否定 (?<!<i>正则表达式</i>)</b><p>选择插入反向查找否定括号。</p>
<b>Negative lookbehind (?<!<i>regexpr</i>)</b>
<p>Select to insert the negative lookbehind brackets. Lookbehind has the same effect as lookahead,
but works backwards. It is used to match a character only if not preceded by another one. Writting '(?<!u)q' means that you want to match the 'q'
character only if it is not preceded by 'u'. As other lookaround, 'u' may be replaced by a more complex
expression; '(?<![abc])q' will match a 'q' only if not preceded by either 'a', 'b' nor 'c'.</p>
<b>反向查找否定 (?<!<i>正则表达式</i>)</b><p>选择插入反向查找否定括号。反向查找与正向查找原理相同,但作用相反。反向查找否定主要用于仅当一个字符前
不存在另一个字符时才匹配该字符。表达式“(?<!u)q”表示仅当“q”前不存在“u”时才匹配这个“q”。与正向
查找相同,“u”可以用更复杂的表达式替换它;“(?<![abc])q”将匹配前面不存在“a”、“b”或“c”中任何一个的“q”。</p>
<b>Undo last edit</b>
<b>撤消最后的编辑</b>
<b>Redo last edit</b>
<b>重做最后的编辑</b>
Regexp:
正则表达式:
Text:
文本:
Case Insensitive
"^" matches beginning of line, "$" matches end of line
“^”匹配行首,“$”匹配行尾
Match Linebreaks
匹配换行符
"." matches everything including linebreaks
Dot matches everything
Extended Pattern Syntax
Inverted Greediness
Unicode
Unicode
Non-named capturing groups do not capture substrings
Don't Capture
QRegularExpressionWizardRepeatDialog
Number of repetitions
重复次数
Quantifier
times
次数
and
和
Between
在两者之间
Exactly
精确地
Maximum
最大值
Minimum
最小值
Unlimited (incl. zero times)
无限(包含零次)
Greediness
Greedy
Possessive
Lazy
QRegularExpressionWizardWidget
Save
保存
Save the regular expression to a file
将正则表达式保存到一个文件中
Load
载入
Load a regular expression from a file
从一个文件中载入正则表达式
Validate
验证
Validate the regular expression
验证正则表达式
Execute
执行
Execute the regular expression
执行正则表达式
Next match
匹配下一个
Show the next match of the regular expression
显示正则表达式下一个匹配的项
Copy
复制
Copy the regular expression to the clipboard
将正则表达式复制到剪贴板
Named reference
命名的引用
No named groups have been defined yet.
已命名的组还没有被定义。
Select group name:
选择组名:
Save regular expression
保存正则表达式
<p>The file <b>{0}</b> already exists. Overwrite it?</p>
<p>The regular expression could not be saved.</p><p>Reason: {0}</p>
Load regular expression
载入正则表达式
Validation
The regular expression is valid.
正则表达式有效。
Error
错误
Invalid regular expression: {0}
A regular expression must be given.
必须给定一个正则表达式。
Regexp
正则表达式
Offset
偏移
Captures
捕获
Text
文本
Characters
字符
Match
匹配
Capture #{0}
No more matches
没有更多的匹配
No matches
没有匹配
A regular expression and a text must be given.
必须给定一个正则表达式和一个文本。
RegExp Files (*.rx);;All Files (*)
正则表达式文件 (*.rx);;所有文件 (*)
Communication Error
<p>The PyQt5 backend reported an error.</p><p>{0}</p>
Invalid response received from PyQt5 backend.
Communication with PyQt5 backend failed.
QtHelpAccessHandler
<title>Error 404...</title><div align="center"><br><br><h1>The page could not be found</h1><br><h3>'{0}'</h3></div>
QtHelpDocumentationDialog
Manage QtHelp Documentation Database
Registered Documents
Add...
添加……
Remove
移除
Add Documentation
Qt Compressed Help Files (*.qch)
Remove Documentation
Press to select QtHelp documents to add to the database
Press to remove the selected documents from the database
Do you really want to remove the selected documentation sets from the database?
The file <b>{0}</b> is not a valid Qt Help File.
The namespace <b>{0}</b> is already registered.
Some documents currently opened reference the documentation you are attempting to remove. Removing the documentation will close those documents. Remove anyway?
QtHelpFiltersDialog
Manage QtHelp Filters
Filters:
Attributes:
1
1
Press to add a new filter
Add Filter
Filter name:
Add Filter ...
Press to remove the selected filters
Remove Filters
Press to remove the selected attributes
Remove Attributes
Press to select all unused attributes
Select Unused
Do you really want to remove the selected filters from the database?
Do you really want to remove the selected attributes from the database?
QtPage
<b>Configure Qt</b>
<b>配置 Qt</b>
Qt Tools
Qt 工具
This gives an example of the complete tool name
这里给出了完整工具名称的一个范例
designer
设计师
Select Qt4 Translations Directory
选择 Qt4 翻译文件夹
<font color="#FF0000"><b>Note:</b> This setting is activated at the next startup of the application.</font>
<font color="#FF0000"><b>注意:</b> 该设置将在下次启动应用程序时生效。</font>
The tool executable is composed of the prefix, the tool name and the postfix. For win, the extension is added automatically.
Qt Translations Directory
Press to select the Qt translations directory via a directory selection dialog
Enter the path of the Qt translations directory.
<b>Note:</b> Leave this entry empty to use the QT4TRANSLATIONSDIR environment variable or the path compiled into the Qt library.
Qt-Prefix:
Enter the prefix for the Qt tools name
Qt-Postfix:
Enter the postfix for the Qt tools name
pyuic / pyside-uic Options
Indent Width:
Select the indent width (default: 4)
Generate imports relative to '.'
Queues
New Patch
Update Current Patch
Pop Patches
Push Patches
Go to Patch
Select Patch
Select the target patch name:
No patches to select from.
Finish Applied Patches
Rename Patch
Select the patch to be deleted:
Delete Patch
Fold Patches
No patches selected.
No patches available to be folded.
List Guards
No patches available to list guards for.
Define Guards
No patches available to define guards for.
Drop All Guards
Select the patch to drop guards for (leave empty for the current patch):
Set Active Guards
No guards available to select from.
Deactivate Guards
Create New Queue
Rename Active Queue
Error while creating a new queue.
Error while renaming the active queue.
Purge Queue
Delete Queue
Activate Queue
Error while purging the queue.
Error while deleting the queue.
Error while setting the active queue.
Available Queues
Initializing new queue repository
QueuesProjectHelper
New Patch
New Patch...
Create a new patch
<b>New Patch</b><p>This creates a new named patch.</p>
Update Current Patch
Update the current patch
<b>Update Current Patch</b><p>This updates the current patch.</p>
Update Current Patch (with Message)
Update the current patch and edit commit message
<b>Update Current Patch (with Message)</b><p>This updates the current patch after giving the chance to change the current commit message.</p>
Show Current Patch
Show Current Patch...
Show the contents the current patch
<b>Show Current Patch</b><p>This shows the contents of the current patch including any changes which have been made in the working directory since the last refresh.</p>
Show Current Message
Show Current Message...
Show the commit message of the current patch
<b>Show Current Message</b><p>This shows the commit message of the current patch.</p>
List Patches
List Patches...
List applied and unapplied patches
Finish Applied Patches
Finish applied patches
<b>Finish Applied Patches</b><p>This finishes the applied patches by moving them out of mq control into regular repository history.</p>
Rename Patch
Rename a patch
<b>Rename Patch</b><p>This renames the current or a named patch.</p>
Delete Patch
Delete unapplied patch
<b>Delete Patch</b><p>This deletes an unapplied patch.</p>
Fold Patches
Fold unapplied patches into the current patch
<b>Fold Patches</b><p>This folds unapplied patches into the current patch.</p>
Push Next Patch
Push the next patch onto the stack
<b>Push Next Patch</b><p>This pushes the next patch onto the stack of applied patches.</p>
Push All Patches
Push all patches onto the stack
<b>Push All Patches</b><p>This pushes all patches onto the stack of applied patches.</p>
Push Patches
Push patches onto the stack
Pop Current Patch
Pop the current patch off the stack
<b>Pop Current Patch</b><p>This pops the current patch off the stack of applied patches.</p>
Pop All Patches
Pop all patches off the stack
<b>Pop All Patches</b><p>This pops all patches off the stack of applied patches.</p>
Pop Patches
Pop patches off the stack
<b>Pop Patches</b><p>This pops patches off the stack of applied patches until a named patch is at the top of the stack.</p>
Go to Patch
Push or pop patches until named patch is at top of stack
<b>Go to Patch</b><p>This pushes or pops patches until a named patch is at the top of the stack.</p>
Push the next patch onto the stack on top of local changes
<b>Push Next Patch</b><p>This pushes the next patch onto the stack of applied patches on top of local changes.</p>
Push all patches onto the stack on top of local changes
<b>Push All Patches</b><p>This pushes all patches onto the stack of applied patches on top of local changes.</p>
Push patches onto the stack on top of local changes
<b>Push Patches</b><p>This pushes patches onto the stack of applied patches until a named patch is at the top of the stack on top of local changes.</p>
Pop the current patch off the stack forgetting local changes
<b>Pop Current Patch</b><p>This pops the current patch off the stack of applied patches forgetting local changes.</p>
Pop all patches off the stack forgetting local changes
<b>Pop All Patches</b><p>This pops all patches off the stack of applied patches forgetting local changes.</p>
Pop patches off the stack forgetting local changes
<b>Pop Patches</b><p>This pops patches off the stack of applied patches until a named patch is at the top of the stack forgetting local changes.</p>
Push or pop patches until named patch is at top of stack overwriting any local changes
<b>Go to Patch</b><p>This pushes or pops patches until a named patch is at the top of the stack overwriting any local changes.</p>
Queues
Push/Pop
Push/Pop (force)
<b>List Patches</b><p>This lists all applied and unapplied patches.</p>
<b>Push Patches</b><p>This pushes patches onto the stack of applied patches until a named patch is at the top of the stack.</p>
Define Guards
Define Guards...
Define guards for the current or a named patch
<b>Define Guards</b><p>This opens a dialog to define guards for the current or a named patch.</p>
Drop All Guards
Drop All Guards...
Drop all guards of the current or a named patch
<b>Drop All Guards</b><p>This drops all guards of the current or a named patch.</p>
List Guards
List Guards...
List guards of the current or a named patch
<b>List Guards</b><p>This lists the guards of the current or a named patch.</p>
List All Guards
List All Guards...
List all guards of all patches
<b>List All Guards</b><p>This lists all guards of all patches.</p>
Set Active Guards
Set Active Guards...
Set the list of active guards
<b>Set Active Guards</b><p>This opens a dialog to set the active guards.</p>
Deactivate Guards
Deactivate Guards...
Deactivate all active guards
<b>Deactivate Guards</b><p>This deactivates all active guards.</p>
Identify Active Guards
Identify Active Guards...
Show a list of active guards
<b>Identify Active Guards</b><p>This opens a dialog showing a list of active guards.</p>
Guards
Create Queue
Create a new patch queue
<b>Create Queue</b><p>This creates a new patch queue.</p>
Rename Queue
Rename the active patch queue
<b>Rename Queue</b><p>This renames the active patch queue.</p>
Delete Queue
Delete the reference to a patch queue
<b>Delete Queue</b><p>This deletes the reference to a patch queue.</p>
Purge Queue
Delete the reference to a patch queue and remove the patch directory
<b>Purge Queue</b><p>This deletes the reference to a patch queue and removes the patch directory.</p>
Activate Queue
Set the active queue
<b>Activate Queue</b><p>This sets the active queue.</p>
List Queues
List Queues...
List the available queues
<b>List Queues</b><p>This opens a dialog showing all available queues.</p>
Queue Management
The project should be reread. Do this now?
Changing Applied Patches
Init Queue Repository
Initialize a new versioned queue repository
<b>Init Queue Repository</b><p>This initializes a new versioned queue repository inside the current repository.</p>
Commit changes
Commit changes...
Commit changes in the queue repository
<b>Commit changes...</b><p>This commits changes in the queue repository.</p>
Show Status
Show &Status...
Show the status of the queue repository
<b>Show Status</b><p>This shows the status of the queue repository.</p>
Show Summary
Show summary...
Show summary information of the queue repository
<b>Show summary</b><p>This shows some summary information of the queue repository.</p>
Rebase
Rebase Changesets
Rebase Changesets (Continue)
Rebase Changesets (Abort)
RebaseProjectHelper
Rebase Changesets
Rebase changesets to another branch
<b>Rebase Changesets</b><p>This rebases changesets to another branch.</p>
Continue Rebase Session
Continue the last rebase session after repair
<b>Continue Rebase Session</b><p>This continues the last rebase session after repair.</p>
Abort Rebase Session
Abort the last rebase session
<b>Abort Rebase Session</b><p>This aborts the last rebase session.</p>
Rebase
The project should be reread. Do this now?
Rebase Changesets (Continue)
Rebase Changesets (Abort)
ReplaceWidget
Find and Replace
查找替换
Press to close the window
点击关闭窗口
Find:
查找:
Press to find the previous occurrence
点击查找上一次出现
Press to find the next occurrence
点击查找下一次出现
Match case
匹配大小写
Whole word
全部文字
Replace:
替换:
Press to replace the selection
点击替换所选部分
Press to replace all occurrences
点击替换所有出现的项
Regexp
正则表达式
Wrap around
Selection only
Press to replace the selection and search for the next occurence
SafariImporter
Apple Safari stores its bookmarks in the <b>Bookmarks.plist</b> file. This file is usually located in
Please choose the file to begin importing bookmarks.
File '{0}' does not exist.
Bookmarks file cannot be read.
Reason: {0}
Apple Safari Import
Imported {0}
SearchReplaceWidget
'{0}' was not found.
Replaced {0} occurrences.
Nothing replaced because '{0}' was not found.
Find Next
查找下一个
Find Prev
查找上一个
<b>Find and Replace</b>
<p>This dialog is used to find some text and replace it with another text.
By checking the various checkboxes, the search can be made more specific.
The search string might be a regular expression. In a regular expression,
special characters interpreted are:</p>
<b>Find</b>
<p>This dialog is used to find some text. By checking the various checkboxes,
the search can be made more specific. The search string might be a regular
expression. In a regular expression, special characters interpreted are:</p>
<table border="0">
<tr><td><code>.</code></td><td>Matches any character</td></tr>
<tr><td><code>(</code></td><td>This marks the start of a region for tagging a
match.</td></tr>
<tr><td><code>)</code></td><td>This marks the end of a tagged region.
</td></tr>
<tr><td><code>\n</code></td>
<td>Where <code>n</code> is 1 through 9 refers to the first through ninth
tagged region when replacing. For example, if the search string was
<code>Fred([1-9])XXX</code> and the replace string was <code>SamYYY</code>,
when applied to <code>Fred2XXX</code> this would generate <code>Sam2YYY</code>.
</td></tr>
<tr><td><code><</code></td>
<td>This matches the start of a word using Scintilla's definitions of words.
</td></tr>
<tr><td><code>></code></td>
<td>This matches the end of a word using Scintilla's definition of words.
</td></tr>
<tr><td><code>\x</code></td>
<td>This allows you to use a character x that would otherwise have a special
meaning. For example, \[ would be interpreted as [ and not as the start of a
character set.</td></tr>
<tr><td><code>[...]</code></td>
<td>This indicates a set of characters, for example, [abc] means any of the
characters a, b or c. You can also use ranges, for example [a-z] for any lower
case character.</td></tr>
<tr><td><code>[^...]</code></td>
<td>The complement of the characters in the set. For example, [^A-Za-z] means
any character except an alphabetic character.</td></tr>
<tr><td><code>^</code></td>
<td>This matches the start of a line (unless used inside a set, see above).
</td></tr>
<tr><td><code>$</code></td> <td>This matches the end of a line.</td></tr>
<tr><td><code>*</code></td>
<td>This matches 0 or more times. For example, <code>Sa*m</code> matches
<code>Sm</code>, <code>Sam</code>, <code>Saam</code>, <code>Saaam</code>
and so on.</td></tr>
<tr><td><code>+</code></td>
<td>This matches 1 or more times. For example, <code>Sa+m</code> matches
<code>Sam</code>, <code>Saam</code>, <code>Saaam</code> and so on.</td></tr>
</table>
SearchWidget
Find
查找
Press to close the window
点击关闭窗口
Find:
查找:
Press to find the previous occurrence
点击查找上一次出现
Press to find the next occurrence
点击查找下一次出现
Match case
匹配大小写
Whole word
全部文字
Regexp
正则表达式
Wrap around
Selection only
Expression was not found.
Highlight all
'{0}' was not found.
SecurityPage
Passwords
Select to save passwords
Save passwords
Select to use a master password
Use Master Password
Press to change the master password
Change Master Password...
DNS
Select to enable DNS prefetch
Use DNS prefetching to improve page loading
<b>Configure security settings</b>
SendRefererWhitelistDialog
Send Referer Whitelist
Enter search term for hosts
Press to add site to the whitelist
&Add...
添加(&A)…
Press to remove the selected entries
&Remove
移除(&R)
Press to remove all entries
R&emove All
Enter host name to add to the whitelist:
Shell
Shell - Passive
命令行 - 被动
Shell
命令行
<b>The Shell Window</b><p>This is simply an interpreter running in a window. The interpreter is the one that is used to run the program being debugged. This means that you can execute any command while the program being debugged is running.</p><p>You can use the cursor keys while entering commands. There is also a history of commands that can be recalled using the up and down cursor keys. Pressing the up or down key after some text has been entered will start an incremental search.</p><p>The shell has some special commands. 'reset' kills the shell and starts a new one. 'clear' clears the display of the shell window. 'start' is used to switch the shell language and must be followed by a supported language. Supported languages are listed by the 'languages' command. These commands (except 'languages') are available through the context menu as well.</p><p>Pressing the Tab key after some text has been entered will show a list of possible commandline completions. The relevant entry may be selected from this list. If only one entry is available, this will inserted automatically.</p><p>In passive debugging mode the shell is only available after the program to be debugged has connected to the IDE until it has finished. This is indicated by a different prompt and by an indication in the window caption.</p>
<b>命令行窗口</b><p>就是一个运行在窗口中的解释器。该解释器用于运行被调试的程序。也就是说你可以在调试程序时执行任何命令。</p><p>在输入命令时可以使用方向键。也可以使用向上或向下键重新调用已运行过的命令。在一些文字后按下向上或向下键将开始增量搜索。</p><p>命令行具有一些特殊命令。“reset”重新开始一个新的命令行。“clear”清除命令行窗口的显示。“start”用于开关命令行语言,其后必须加上一个支持的语言。支持的语言可通过“languages”命令列出。这些命令(“languages”除外)也可以通过上下文菜单进行调用。</p><p>在一些输入的文字后按下 Tab 键将显示一个可用命令行列表。可能通过该列表选择相关的条目。仅有一个条目可用时,将自动插入该条目。</p><p>在被动调试模式中,命令行只在要调试的程序连接到 IDE 以后才有效,直到调试完成。这一点将通过不同的提示符和窗口标题来指示。</p>
Passive >>>
被动 >>>
Start
开始
History
历史
Select entry
选择条目
Show
显示
Clear
清除
Copy
复制
Paste
粘贴
Reset
重置
Reset and Clear
重置并清除
Configure...
配置……
Select History
选择历史
Select the history entry to execute (most recent shown last).
选择历史条目以执行(最常用的显示在最后)。
Passive Debug Mode
被动调试模式
Not connected
没有连接
No.
No.
Drop Error
降落误差
Cut
剪切
{0} on {1}, {2}
StdOut: {0}
StdErr: {0}
Shell language "{0}" not supported.
<p><b>{0}</b> is not a file.</p>
Find
查找
Exception "{0}"
{1}
File: {2}, Line: {3}
Unspecified syntax error.
Exception "{0}"
{1}
Syntax error "{1}" in file {0} at line {2}, character {3}.
ShellHistoryDialog
Shell History
命令行历史
Delete the selected entries
删除所选条目
&Delete
删除(&D)
Copy the selected entries to the current editor
将所选条目复制到当前编译器中
C&opy
复制(&o)
Execute the selected entries
执行所选条目
&Execute
执行(&E)
Reload the history
重新载入历史
&Reload
重新载入(&R)
ShellPage
<b>Configure Shell</b>
<b>配置命令行</b>
Select whether line numbers margin should be shown.
选择是否显示行号。
Show Line Numbers Margin
显示行号
Select this to enable calltips
选择该选项可开启调用提示功能
Calltips Enabled
调用提示开启
Select to enable wrapping at word boundaries
选择允许在字边界自动换行
Word Wrap Enabled
自动换行开启
Select this to enable autocompletion
选择该选项可启用自动完成功能
Autocompletion Enabled
自动完成开启
Select to enable syntax highlighting
选择打开语法高亮
Syntax Highlighting Enabled
语法高亮开启
max. History Entries:
最大历史条目:
Enter the number of history entries allowed
输入允许的历史条目数
Select to show debuggee stdout and stderr
Show stdout and stderr of debuggee
Font
字体
Press to select the font to be used as the monospaced font
点击选择被用作等宽字体的字体
Monospaced Font
等宽字体
Monospaced Text
等宽文本 Monospaced Text
Select, whether the monospaced font should be used as default
选择是否将等宽字体作为默认字体
Use monospaced as default
默认使用等宽字体
Line Numbers Font
行号字体
2345
2345
Press to select the font for the line numbers
Shelve
Shelve current changes
Restore shelved changes
Abort restore operation
Continue restore operation
Select the shelves to be deleted:
Delete shelves
Do you really want to delete these shelves?
Delete all shelves
Do you really want to delete all shelved changes?
ShelveProjectBrowserHelper
Shelve changes
Shelve
The project should be reread. Do this now?
ShelveProjectHelper
Shelve changes
Shelve changes...
Shelve all current changes of the project
<b>Shelve changes</b><p>This shelves all current changes of the project.</p>
Show shelve browser
Show shelve browser...
Show a dialog with all shelves
<b>Show shelve browser...</b><p>This shows a dialog listing all available shelves. Actions on these shelves may be executed via the context menu.</p>
Restore shelved change
Restore shelved change...
Restore a shelved change to the project directory
<b>Restore shelved change</b><p>This restore a shelved change to the project directory.</p>
Abort restore
Abort restore...
Abort the restore operation in progress
<b>Abort restore</b><p>This aborts the restore operation in progress and reverts already applied changes.</p>
Continue restore
Continue restore...
Continue the restore operation in progress
<b>Continue restore</b><p>This continues the restore operation in progress.</p>
Delete shelved changes
Delete shelved changes...
<b>Delete shelved changes...</b><p>This opens a dialog to select the shelved changes to delete and deletes the selected ones.</p>
Delete ALL shelved changes
<b>Delete ALL shelved changes</b><p>This deletes all shelved changes.</p>
Shelve
The project should be reread. Do this now?
Unshelve
Abort Unshelve
Continue Unshelve
ShortcutDialog
Edit Shortcut
编辑快捷键
Press your shortcut keys and select OK
点击你想要的快捷键并选择确定
Select to change the alternative keyboard shortcut
选择改变为另一个键盘快捷键
Alternative Shortcut:
另一个快捷键:
Press to clear the key sequence buffer.
点击清除按键序列缓冲区。
Clear
清除
Select to change the primary keyboard shortcut
选择改变为主要的键盘快捷键
Primary Shortcut:
主要的快捷键:
Shortcuts
Export Keyboard Shortcuts
导出键盘快捷键
Import Keyboard Shortcuts
导入键盘快捷键
<p>The keyboard shortcuts could not be read from file <b>{0}</b>.</p>
<p>The keyboard shortcuts could not be written to file <b>{0}</b>.</p>
ShortcutsDialog
Keyboard Shortcuts
键盘快捷键
&Filter:
过滤器(&F):
Enter the regular expression that should be contained in the shortcut action
输入要包含在快捷键动作中的正则表达式
Filter on
过滤
Select to filter based on the actions
选择基于动作过滤
&Action
动作(&A)
Select to filter based on shortcut or alternative shortcut
选择基于快捷键或另一种快捷键进行过滤
&Shortcut or Alternative
主或次快捷键(&S)
This list shows all keyboard shortcuts.
该列表显示所有的键盘快捷键。
<b>Keyboard Shortcuts List</b>
<p>This list shows all keyboard shortcuts defined in the application. Double click an entry in order to change the respective shortcut. Alternatively, the shortcut might be changed by editing the key sequence in the respective column.</p>
<b>键盘快捷键列表</b><p>该列表显示在应用程序中定义的所有键盘快捷键。双击一个条目可改变各个快捷键。换句话说,可以通过在各列中编辑按键顺序就可以改变快捷键。</p>
Action
动作
Shortcut
快捷键
Alternativ
备选
Project
项目
General
通用配置
Wizards
向导
Debug
调试
Edit
编辑
File
文件
Search
搜索
View
视图
Macro
宏
Bookmarks
书签
Spelling
拼写法
Window
窗口
Edit shortcuts
编辑快捷键
<p><b>{0}</b> has already been allocated to the <b>{1}</b> action. Remove this binding?</p>
<p><b>{0}</b> hides the <b>{1}</b> action. Remove this binding?</p>
<p><b>{0}</b> is hidden by the <b>{1}</b> action. Remove this binding?</p>
eric6 Web Browser
SiteInfoDialog
Site Information
General
通用配置
Site Address:
Encoding:
Size:
Meta tags of site:
Tag
标签
Value
值
<b>Security information</b>
Details
Media
Image
Image Address
<b>Preview</b>
Security
Preview not available.
Copy Image Location to Clipboard
Copy Image Name to Clipboard
Save Image
保存图像
This image is not available.
All Files (*)
所有文件 (*)
<p>Cannot write to file <b>{0}</b>.</p>
Databases
<b>Database details</b>
Name:
名称:
<database not selected>
Path:
No databases are used by this page.
Shows a list of databases used by the site
SnapWidget
Snapshot Mode:
Select the snapshot mode
Delay:
Enter the delay before taking the snapshot
Press to save the snapshot
&Save Snapshot ...
Press to take a snapshot
&Take Snapshot ...
Fullscreen
Rectangular Selection
Windows Bitmap File (*.bmp)
Graphic Interchange Format File (*.gif)
Windows Icon File (*.ico)
JPEG File (*.jpg)
Multiple-Image Network Graphics File (*.mng)
Portable Bitmap File (*.pbm)
Paintbrush Bitmap File (*.pcx)
Portable Graymap File (*.pgm)
Portable Network Graphics File (*.png)
Portable Pixmap File (*.ppm)
Silicon Graphics Image File (*.sgi)
Scalable Vector Graphics File (*.svg)
Targa Graphic File (*.tga)
TIFF File (*.tif)
X11 Bitmap File (*.xbm)
X11 Pixmap File (*.xpm)
Save Snapshot
<p>The file <b>{0}</b> already exists. Overwrite it?</p>
Cannot write file '{0}:
{1}.
Press to copy the snapshot to the clipboard
&Copy
复制(&C)
No delay
s
Path Name:
Shows the name of the directory used for saving
Ellipical Selection
Freehand Selection
Current Screen
snapshot
The application contains an unsaved snapshot.
Preview of the snapshot image ({0:n} x {1:n})
Press to copy the snapshot preview to the clipboard
Copy &Preview
eric6 Snapshot
SnapshotFreehandGrabber
Select a region using the mouse. To take the snapshot, press the Enter key or double click. Press Esc to quit.
SnapshotRegionGrabber
Select a region using the mouse. To take the snapshot, press the Enter key or double click. Press Esc to quit.
SnapshotTimer
Snapshot will be taken in %n seconds
SortOptionsDialog
Sort Options
Direction
方向
Select to sort in ascending order
Ascending
Select to sort in descending order
Descending
Type
类型
Select to sort alphanumerically
Alphanumerical
Select to sort numerically
Numerical
Case Sensitivity
Select to respect the case while sorting
Respect Case
Select to ignore the case while sorting
Ignore Case
SpeedDial
Unable to load
Saving Speed Dial data
<p>Speed Dial data could not be saved to <b>{0}</b></p>
SpeedDialReader
The file is not a SpeedDial version 1.0 file.
The file {0} could not be opened. Error: {1}
SpellCheckingDialog
Check spelling
拼写检查
Not found in dictionary
未找到字典
Shows the unrecognized word with some context
通过上下文显示未识别的单词
Change &to:
改变为(&t):
&Suggestions:
建议(&S):
Press to ignore once
点击忽略一次
&Ignore
忽略(&I)
Press to always ignore
点击总是忽略
I&gnore All
全部忽略(&g)
Press to add to dictionary
点击添加到字典
&Add to dictionary
添加到字典(&A)
Press to replace the word
点击替换单词
&Replace
替换(&R)
Press to replace all occurrences
点击替换所有出现的项
Re&place All
全部替换(&p)
Current language:
Shows the language used for spell checking
SpellingDictionaryEditDialog
Edit Spelling Dictionary
Enter search term
Press to add an entry
&Add
添加(&A)
Press to remove the selected entries
&Remove
移除(&R)
Press to remove all entries
R&emove All
SpellingPropertiesDialog
Spelling Properties
Project &Language:
项目语言(&L):
Select the project's language
选择项目的语言
Project &Word List:
Enter the filename of the project word list
Select the project word list file via a file selection dialog
Project E&xclude List:
Enter the filename of the project exclude list
Select the project exclude list file via a file selection dialog
<default>
<default>
Select project word list
Dictionary File (*.dic);;All Files (*)
Select project exclude list
SqlBrowser
SQL Browser
SQL Browser startup problem
Add Connection
Add &Connection...
Open a dialog to add a new database connection
<b>Add Connection</b><p>This opens a dialog to add a new database connection.</p>
Quit
退出
&Quit
退出(&Q)
Ctrl+Q
File|Quit
Ctrl+Q
Quit the SQL browser
<b>Quit</b><p>Quit the SQL browser.</p>
About
关于
&About
关于(&A)
Display information about this software
显示软件信息
<b>About</b><p>Display some information about this software.</p>
<b>关于</b><p>显示与本软件有关的部分信息。</p>
About Qt
关于 Qt
About &Qt
关于 &Qt
Display information about the Qt toolkit
显示Qt工具包信息
<b>About Qt</b><p>Display some information about the Qt toolkit.</p>
<b>关于 Qt</b><p>显示Qt工具包的部分相关信息。</p>
&File
文件(&F)
&Help
帮助(&H)
File
文件
<h3>About SQL Browser</h3><p>The SQL browser window is a little tool to examine the data and the schema of a database and to execute queries on a database.</p>
Invalid URL: {0}
Unable to open connection: {0}
SqlBrowserWidget
SQL Query
Enter the SQL query to be executed
Press to clear the entry
&Clear
清除(&C)
Press to execute the query
&Execute
执行(&E)
&Insert Row
Inserts a new row
&Delete Row
Deletes the current row
No database drivers found
This tool requires at least one Qt database driver. Please check the Qt documentation how to build the Qt SQL plugins.
Ready
就绪
Unable to open database
Query OK.
An error occurred while opening the connection.
Query OK, number of affected rows: {0}
eric6 SQL Browser
SqlConnectionDialog
Connect...
D&river:
Select the database driver
&Database Name:
Enter the database name
Press to select a database file
&Username:
Enter the user name
&Password:
&Hostname:
Enter the hostname
P&ort:
Enter the port number
Default
默认
Select Database File
All Files (*)
所有文件 (*)
SqlConnectionWidget
Database
Refresh
刷新
Show Schema
StartCoverageDialog
Start coverage run
开始覆盖率测试运行
Command&line:
命令行(&l):
Enter the commandline parameters
输入命令行参数
<b>Commandline</b>
<p>Enter the commandline parameters in this field.</p>
<b>命令行</b>
<p>在该区域输入命令行参数。</p>
&Working directory:
工作文件夹(&W):
Select directory using a directory selection dialog
使用文件夹选择对话框选择文件夹
<b>Select directory</b>
<p>Select the working directory via a directory selection dialog.</p>
<b>选择文件夹</b>
<p>通过文件夹选择对话框选择工作文件夹。</p>
Enter the working directory
输入工作文件夹
<b>Working directory</b>
<p>Enter the working directory of the application to be debugged. Leave it empty to set the working directory to the executable directory.</p>
<b>工作文件夹</b>
<p>输入要调试的程序的工作文件夹。为空时默认将工作文件夹设为可执行程序的文件夹。</p>
&Environment:
环境(&E):
Enter the environment variables to be set.
输入要设定的环境变量。
<b>Environment</b>
<p>Enter the environment variables to be set for the program. The individual settings must be separated by whitespace and be given in the form 'var=value'. In order to add to an environment variable, enter it in the form 'var+=value'.</p>
<p>Example: var1=1 var2="hello world" var3+=":/tmp"</p>
<b>环境</b>
<p>为程序输入要设置的环境变量。每个设置之间必须用空格进行分隔,并且符合如下格式“var+=value”。</p>
<p>例: var1=1 var2="hello world" var3+=":/tmp"</p>
Select this to erase the collected coverage information
选择该选项可擦除已收集到的覆盖率信息
<b>Erase coverage information</b>
<p>Select this to erase the collected coverage information before the next coverage run.</p>
<b>擦除覆盖率信息</b>
<p>选择该选项可在下一次覆盖率测试运行之前擦除已收集到的覆盖率信息。</p>
Erase &coverage information
擦除覆盖率信息(&c)
Alt+C
Alt+C
Uncheck to disable exception reporting
取消选择可关闭异常报告
<b>Report exceptions</b>
<p>Uncheck this in order to disable exception reporting.</p>
<b>报告异常</b>
<p>取消该选项将关闭异常报告。</p>
Report &exceptions
报告异常(&e)
Alt+E
Alt+E
Select to clear the display of the interpreter window
选择清除解释器窗口的显示
<b>Clear interpreter window</b><p>This clears the display of the interpreter window before starting the debug client.</p>
<b>清除解释器窗口</b><p>将在开始调试客户之前清除解释器窗口的显示。</p>
Clear &interpreter window
清除解释器窗口(&i)
Select to start the debugger in a console window
<b>Start in console</b>
<p>Select to start the debugger in a console window. The console command has to be configured on the Debugger->General page</p>
Start in console
StartDebugDialog
Start debugging
开始调试
Enter the environment variables to be set.
输入要设定的环境变量。
<b>Environment</b>
<p>Enter the environment variables to be set for the program. The individual settings must be separated by whitespace and be given in the form 'var=value'. In order to add to an environment variable, enter it in the form 'var+=value'.</p>
<p>Example: var1=1 var2="hello world" var3+=":/tmp"</p>
<b>环境</b>
<p>为程序输入要设置的环境变量。每个设置之间必须用空格进行分隔,并且符合如下格式“var+=value”。</p>
<p>例: var1=1 var2="hello world" var3+=":/tmp"</p>
&Environment:
环境(&E):
Enter the working directory
输入工作文件夹
<b>Working directory</b>
<p>Enter the working directory of the application to be debugged. Leave it empty to set the working directory to the executable directory.</p>
<b>工作文件夹</b>
<p>输入要调试的程序的工作文件夹。为空时默认将工作文件夹设为可执行程序的文件夹。</p>
Select directory using a directory selection dialog
使用文件夹选择对话框选择文件夹
<b>Select directory</b>
<p>Select the working directory via a directory selection dialog.</p>
<b>选择文件夹</b>
<p>通过文件夹选择对话框选择工作文件夹。</p>
&Working directory:
工作文件夹(&W):
Enter the commandline parameters
输入命令行参数
<b>Commandline</b>
<p>Enter the commandline parameters in this field.</p>
<b>命令行</b>
<p>在该区域输入命令行参数。</p>
Command&line:
命令行(&l):
Uncheck to disable exception reporting
取消选择可关闭异常报告
<b>Report exceptions</b>
<p>Uncheck this in order to disable exception reporting.</p>
<b>报告异常</b>
<p>取消该选项将关闭异常报告。</p>
Report &exceptions
报告异常(&e)
Alt+E
Alt+E
Select to trace into the Python library
选择跟踪到 Python 库
&Trace into interpreter libraries
跟踪到解释器库
Alt+T
Alt+T
Select to clear the display of the interpreter window
选择清除解释器窗口的显示
<b>Clear interpreter window</b><p>This clears the display of the interpreter window before starting the debug client.</p>
<b>清除解释器窗口</b><p>将在开始调试客户之前清除解释器窗口的显示。</p>
Clear &interpreter window
清除解释器窗口(&i)
Select to not stop the debugger at the first executable line.
选择在第一个可执行行不要中止调试器。
<b>Don't stop at first line</b><p>This prevents the debugger from stopping at the first executable line.</p>
<b>第一行不中止</b><p>阻止调试器在第一个可执行行中止调试。</p>
Don't stop at first line
第一行不中止
Select to start the debugger in a console window
<b>Start in console</b>
<p>Select to start the debugger in a console window. The console command has to be configured on the Debugger->General page</p>
Start in console
Forking
Select to go through the fork without asking
<b>Fork without pausing</b>
<p>Select to go through the fork without asking making the forking decision based on the Parent/Child selection.</p>
Fork without pausing
Select to debug the child process after forking
<b>Debug Child Process</b>
<p>Select to debug the child process after forking. If it is not selected, the parent process will be debugged. This has no effect, if forking without pausing is not selected.</p>
Follow Child Process
StartDialog
Clear Histories
清除历史
Working directory
工作文件夹
StartProfileDialog
Start profiling
开始剖析
Enter the environment variables to be set.
输入要设定的环境变量。
<b>Environment</b>
<p>Enter the environment variables to be set for the program. The individual settings must be separated by whitespace and be given in the form 'var=value'. In order to add to an environment variable, enter it in the form 'var+=value'.</p>
<p>Example: var1=1 var2="hello world" var3+=":/tmp"</p>
<b>环境</b>
<p>为程序输入要设置的环境变量。每个设置之间必须用空格进行分隔,并且符合如下格式“var+=value”。</p>
<p>例: var1=1 var2="hello world" var3+=":/tmp"</p>
&Environment:
环境(&E):
Enter the working directory
输入工作文件夹
<b>Working directory</b>
<p>Enter the working directory of the application to be debugged. Leave it empty to set the working directory to the executable directory.</p>
<b>工作文件夹</b>
<p>输入要调试的程序的工作文件夹。为空时默认将工作文件夹设为可执行程序的文件夹。</p>
Select directory using a directory selection dialog
使用文件夹选择对话框选择文件夹
<b>Select directory</b>
<p>Select the working directory via a directory selection dialog.</p>
<b>选择文件夹</b>
<p>通过文件夹选择对话框选择工作文件夹。</p>
&Working directory:
工作文件夹(&W):
Enter the commandline parameters
输入命令行参数
<b>Commandline</b>
<p>Enter the commandline parameters in this field.</p>
<b>命令行</b>
<p>在该区域输入命令行参数。</p>
Command&line:
命令行(&l):
Select this to erase the collected timing data
选择该选项可擦除收集到的定时数据
<b>Erase timing data</b>
<p>Select this to erase the collected timing data before the next profiling run.</p>
<b>擦除定时数据</b><p>选择该选项可在下一次剖析运行之前擦除定时数据。</p>
Erase &timing data
擦除定时数据(&t)
Alt+C
Alt+C
Uncheck to disable exception reporting
取消选择可关闭异常报告
<b>Report exceptions</b>
<p>Uncheck this in order to disable exception reporting.</p>
<b>报告异常</b>
<p>取消该选项将关闭异常报告。</p>
Report &exceptions
报告异常(&e)
Alt+E
Alt+E
Select to clear the display of the interpreter window
选择清除解释器窗口的显示
<b>Clear interpreter window</b><p>This clears the display of the interpreter window before starting the debug client.</p>
<b>清除解释器窗口</b><p>将在开始调试客户之前清除解释器窗口的显示。</p>
Clear &interpreter window
清除解释器窗口(&i)
Select to start the debugger in a console window
<b>Start in console</b>
<p>Select to start the debugger in a console window. The console command has to be configured on the Debugger->General page</p>
Start in console
StartRunDialog
Start running
开始运行
Command&line:
命令行(&l):
Enter the commandline parameters
输入命令行参数
<b>Commandline</b>
<p>Enter the commandline parameters in this field.</p>
<b>命令行</b>
<p>在该区域输入命令行参数。</p>
&Working directory:
工作文件夹(&W):
Select directory using a directory selection dialog
使用文件夹选择对话框选择文件夹
<b>Select directory</b>
<p>Select the working directory via a directory selection dialog.</p>
<b>选择文件夹</b>
<p>通过文件夹选择对话框选择工作文件夹。</p>
Enter the working directory
输入工作文件夹
<b>Working directory</b>
<p>Enter the working directory of the application to be debugged. Leave it empty to set the working directory to the executable directory.</p>
<b>工作文件夹</b>
<p>输入要调试的程序的工作文件夹。为空时默认将工作文件夹设为可执行程序的文件夹。</p>
&Environment:
环境(&E):
Enter the environment variables to be set.
输入要设定的环境变量。
<b>Environment</b>
<p>Enter the environment variables to be set for the program. The individual settings must be separated by whitespace and be given in the form 'var=value'. In order to add to an environment variable, enter it in the form 'var+=value'.</p>
<p>Example: var1=1 var2="hello world" var3+=":/tmp"</p>
<b>环境</b>
<p>为程序输入要设置的环境变量。每个设置之间必须用空格进行分隔,并且符合如下格式“var+=value”。</p>
<p>例: var1=1 var2="hello world" var3+=":/tmp"</p>
Uncheck to disable exception reporting
取消选择可关闭异常报告
<b>Report exceptions</b>
<p>Uncheck this in order to disable exception reporting.</p>
<b>报告异常</b>
<p>取消该选项将关闭异常报告。</p>
Report &exceptions
报告异常(&e)
Alt+E
Alt+E
Select to clear the display of the interpreter window
选择清除解释器窗口的显示
<b>Clear interpreter window</b><p>This clears the display of the interpreter window before starting the debug client.</p>
<b>清除解释器窗口</b><p>将在开始调试客户之前清除解释器窗口的显示。</p>
Clear &interpreter window
清除解释器窗口(&i)
Select to start the debugger in a console window
<b>Start in console</b>
<p>Select to start the debugger in a console window. The console command has to be configured on the Debugger->General page</p>
Start in console
Forking
Select to go through the fork without asking
<b>Fork without pausing</b>
<p>Select to go through the fork without asking making the forking decision based on the Parent/Child selection.</p>
Fork without pausing
Select to debug the child process after forking
<b>Debug Child Process</b>
<p>Select to debug the child process after forking. If it is not selected, the parent process will be debugged. This has no effect, if forking without pausing is not selected.</p>
Follow Child Process
StatusMonitorLed
<p>This LED indicates the operating status of the VCS monitor thread (off = monitoring off, green = monitoring on and ok, red = monitoring on, but not ok, yellow = checking VCS status). A status description is given in the tooltip.</p>
<p>该 LED 显示版本控制系统监视器线程的操作状态(off = 监视关闭, green = 监视打开且正常, red = 监视打开但不正常, yellow = 检查版本控制系统状态)。 在工具提示中已给出了状态描述。</p>
Repository status checking is switched off
储存库状态检查被关闭
Check status
检查状态
Set interval...
设置间隔……
Switch on
打开
Switch off
关闭
VCS Status Monitor
版本控制系统状态监视器
Enter monitor interval [s]
输入监视间隔 [秒]
Subversion
The svn process did not finish within 30s.
svn 进程在 30 秒内不结束。
Could not start the svn executable.
无法开始 svn 执行。
Create project in repository
在储存库中创建项目
The project could not be created in the repository. Maybe the given repository doesn't exist or the repository server is down.
无法在储存库中创建项目。已给储存库可能不存在或储存库服务已关闭。
New project
新建项目
The project could not be checked out of the repository.<br />Restoring the original contents.
无法从储存库中校验项目。<br />恢复原始内容。
Importing project into Subversion repository
将项目导入到版本控制储存库中
Subversion Checkout
版本控制校验
The tag must be a normal tag (tags) or a branch tag (branches). Please select from the list.
标签必须是标准标签或分支标签。请从列表中选择。
Checking project out of Subversion repository
正在从版本控制储存库中检查项目
Subversion Export
版本控制导出
Exporting project from Subversion repository
正在从版本控制储存库中导出项目
Commiting changes to Subversion repository
正在将改变提交到版本控制储存库中
Synchronizing with the Subversion repository
正在与版本控制储存库同步
Adding files/directories to the Subversion repository
将文件或文件夹添加到版本控制储存库
Adding directory trees to the Subversion repository
将目录树添加到版本控制储存库
Removing files/directories from the Subversion repository
从版本控制储存库移除文件或文件夹
Subversion Error
版本控制错误
The URL of the project repository could not be retrieved from the working copy. The tag operation will be aborted
项目储存库的 URL 无法从工作拷贝中检索。标签操作将被终止
The URL of the project repository has an invalid format. The tag operation will be aborted
项目储存库的 URL 包含无效格式。标签操作将被终止
Reverting changes
还原改变
The URL of the project repository could not be retrieved from the working copy. The switch operation will be aborted
项目储存库的 URL 无法从工作拷贝中检索。转换操作将被终止
The URL of the project repository has an invalid format. The switch operation will be aborted
项目储存库的 URL 包含无效格式。转换操作将被终止
Subversion command
版本控制命令
Resolving conficts
解析冲突
Subversion Set Property
版本控制设置属性
You have to supply a property name. Aborting.
必须提供一个属性名。终止。
Subversion Delete Property
版本控制删除属性
Enter property name
输入属性名
Subversion Log
版本控制日志
Select number of entries to show.
选择要显示的条目数。
Locking in the Subversion repository
在版本控制储存库中锁定
Unlocking in the Subversion repository
在版本控制储存库中解锁
Relocating
重新定位
Repository Browser
储存库浏览器
Enter the repository URL.
输入储存库 URL。
Remove from changelist
从更改列表中移除
Add to changelist
添加更改列表
Enter name of the changelist:
输入更改列表名称:
Property set.
属性设置。
Property deleted.
属性已删除。
Subversion Lock
版本控制锁定
Enter lock comment
输入锁定注释
Add
添加
Delete
删除
Modify
修改
Replace
替换
Copy
复制
Failed revert
失败的还原
Resolve
解析
Restore
恢复
Revert
还原
Skip
跳过
External
外部
Update
更新
Annotate
注解
Locking
锁定
Unlocking
解锁
Failed lock
失败的锁定
Failed unlock
失败的解锁
Changelist clear
更改列表清除
Changelist set
更改列表设置
Changelist moved
更改列表已移动
added
已添加
conflict
冲突
deleted
已删除
external
外部
ignored
已忽略
incomplete
未完成
missing
遗漏
merged
已合并
modified
已修改
normal
标准
type error
类型错误
replaced
已替换
unversioned
unversioned
The svn process finished with the exit code {0}
Moving {0}
Tagging {0} in the Subversion repository
Switching to {0}
Merging {0}
Cleaning up {0}
Copying {0}
Imported revision {0}.
Committed revision {0}.
Revision {0}.
Commit Changes
The commit affects files, that have unsaved changes. Shall the commit be continued?
Revert changes
还原改变
Do you really want to revert all changes to these files or directories?
Do you really want to revert all changes of the project?
The process {0} could not be started. Ensure, that it is in the search path.
Subversion Side-by-Side Difference
<p>The file <b>{0}</b> could not be read.</p>
Upgrade
SubversionPage
<b>Configure Subversion Interface</b>
<b>配置版本控制界面</b>
Log
日志
No. of log messages shown:
日志信息显示数:
Enter the number of log messages to be shown
输入要显示的日志信息数
Commit
提交
No. of commit messages to remember:
要记住的提交信息数:
Enter the number of commit messages to remember
输入要记住的提交信息数
Edit the subversion config file
编辑版本控制配置文件
Edit config file
编辑配置文件
Edit the subversion servers file
编辑版本控制服务器文件
Edit servers file
编辑服务器文件
SvgDiagram
SVG-Viewer
SVG浏览器
Close
关闭
Print
打印
Print Preview
打印预览
Window
窗口
Graphics
图形
Diagram: {0}
SvnBlameDialog
Subversion Blame
版本控制 Blame
Revision
修订
Author
作者
Line
行
Errors
错误
Input
输入
Press to send the input to the subversion process
点击将输入发送到版本控制进程
&Send
发送(&S)
Alt+S
Alt+S
Enter data to be sent to the subversion process
输入要发送到版本控制进程的数据
Select to switch the input field to password mode
选择将输入区域转换成密码模式
&Password Mode
密码模式(&P)
Alt+P
Alt+P
Process Generation Error
进程生成错误
The process {0} could not be started. Ensure, that it is in the search path.
SvnChangeListsDialog
Subversion Change Lists
Change Lists:
<b>Change Lists</b>
<p>Select a change list here to see the associated files in the list below.</p>
<b>Files</b>
<p>This shows a list of files associated with the change list selected above.</p>
Errors
错误
Input
输入
Press to send the input to the subversion process
点击将输入发送到版本控制进程
&Send
发送(&S)
Alt+S
Alt+S
Enter data to be sent to the subversion process
输入要发送到版本控制进程的数据
Select to switch the input field to password mode
选择将输入区域转换成密码模式
&Password Mode
密码模式(&P)
Alt+P
Alt+P
Files (relative to {0}):
No changelists found
Process Generation Error
进程生成错误
The process {0} could not be started. Ensure, that it is in the search path.
SvnCommandDialog
Subversion Command
版本控制命令
Subversion Command:
版本控制命令:
Enter the Subversion command to be executed with all necessary parameters
输入要执行的版本控制命令,带所有必须参数
<b>Subversion Command</b>
<p>Enter the Subversion command to be executed including all necessary
parameters. If a parameter of the commandline includes a space you have to
surround this parameter by single or double quotes. Do not include the name
of the subversion client executable (i.e. svn).</p>
<b>版本控制命令</b>
<p>输入要执行的版本控制命令,带所有必须参数。
如果某命令行参数包含空格,则必须为该参数添加单引号或双引号。
不要包含版本控制客户执行的名称(如:svn)。</p>
Select the working directory via a directory selection dialog
通过文件夹选择对话框选择工作文件夹
<b>Working directory</b>
<p>Select the working directory for the Subversion command via a directory selection dialog.</p>
<b>工作文件夹</b>
<p>通过文件夹选择对话框为版本控制命令选择工作文件夹。</p>
Enter the working directory for the Subversion command
为版本控制命令输入工作文件夹
<b>Working directory</b>
<p>Enter the working directory for the Subversion command.
This is an optional entry. The button to the right will open a
directory selection dialog.</p>
<b>工作文件夹</b>
<p>为版本控制命令输入工作文件夹。
这是一个可选条目。
右侧的按钮可打开文件夹选择对话框。</p>
Working Directory:<br>(optional)
工作文件夹:<br>(可选)
Project Directory:
项目文件夹:
This shows the root directory of the current project.
显示当前项目的根目录。
project directory
项目文件夹
Working directory
工作文件夹
SvnCommitDialog
Subversion
版本控制
Commit Message
提交消息
Enter the log message.
输入日志消息。
<b>Log Message</b>
<p>Enter the log message for the commit action.</p>
<b>日志消息</b>
<p>为提交动作输入日志消息。</p>
Recent commit messages
最近提交消息
Select a recent commit message to use
选择使用一个最近提交消息
Changelists
更改列表
Select to keep the changelists
选择保留更改列表
Keep changelists
保留更改列表
Select the change lists to limit the commit
SvnCopyDialog
Subversion Copy
版本控制副本
Press to open a selection dialog
点击打开选择对话框
<b>Target directory</b>
<p>Select the target name for the operation via a selection dialog.</p>
<b>目标文件夹</b>
<p>通过选择对话框为操作选择目标名称。</p>
Source:
源:
Shows the name of the source
显示源名称
<b>Source name</b>
<p>This field shows the name of the source.</p>
<b>源名称</b>
<p>该区域显示源名称。</p>
Enter the target name
输入目标名
Target:
目标:
Select to force the operation
选择强制操作
Enforce operation
强制操作
<b>Target name</b>
<p>Select the target name for the operation via a selection dialog.</p>
<b>目标名</b>
<p>通过选择对话框为操作选择目标名。</p>
Subversion Move
版本控制移动
Select target
选择目标
<b>Target name</b>
<p>Enter the new name in this field. The target must be the new name or an absolute path.</p>
SvnDialog
Subversion
版本控制
Output
输出
Errors
错误
Input
输入
Press to send the input to the subversion process
点击将输入发送到版本控制进程
&Send
发送(&S)
Alt+S
Alt+S
Enter data to be sent to the subversion process
输入要发送到版本控制进程的数据
Select to switch the input field to password mode
选择将输入区域转换成密码模式
&Password Mode
密码模式(&P)
Alt+P
Alt+P
Process Generation Error
进程生成错误
(binary)
(binary)
The process {0} could not be started. Ensure, that it is in the search path.
Revision {0}.
{0} {1}{2}
SvnDialogMixin
Subversion SSL Server Certificate
版本控制 SSL 服务器证书
&Permanent accept
永久接受(&P)
&Temporary accept
临时接受(&T)
&Reject
拒绝
<p>Accept the following SSL certificate?</p><table><tr><td>Realm:</td><td>{0}</td></tr><tr><td>Hostname:</td><td>{1}</td></tr><tr><td>Fingerprint:</td><td>{2}</td></tr><tr><td>Valid from:</td><td>{3}</td></tr><tr><td>Valid until:</td><td>{4}</td></tr><tr><td>Issuer name:</td><td>{5}</td></tr></table>
SvnDiffDialog
Subversion Diff
版本控制差异
Difference
差异
<b>Subversion Diff</b><p>This shows the output of the svn diff command.</p>
<b>版本控制差异</b><p>显示版本控制差异命令的输出。</p>
Errors
错误
Input
输入
Press to send the input to the subversion process
点击将输入发送到版本控制进程
&Send
发送(&S)
Alt+S
Alt+S
Enter data to be sent to the subversion process
输入要发送到版本控制进程的数据
Select to switch the input field to password mode
选择将输入区域转换成密码模式
&Password Mode
密码模式(&P)
Alt+P
Alt+P
Process Generation Error
进程生成错误
There is no difference.
没有差异。
Save Diff
保存差异
Patch Files (*.diff)
补丁文件 (*.diff)
There is no temporary directory available.
无可用临时文件夹。
The process {0} could not be started. Ensure, that it is in the search path.
<p>The patch file <b>{0}</b> could not be saved.<br>Reason: {1}</p>
Processing file '{0}'...
<p>The patch file <b>{0}</b> already exists. Overwrite it?</p>
<Start>
<End>
SvnInfoDialog
file
文件
directory
文件夹
none
无
unknown
未知
normal
标准
add
添加
delete
删除
replace
替换
<tr><td><b>Path (relative to project):</b></td><td>{0}</td></tr>
<tr><td><b>Url:</b></td><td>{0}</td></tr>
<tr><td><b>Revision:</b></td><td>{0}</td></tr>
<tr><td><b>Repository root URL:</b></td><td>{0}</td></tr>
<tr><td><b>Repository UUID:</b></td><td>{0}</td></tr>
<tr><td><b>Last changed author:</b></td><td>{0}</td></tr>
<tr><td><b>Last Changed Date:</b></td><td>{0}</td></tr>
<tr><td><b>Last changed revision:</b></td><td>{0}</td></tr>
<tr><td><b>Node kind:</b></td><td>{0}</td></tr>
<tr><td><b>Lock Owner:</b></td><td>{0}</td></tr>
<tr><td><b>Lock Creation Date:</b></td><td>{0}</td></tr>
<tr><td><b>Lock Expiration Date:</b></td><td>{0}</td></tr>
<tr><td><b>Lock Token:</b></td><td>{0}</td></tr>
<tr><td><b>Lock Comment:</b></td><td>{0}</td></tr>
<tr><td><b>Schedule:</b></td><td>{0}</td></tr>
<tr><td><b>Copied From URL:</b></td><td>{0}</td></tr>
<tr><td><b>Copied From Rev:</b></td><td>{0}</td></tr>
<tr><td><b>Text Last Updated:</b></td><td>{0}</td></tr>
<tr><td><b>Properties Last Updated:</b></td><td>{0}</td></tr>
<tr><td><b>Checksum:</b></td><td>{0}</td></tr>
SvnLogBrowserDialog
Subversion Log
版本控制日志
From:
从:
Enter the start date
输入开始数据
To:
到:
Enter the end date
输入结束数据
Select the field to filter on
选择要过滤的区域
Revision
修订
Author
作者
Message
消息
Enter the regular expression to filter on
输入要过滤的正则表达式
Date
数据
Action
动作
Path
路径
Copy from
复制自
Copy from Rev
从修订复制
Press to get the next bunch of log entries
点击获得日志条目的下一个分支
&Next
下一个(&N)
Enter the limit of entries to fetch
输入要提取条目的限制
Select to stop listing log messages at a copy or move
选择在复制或移动时停止列出日志消息
Stop on Copy/Move
复制或移动时停止
Press to generate a diff to the previous revision
点击生成与上一次修订的差异
&Diff to Previous
与上一次的差异(&D)
Press to compare two revisions
点击比较两次修订
&Compare Revisions
比较修订(&C)
Errors
错误
<b>Subversion log errors</b><p>This shows possible error messages of the svn log command.</p>
<b>版本控制日志错误</b><p>显示版本控制日志命令可能的错误消息。</p>
Input
输入
Press to send the input to the subversion process
点击将输入发送到版本控制进程
&Send
发送(&S)
Alt+S
Alt+S
Enter data to be sent to the subversion process
输入要发送到版本控制进程的数据
Select to switch the input field to password mode
选择将输入区域转换成密码模式
&Password Mode
密码模式(&P)
Alt+P
Alt+P
Added
已添加
Deleted
已删除
Modified
已修改
Subversion Error
版本控制错误
Process Generation Error
进程生成错误
The process {0} could not be started. Ensure, that it is in the search path.
Replaced
Select to show differences side-by-side
Show differences side-by-side
SvnLogDialog
Subversion Log
版本控制日志
Log
日志
<b>Subversion Log</b><p>This shows the output of the svn log command. By clicking on the links you may show the difference between versions.</p>
<b>版本控制日志</b><p>显示版本控制日志命令的输出。在链接上点击可以显示版本间的差异。</p>
Errors
错误
<b>Subversion log errors</b><p>This shows possible error messages of the svn log command.</p>
<b>版本控制日志错误</b><p>显示版本控制日志命令可能的错误消息。</p>
Input
输入
Press to send the input to the subversion process
点击将输入发送到版本控制进程
&Send
发送(&S)
Alt+S
Alt+S
Enter data to be sent to the subversion process
输入要发送到版本控制进程的数据
Select to switch the input field to password mode
选择将输入区域转换成密码模式
&Password Mode
密码模式(&P)
Alt+P
Alt+P
<b>Processing your request, please wait...</b>
<b>正在处理您的请求,请稍候……</b>
Added
已添加
Deleted
已删除
Modified
已修改
revision
修订
Process Generation Error
进程生成错误
The process {0} could not be started. Ensure, that it is in the search path.
diff to {0}
<i>author: {0}</i><br />
<i>date: {0}</i><br />
(copied from {0}, revision {1})
Select to show differences side-by-side
Show differences side-by-side
SvnLoginDialog
Subversion Login
版本控制登录
Select, if the login data should be saved.
选择是否保存登录数据。
Save login data
保存登录数据
Enter password
输入密码
Password:
密码:
Username:
用户名:
Enter username
输入用户名
<b>Enter login data for realm {0}.</b>
SvnMergeDialog
Subversion Merge
版本控制合并
Select to force the merge operation
选择强制进行合并操作
Enforce merge
强制合并
Target:
目标:
Enter the target
输入目标
<b>Target</b>
<p>Enter the target for the merge operation into this field. Leave it empty to
get the target URL from the working copy.</p>
<p><b>Note:</b> This entry is only needed, if you enter revision numbers above.</p>
<b>目标</b>
<p>将合并操作的目标输入到此区域中。
为空时从工作副本中获得目标 URL。</p>
<p><b>注意:</b>该条目仅当你在上面输入修订号时才需要。</p>
1. URL/Revision:
1. URL/修订:
Enter an URL or a revision number
输入一个 URL 或修订号
<b>URL/Revision</b>
<p>Enter an URL or a revision number to be merged into
the working copy.</p>
<b>URL/修订</b>
<p>输入要合并到工作副本中的 URL 或修订号。</p>
2. URL/Revision:
2. URL/修订:
SvnNewProjectOptionsDialog
New Project from Repository
从储存库新建项目
<b>New Project from Repository Dialog</b>
<p>Enter the various repository infos into the entry fields. These values are used, when the new project is retrieved from the repository. If the checkbox is selected, the URL must end in the project name. A repository layout with project/tags, project/branches and project/trunk will be assumed. In this case, you may enter a tag or branch, which must look like tags/tagname or branches/branchname. If the checkbox is not selected, the URL must contain the complete path in the repository.</p>
<p>For remote repositories the URL must contain the hostname.</p>
<b>从储存库对话框新建项目</b>
<p>将多个储存库信息输入到条目区域。在从储存库检索新项目时会使用到这些值。如果复选框被选中,则 URL 必须由项目名结束。假定储存库以项目/标签、项目/分支和项目/主干进行布局。则你可能输入一个标签或分支,它们必须具有“标签/标签名”或“分支/分支名”的形式。如果复选框未被选中,则 URL 必须包含其在储存库中的完整路径。</p>
<p>对于远程储存库来说,URL 必须包含主机名。</p>
Enter the tag the new project should be generated from
输入标签,新项目将从其中生成
<b>Tag in VCS</b>
<p>Enter the tag name the new project shall be generated from. Leave empty to retrieve the latest data from the repository.</p>
<b>版本控制系统中的标签</b>
<p>输入标签名称,新项目将从其中生成。为空时从储存库中检索最后的日期。</p>
Select the protocol to access the repository
选择访问储存库的协议
&Protocol:
协议(&P):
<b>URL</b><p>Enter the URL to the module. For a repository with standard layout, this must not contain the trunk, tags or branches part.</p>
<b>URL</b><p>输入模块的 URL 。由于储存库具有标准布局,则该 URL 必须包含主干、标签或分支部分。</p>
&URL:
&URL:
Enter the directory of the new project.
输入新项目的文件夹。
<b>Project Directory</b>
<p>Enter the directory of the new project. It will be retrieved from
the repository and be placed in this directory.</p>
<b>项目文件夹</b>
<p>输入新项目的文件夹。它将在储存库中被检索,且被放置在该文件夹中。</p>
Select to indicate, that the repository has a standard layout (projectdir/trunk, projectdir/tags, projectdir/branches)
选择指示储存库具有标准布局(项目文件夹/主干,项目文件夹/标签,项目文件夹/分支)
Repository has standard &layout
储存库具有标准布局(&l)
Alt+L
Alt+L
Select the repository url via a directory selection dialog or the repository browser
通过文件夹选择对话框或储存库浏览器选择储存库 URL
Project &Directory:
项目文件夹(&D):
&Tag:
标签(&T):
Select the project directory via a directory selection dialog
通过文件夹选择对话框选择项目文件夹
Select Repository-Directory
选择储存库文件夹
Select Project Directory
选择项目文件夹
Pat&h:
Enter the url path of the module in the repository (without protocol part)
SvnOptionsDialog
Repository Infos
储存库信息
<b>Repository Infos Dialog</b>
<p>Enter the various infos into the entry fields. These values are used to generate a new project in the repository. If the checkbox is selected, the URL must end in the project name. A directory tree with project/tags, project/branches and project/trunk will be generated in the repository. If the checkbox is not selected, the URL must contain the complete path in the repository.</p>
<p>For remote repositories the URL must contain the hostname.</p>
<b>储存库信息对话框</b>
<p>将多个信息输入到条目区域中。这些值用于在储存库中生成一个新项目。如果复选框被选中,则 URL 必须以项目名称结束。在储存库中将生成一个目录树,具有项目/标签,项目/分支和项目/主干的结构。如果复选框未被选中,则 URL 必须包含其在储存库中的完整路径。</p>
<p>对于远程储存库而言 URL 必须包含主机名。</p>
Log &Message:
日志消息(&M):
Select, if the standard repository layout (projectdir/trunk, projectdir/tags, projectdir/branches) should be generated
选择是否生成标准储存库布局(项目文件夹/主干,项目文件夹/标签,项目文件夹/分支)
Create standard repository &layout
创建标准储存库布局(&l)
Alt+L
Alt+L
Select the protocol to access the repository
选择访问储存库的协议
Select the repository url via a directory selection dialog or the repository browser
通过文件夹选择对话框或储存库浏览器选择储存库 URL
&URL:
&URL:
Enter the log message for the new project.
为新项目输入日志消息。
<b>Log Message</b>
<p>Enter the log message to be used for the new project.</p>
<b>日志消息</b>
<p>输入将为新项目使用的日志消息。</p>
new project started
新项目已开始
&Protocol:
协议(&P):
<b>URL</b><p>Enter the URL to the module. For a repository with standard layout, this must not contain the trunk, tags or branches part.</p>
<b>URL</b><p>输入模块的 URL 。由于储存库具有标准布局,则该 URL 必须包含主干、标签或分支部分。</p>
Select Repository-Directory
选择储存库文件夹
Pat&h:
Enter the url path of the module in the repository (without protocol part)
SvnProjectBrowserHelper
Version Control
版本控制
Update from repository
从储存库更新
Commit changes to repository...
将更改提交到储存库中……
Add to repository
添加到储存库
Add tree to repository
添加树到储存库
Remove from repository (and disk)
从储存库(和磁盘)中移除
Add to Changelist
添加更改列表
Remove from Changelist
从更改列表中移除
Show log
显示日志
Show log browser
显示日志浏览器
Show status
显示状态
Show annotated file
显示有注释的文件
Revert changes
还原改变
Merge changes
合并更改
Lock
闭锁
Unlock
解锁
Break Lock
Break Lock
Steal Lock
Steal Lock
Set Property
设置属性
List Properties
列出属性
Delete Property
删除属性
Select all local file entries
选择所有本地文件条目
Select all versioned file entries
选择所有版本化的文件条目
Select all local directory entries
选择所有本地文件夹条目
Select all versioned directory entries
选择所有版本化的文件夹条目
Configure...
配置……
Show repository info
显示储存库信息
Copy
复制
Move
Show differences
Show differences side-by-side
Show differences (extended)
Show differences side-by-side (extended)
Show differences (URLs)
Conflicts resolved
SvnProjectHelper
New from repository
从储存库新建
&New from repository...
从储存库新建(&N)……
Create a new project from the VCS repository
从版本控制系统储存库创建新项目
<b>New from repository</b><p>This creates a new local project from the VCS repository.</p>
<b>从储存库新建</b><p>从版本控制系统储存库中创建新的本地项目。</p>
Update from repository
从储存库更新
&Update from repository
从储存库更新(&U)
Update the local project from the VCS repository
从版本控制系统储存库更新本地项目
<b>Update from repository</b><p>This updates the local project from the VCS repository.</p>
<b>从储存库更新</b><p>从版本控制系统储存库更新本地项目</p>
Commit changes to repository
将更改提交到储存库中
&Commit changes to repository...
将更改提交到储存库中(&C)……
Commit changes to the local project to the VCS repository
将本地项目的更改提交到版本控制系统储存库中
<b>Commit changes to repository</b><p>This commits changes to the local project to the VCS repository.</p>
<b>将更改提交到储存库中</b><p>将本地项目的更改提交到版本控制系统储存库中</p>
Show log
显示日志
Show &log
显示日志(&l)
Show the log of the local project
显示本地项目的日志
<b>Show log</b><p>This shows the log of the local project.</p>
<b>显示日志</b><p>显示本地项目的日志。</p>
Show log browser
显示日志浏览器
Show a dialog to browse the log of the local project
显示对话框以浏览本地项目的日志
<b>Show log browser</b><p>This shows a dialog to browse the log of the local project. A limited number of entries is shown first. More can be retrieved later on.</p>
<b>显示日志浏览器</b><p>显示对话框以浏览本地项目的日志。先显示条目的受限号。稍后可以检索更多信息。</p>
Show &difference
显示差异(&d)
Show the difference of the local project to the repository
显示本地项目与储存库的差异
Show the difference of revisions of the project to the repository
显示项目的修订本与储存库的差异
Show the difference of the project between two repository URLs
显示两个储存库 URL 中项目的差异
Show status
显示状态
Show &status
显示状态(&s)
Show the status of the local project
显示本地项目的状态
<b>Show status</b><p>This shows the status of the local project.</p>
<b>显示状态</b><p>显示本地项目的状态。</p>
Tag in repository
在储存库中标记
&Tag in repository...
在储存库中标记(&T)……
Tag the local project in the repository
在储存库中标记本地项目
<b>Tag in repository</b><p>This tags the local project in the repository.</p>
<b>在储存库中标记</b><p>在储存库中标记本地项目。</p>
Export from repository
从储存库导出
&Export from repository...
从储存库导出(&E)……
Export a project from the repository
从储存库中导出一个项目
<b>Export from repository</b><p>This exports a project from the repository.</p>
<b>从储存库导出</b><p>从储存库导出一个项目。</p>
Command options
命令选项
Command &options...
命令选项(&o)……
Show the VCS command options
显示版本控制系统命令选项
<b>Command options...</b><p>This shows a dialog to edit the VCS command options.</p>
<b>命令选项……</b><p>显示一个对话框以编辑版本控制系统命令选项。</p>
Revert changes
还原改变
Re&vert changes
还原改变(&v)
Revert all changes made to the local project
还原所有改变到本地项目中
<b>Revert changes</b><p>This reverts all changes made to the local project.</p>
<b>还原改变</b><p>还原所有改变到本地项目中。</p>
Merge
合并
Mer&ge changes...
合并更改(&g)……
Merge changes of a tag/revision into the local project
将标签或修订本的改变合并到当前项目
<b>Merge</b><p>This merges changes of a tag/revision into the local project.</p>
<b>合并</b><p>将标签或修订本的改变合并到当前项目。</p>
Switch
转换
S&witch...
转换(&w)……
Switch the local copy to another tag/branch
转换本地副本到另一个标签或分支
<b>Switch</b><p>This switches the local copy to another tag/branch.</p>
<b>转换</b><p>转换本地副本到另一个标签或分支。</p>
Cleanup
清除
Cleanu&p
清除(&p)
Cleanup the local project
清除本地项目
<b>Cleanup</b><p>This performs a cleanup of the local project.</p>
<b>清除</b><p>执行对本地项目的清除。</p>
Execute command
执行命令
E&xecute command...
执行命令(&x)……
Execute an arbitrary VCS command
执行任意的版本控制系统命令
<b>Execute command</b><p>This opens a dialog to enter an arbitrary VCS command.</p>
<b>执行命令</b><p>打开一个对话框以输入任意一个版本控制系统命令。</p>
List tags
列出标签
List tags...
列出标签……
List tags of the project
列出项目的标签
<b>List tags</b><p>This lists the tags of the project.</p>
<b>列出标签</b><p>列出项目的标签。</p>
List branches
列出分支
List branches...
列出分支……
List branches of the project
列出项目的分支
<b>List branches</b><p>This lists the branches of the project.</p>
<b>列出分支</b><p>列出项目的分支。</p>
List repository contents
列出储存库内容
List repository contents...
列出储存库内容……
Lists the contents of the repository
列出储存库的内容
<b>List repository contents</b><p>This lists the contents of the repository.</p>
<b>列出储存库内容</b><p>列出储存库的内容。</p>
Set Property
设置属性
Set Property...
设置属性……
Set a property for the project files
为项目文件设置一个属性
<b>Set Property</b><p>This sets a property for the project files.</p>
<b>设置属性</b><p>为项目文件设置一个属性。</p>
List Properties
列出属性
List Properties...
列出属性……
List properties of the project files
列出项目文件的属性
<b>List Properties</b><p>This lists the properties of the project files.</p>
<b>列出属性</b><p>列出项目文件的属性。</p>
Delete Property
删除属性
Delete Property...
删除属性……
Delete a property for the project files
从项目文件中删除一个属性
<b>Delete Property</b><p>This deletes a property for the project files.</p>
<b>删除属性</b><p>从项目文件中删除一个属性。</p>
Relocate
重定位
Relocate...
重定位……
Relocate the working copy to a new repository URL
将工作副本重定位到一个新的储存库 URL
<b>Relocate</b><p>This relocates the working copy to a new repository URL.</p>
<b>重定位</b><p>将工作副本重定位到一个新的储存库 URL 。</p>
Repository Browser
储存库浏览器
Repository Browser...
储存库浏览器……
Show the Repository Browser dialog
显示储存库浏览器对话框
<b>Repository Browser</b><p>This shows the Repository Browser dialog.</p>
<b>储存库浏览器</b><p>显示储存库浏览器对话框。</p>
Configure
配置
Configure...
配置……
Show the configuration dialog with the Subversion page selected
显示配置对话框并自动选择版本控制页面
<b>Configure</b><p>Show the configuration dialog with the Subversion page selected.</p>
<b>配置</b><p>显示配置对话框并自动选择版本控制页面。</p>
Show repository info
显示储存库信息
Show some repository related information for the local project
显示本地项目的一些储存库相关信息
<b>Show repository info</b><p>This shows some repository related information for the local project.</p>
<b>显示储存库信息</b><p>显示本地项目的一些储存库相关信息。</p>
Conflicts resolved
Con&flicts resolved
Mark all conflicts of the local project as resolved
<b>Conflicts resolved</b><p>This marks all conflicts of the local project as resolved.</p>
Show change lists
Show the change lists and associated files of the local project
<b>Show change lists</b><p>This shows the change lists and associated files of the local project.</p>
Upgrade
Upgrade...
Upgrade the working copy to the current format
<b>Upgrade</b><p>Upgrades the working copy to the current format.</p>
Show differences
Show differences (extended)
Show differences (URLs)
<b>Show differences</b><p>This shows differences of the local project to the repository.</p>
<b>Show differences (extended)</b><p>This shows differences of selectable revisions of the project.</p>
<b>Show differences (URLs)</b><p>This shows differences of the project between two repository URLs.</p>
SvnPropDelDialog
Delete Subversion Property
删除版本控制属性
Enter the name of the property to be deleted
输入要删除的属性名称
Select to apply the property recursively
选择重复应用属性
Apply &recursively
重复应用(&r)
Property &Name:
属性名称(&N):
SvnPropListDialog
Subversion List Properties
版本控制列表属性
<b>Subversion List Prperties</b>
<p>This dialog shows the properties of the selected file or project.</p>
<b>版本控制列表属性</b>
<p>该对话框显示所选文件或项目的属性。</p>
<b>Properties List</b>
<p>This shows the properties of the selected file or project.</p>
<b>属性列表</b>
<p>显示所选文件或项目的属性。</p>
Path
路径
Name
名称
Value
值
Errors
错误
<b>Subversion proplist errors</b>
<p>This shows possible error messages of the subversion proplist command.</p>
<b>版本控制属性列表错误</b>
<p>显示版本控制属性列表命令可能的错误消息。</p>
Process Generation Error
进程生成错误
None
无
The process {0} could not be started. Ensure, that it is in the search path.
SvnPropSetDialog
Set Subversion Property
设置版本控制属性
Property Name:
属性名称:
Enter the name of the property to be set
输入要设置的属性名称
Select property source
选择属性源
File
文件
Text
文本
Enter text of the property
输入属性的文本
Press to select the file via a file selection dialog
请通过文件选择对话框选择文件
Enter the name of a file for the property
为属性输入文件名称
Property &Name:
属性名称(&N):
Select to apply the property recursively
选择重复应用属性
Apply &recursively
重复应用(&r)
Property &Value:
属性值(&V):
Select file for property
为属性选择文件
SvnRelocateDialog
Subversion Relocate
版本控制重定位
New repository URL:
新储存库 URL:
Enter the URL of the repository the working space should be relocated to
输入要重定位于其上的储存库工作空间的 URL
Current repository URL:
当前储存库 URL:
Select, if the relocate should happen inside the repository
选择重定位是否在储存库中进行
Relocate inside repository (used, if the repository layout has changed)
在储存库中重定位(在储存库布局改变时使用)
SvnRepoBrowserDialog
Subversion Repository Browser
版本控制储存库浏览器
URL:
URL:
Enter the URL of the repository
输入储存库的 URL
File
文件
Revision
修订
Author
作者
Size
大小
Date
数据
Errors
错误
<b>Subversion errors</b><p>This shows possible error messages of the svn list and svn info commands.</p>
<b>版本控制错误</b><p>显示版本控制列表和版本控制信息命令可能的错误消息。</p>
Input
输入
Press to send the input to the subversion process
点击将输入发送到版本控制进程
&Send
发送(&S)
Alt+S
Alt+S
Enter data to be sent to the subversion process
输入要发送到版本控制进程的数据
Select to switch the input field to password mode
选择将输入区域转换成密码模式
&Password Mode
密码模式(&P)
Alt+P
Alt+P
The installed version of PySvn should be 1.4.0 or better.
已安装的 PySvn 版本应为 1.4.0 或更高。
Subversion Error
版本控制错误
Process Generation Error
进程生成错误
The process {0} could not be started. Ensure, that it is in the search path.
SvnRevisionSelectionDialog
Subversion Diff
版本控制差异
Revision &1
修订 &1
Select revision before last commit
选择在最后提交之前修订
PREV
以前的
Select last committed revision
选择最后提交的修订
COMMITTED
已提交
Select base revision
选择基础修订
BASE
基础
Select head revision of repository
选择储存库的头部修订
HEAD
头部
Select working revision
选择工作中修订
WORKING
工作中
Enter a revision number
输入一个修订号
Enter time of revision
输入修订的时间
Enter date of revision
输入修订的日期
yyyy-MM-dd
年-月-日
Select to specify a revision by number
选择通过号码指定一个修订
Number
号码
Select to specify a revision by date and time
选择通过日期和时间指定一个修订
Date
数据
Revision &2
修订 &2
SvnStatusDialog
Subversion Status
版本控制状态
<b>Subversion Status</b>
<p>This dialog shows the status of the selected file or project.</p>
<b>版本控制状态</b>
<p>该对话框显示所选文件或项目的状态。</p>
Changelist
更改列表
Status
状态
Prop. Status
属性状态
Locked
已闭锁
History
历史
Switched
已转换
Lock Info
闭锁信息
Up to date
最新
Revision
修订
Last Change
最后的更改
Author
作者
Path
路径
Errors
错误
Input
输入
Press to send the input to the subversion process
点击将输入发送到版本控制进程
&Send
发送(&S)
Alt+S
Alt+S
Enter data to be sent to the subversion process
输入要发送到版本控制进程的数据
Select to switch the input field to password mode
选择将输入区域转换成密码模式
&Password Mode
密码模式(&P)
Alt+P
Alt+P
Refresh
刷新
Press to refresh the status display
点击刷新状态显示
Commit changes to repository...
将更改提交到储存库中……
Add to repository
添加到储存库
Revert changes
还原改变
Add to Changelist
添加更改列表
Remove from Changelist
从更改列表中移除
Lock
闭锁
Unlock
解锁
Break lock
Break lock
Steal lock
Steal lock
Adjust column sizes
调整列宽
added
已添加
deleted
已删除
modified
已修改
unversioned
unversioned
locked
已闭锁
other lock
其它闭锁
stolen lock
stolen 闭锁
broken lock
broken 闭锁
not locked
未闭锁
normal
标准
replaced
已替换
conflict
冲突
external
外部
ignored
已忽略
missing
遗漏
type error
类型错误
no
否
yes
是
Process Generation Error
进程生成错误
Commit
提交
There are no uncommitted changes available/selected.
没有未提交的更改可用或被选择。
Add
添加
There are no unversioned entries available/selected.
没有未版本化的条目可用或被选择。
Revert
还原
There are no unlocked files available/selected.
没有未解锁的文件可用或被选择。
There are no locked files available/selected.
没有闭锁的文件可用或被选择。
Break Lock
Break Lock
Steal Lock
Steal Lock
There are no files available/selected not belonging to a changelist.
没有不属于更改列表的文件可用或被选择。
There are no files available/selected belonging to a changelist.
没有属于更改列表的文件可用或被选择。
The process {0} could not be started. Ensure, that it is in the search path.
&Filter on Status:
Select the status of entries to be shown
Commit the selected changes
&Commit
Add the selected entries to the repository
&Add
添加(&A)
Show differences of the selected entries to the repository
&Differences
Revert the selected entries to the last revision in the repository
Re&vert
Restore the selected missing entries from the repository
&Restore
Show differences
Restore missing
all
Differences
There are no entries selected to be committed.
There are no missing entries available/selected.
Select all for commit
Deselect all from commit
Show differences of the selected entry to the repository in a side-by-side manner
Side-b&y-Side Diff
Show differences side-by-side
Side-by-Side Diff
Only one file with uncommitted changes must be selected.
SvnStatusMonitorThread
Subversion status checked successfully (using svn)
版本控制状态检查成功(使用 SVN)
Could not start the Subversion process.
无法开始版本控制进程。
Subversion status checked successfully (using pysvn)
版本控制状态检查成功(使用 pysvn)
SvnSwitchDialog
Subversion Switch
版本控制转换
Tag Name:
标签名:
Enter the name of the tag
输入标签的名称
<b>Tag Name</b>
<p>Enter the name of the tag to be switched to.
In order to switch to the trunk version leave it empty.</p>
<b>标签名</b>
<p>输入要转换到的标签名称。
要转换到分支版本则不要填写。</p>
Tag Type
标签类型
Select for a regular tag
为正则标签选择
<b>Regular Tag</b>
<p>Select this entry for a regular tag.</p>
<b>正则标签</b>
<p>为正则标签选择该条目。</p>
Regular Tag
正则标签
Select for a branch tag
为分支标签选择
<b>Branch Tag</b>
<p>Select this entry for a branch tag.</p>
<b>分支标签</b>
<p>为分支标签选择该条目。</p>
Branch Tag
分支标签
SvnTagBranchListDialog
Subversion Tag List
版本控制标签列表
<b>Subversion Tag/Branch List</b>
<p>This dialog shows a list of the projects tags or branches.</p>
<b>版本控制标签/分支列表</b>
<p>该对话框显示一列项目标签或分支。</p>
<b>Tag/Branches List</b>
<p>This shows a list of the projects tags or branches.</p>
<b>标签/分支列表</b>
<p>显示一列项目标签或分支。</p>
Revision
修订
Author
作者
Date
数据
Name
名称
Errors
错误
Input
输入
Press to send the input to the subversion process
点击将输入发送到版本控制进程
&Send
发送(&S)
Alt+S
Alt+S
Enter data to be sent to the subversion process
输入要发送到版本控制进程的数据
Select to switch the input field to password mode
选择将输入区域转换成密码模式
&Password Mode
密码模式(&P)
Alt+P
Alt+P
Subversion Branches List
版本控制分支列表
Subversion Error
版本控制错误
The URL of the project repository could not be retrieved from the working copy. The list operation will be aborted
无法从工作副本中检索项目储存库的 URL 。列表操作将被终止
The URL of the project repository has an invalid format. The list operation will be aborted
项目储存库的 URL 包含无效格式。列表操作将被终止
Subversion List
版本控制列表
Enter the repository URL containing the tags or branches
输入包含标签或分支的储存库 URL
The repository URL is empty. Aborting...
储存库 URL 为空。终止……
Process Generation Error
进程生成错误
The installed version of PySvn should be 1.4.0 or better.
已安装的 PySvn 版本应为 1.4.0 或更高。
The process {0} could not be started. Ensure, that it is in the search path.
SvnTagDialog
Subversion Tag
版本控制标签
Enter the name of the tag
输入标签的名称
<b>Tag Name</b>
<p>Enter the name of the tag to be created, moved or deleted.</p>
<b>标签名</b>
<p>输入要创建、移动或删除标签的名称。</p>
Name:
名称:
Tag Action
标记动作
Select to create a regular tag
选择创建一个正则标签
<b>Create Regular Tag</b>
<p>Select this entry in order to create a regular tag in the repository.</p>
<b>创建正则标签</b>
<p>选择该条目以便在储存库中创建一个正则标签。</p>
Create Regular Tag
创建正则标签
Select to create a branch tag
选择创建一个分支标签
<b>Create Branch Tag</b>
<p>Select this entry in order to create a branch in the repository.</p>
<b>创建分支标签</b>
<p>选择该条目以便在储存库中创建一个分支标签。</p>
Create Branch Tag
创建分支标签
Select to delete a regular tag
选择删除一个正则标签
<b>Delete Regular Tag</b>
<p>Select this entry in order to delete the selected regular tag.</p>
<b>删除正则标签</b>
<p>选择该条目以删除所选正则标签。</p>
Delete Regular Tag
删除正则标签
Select to delete a branch tag
选择删除一个分支标签
<b>Delete Branch Tag</b>
<p>Select this entry in order to delete the selected branch tag.</p>
<b>删除分支标签</b>
<p>选择该条目以删除所选分支标签。</p>
Delete Branch Tag
删除分支标签
SvnUrlSelectionDialog
Subversion Diff
版本控制差异
Repository URL 1
储存库 URL 1
Select the URL type
选择 URL 类型
Enter the label name or path
输入标签名或路径
Repository URL 2
储存库 URL 2
Select to just show a summary of differences
选择只显示差异摘要
Summary only
仅摘要
Subversion Error
版本控制错误
The URL of the project repository could not be retrieved from the working copy. The operation will be aborted
无法从工作副本中检索项目储存库的 URL 。操作将终止
The URL of the project repository has an invalid format. The list operation will be aborted
项目储存库的 URL 包含无效格式。列表操作将被终止
The URL of the project repository has an invalid format. The operation will be aborted
项目储存库的 URL 包含无效格式。操作将被终止
SymbolsModel
Code
代码
Char
Hex
HTML
HTML
Name
名称
Control Characters
Basic Latin
Latin-1 Supplement
IPA Extensions
Spacing Modifier Letters
Combining Diacritical Marks
Greek and Coptic
Cyrillic
Cyrillic Supplement
Armenian
Hebrew
Arabic
Syriac
Thaana
Devanagari
Bengali
Gurmukhi
Gujarati
Oriya
Tamil
Telugu
Kannada
Malayalam
Sinhala
Thai
Lao
Tibetan
Myanmar
Georgian
Hangul Jamo
Ethiopic
Cherokee
Ogham
Runic
Tagalog
Hanunoo
Buhid
Tagbanwa
Khmer
Mongolian
Limbu
Tai Le
Khmer Symbols
Phonetic Extensions
Latin Extended Additional
Greek Extended
General Punctuation
Superscripts and Subscripts
Currency Symbols
Letterlike Symbols
Number Forms
Arcolumns
Mathematical Operators
Control Pictures
Optical Character Recognition
Enclosed Alphanumerics
Box Drawing
Block Elements
Dingbats
Supplement Arcolumns-A
Braille Patterns
Supplement Arcolumns-B
Supplemental Mathematical Operators
CJK Radicals Supplement
KangXi Radicals
Ideographic Description Chars
CJK Symbols and Punctuation
Hiragana
Katakana
Bopomofo
Hangul Compatibility Jamo
Kanbun
Bopomofo Extended
Katakana Phonetic Extensions
Enclosed CJK Letters and Months
CJK Compatibility
CJK Unified Ideogr. Ext. A
Yijing Hexagram Symbols
CJK Unified Ideographs
Yi Syllables
Yi Radicals
Hangul Syllables
CJK Compatibility Ideographs
Alphabetic Presentation Forms
Arabic Presentation Forms-A
Variation Selectors
Combining Half Marks
CJK Compatibility Forms
Small Form Variants
Arabic Presentation Forms-B
Half- and Fullwidth Forms
Specials
Miscellaneous Technical
Geometric Shapes
Miscellaneous Symbols
Miscellaneous Mathematical Symbols-A
Miscellaneous Mathematical Symbols-B
Miscellaneous Symbols and Arcolumns
High Surrogates
High Private Use Surrogates
Low Surrogates
Private Use
Old Italic
Gothic
Deseret
Byzantine Musical Symbols
Musical Symbols
Mathematical Alphanumeric Symbols
CJK Unified Ideogr. Ext. B
CJK Compatapility Ideogr. Suppl.
Tags
Latin Extended-A
Latin Extended-B
Samaritan
Mandaic
Arabic Extended-A
Ethiopic Supplement
Unified Canadian Aboriginal Syllabics
Unified Canadian Aboriginal Syllabics Extended
Buginese
Tai Tham
Balinese
Sundanese
Batak
Lepcha
Ol Chiki
Sundanese Supplement
Vedic Extensions
Phonetic Extensions Supplement
Combining Diacritical Marks Supplement
Glagolitic
Latin Extended-C
Coptic
Georgian Supplement
Tifinagh
Ethiopic Extended
Cyrillic Extended-A
Supplemental Punctuation
CJK Strokes
Lisu
Vai
Cyrillic Extended-B
Bamum
Modifier Tone Letters
Latin Extended-D
Syloti Nagri
Common Indic Number Forms
Phags-pa
Saurashtra
Devanagari Extended
Kayah Li
Rejang
Hangul Jamo Extended-A
Javanese
Cham
Myanmar Extended-A
Tai Viet
Meetei Mayek Extensions
Ethiopic Extended-A
Meetei Mayek
Hangul Jamo Extended-B
Vertical Forms
Linear B Syllabary
Linear B Ideograms
Aegean Numbers
Ancient Greek Numbers
Ancient Symbols
Phaistos Disc
Lycian
Carian
Ugaritic
Old Persian
Shavian
Osmanya
Cypriot Syllabary
Imperial Aramaic
Phoenician
Lydian
Meroitic Hieroglyphs
Meroitic Cursive
Kharoshthi
Old South Arabian
Avestan
Inscriptional Parthian
Inscriptional Pahlavi
Old Turkic
Rumi Numeral Symbols
Brahmi
Kaithi
Sora Sompeng
Chakma
Sharada
Takri
Cuneiform
Cuneiform Numbers and Punctuation
Egyptian Hieroglyphs
Bamum Supplement
Miao
Kana Supplement
Ancient Greek Musical Notation
Tai Xuan Jing Symbols
Counting Rod Numerals
Arabic Mathematical Alphabetic Symbols
Mahjong Tiles
Domino Tiles
Playing Cards
Enclosed Alphanumeric Supplement
Enclosed Ideographic Supplement
Miscellaneous Symbols And Pictographs
Emoticons
Transport And Map Symbols
Alchemical Symbols
CJK Unified Ideographs Extension C
CJK Unified Ideographs Extension D
Variation Selectors Supplement
Supplementary Private Use Area-A
Supplementary Private Use Area-B
N'Ko
SymbolsWidget
Symbols
Symbol code:
Enter the symbol code
Select the table to be shown
SyncCheckPage
Synchronization status
This page shows the status of the current synchronization process.
Synchronization Data
Sync Handler:
Host:
Synchronization Status
Bookmarks:
History:
Passwords:
User Agent Settings:
FTP
No Synchronization
<font color="#FF0000"><b>Error:</b> {0}</font>
Shared Directory
Speed Dial Settings:
Directory:
SyncDataPage
Basic synchronization settings
Please select, if synchronization should be enabled and which data should be synchronized.
Select to activate data synchronization
Activate synchronization
Data to be synchronized
Select to synchronize bookmarks
Bookmarks
书签
Select to synchronize history
History
历史
Select to synchronize passwords
Passwords
Select to synchronize user agent settings
User Agent Settings
Select to synchronize the speed dial data
Speed Dial Settings
SyncDirectorySettingsPage
Synchronize to a shared directory
Please enter the data for synchronization via a shared directory. All fields must be filled.
Shared Directory Settings
Directory Name:
Enter the full path of the shared directory
Select the shared directory via a directory selection dialog
Shared Directory
SyncEncryptionPage
Encryption Settings
Please select, if the synchronized data should be encrypted and enter the encryption key
Select to encrypt the synchronzed data
Encrypt Data
Select to re-encrypt the synchronized data
Re-encrypt synchronized data
Encryption Key:
Enter the encryption key
Encryption Key (again):
Repeat the encryption key
Encryption key must not be empty.
Repeated encryption key is wrong.
<p>The encryption key will be used to encrypt and decrypt the synchronizde data. If the data should be re-encrypted, the respective selection should be done. The key must only be repeated, if a re-encryption is requested.<br/><br/><b>Note: If you forget the encryption key, the encrypted data cannot be recovered!</b><br/></p>
Shows an indication for the encryption key strength
Size of generated encryption key:
Select the size of the generated encryption key
128 Bits
192 Bits
256 Bits
Select to encrypt only the passwords
Encrypt Passwords Only
SyncFtpSettingsPage
Synchronize to an FTP host
Please enter the data for synchronization via FTP. All fields must be filled.
Remote FTP Host Settings
Server:
Enter the FTP server name
User Name:
Enter the user name
Password:
密码:
Enter the password
Path:
Enter the remote path
输入远程路径
Port:
Enter the remote port
Idle Timeout:
Enter the idle timeout interval to prevent a server disconnect
s
SyncHandler
Invalid encryption key given.
Data cannot be decrypted.
Remote bookmarks file exists! Syncing local copy...
Remote bookmarks file does NOT exists. Exporting local copy...
Local bookmarks file is NEWER. Exporting local copy...
Local bookmarks file does NOT exist. Skipping synchronization!
Uploading local bookmarks file...
Remote history file exists! Syncing local copy...
Remote history file does NOT exists. Exporting local copy...
Local history file is NEWER. Exporting local copy...
Local history file does NOT exist. Skipping synchronization!
Uploading local history file...
Remote logins file exists! Syncing local copy...
Remote logins file does NOT exists. Exporting local copy...
Local logins file is NEWER. Exporting local copy...
Local logins file does NOT exist. Skipping synchronization!
Uploading local logins file...
Remote user agent settings file exists! Syncing local copy...
Remote user agent settings file does NOT exists. Exporting local copy...
Local user agent settings file is NEWER. Exporting local copy...
Local user agent settings file does NOT exist. Skipping synchronization!
Uploading local user agent settings file...
Remote speed dial settings file exists! Syncing local copy...
Remote speed dial settings file does NOT exists. Exporting local copy...
Local speed dial settings file is NEWER. Exporting local copy...
Local speed dial settings file does NOT exist. Skipping synchronization!
Uploading local speed dial settings file...
SyncHostTypePage
Host Type Selection
Please select the type of the host to be used for synchronization.
Synchronization Host Type
Select to use a FTP host
FTP
Select to use no particular host type
None
无
Select to use a shared directory
Shared Directory
SyntaxCheckerDialog
Syntax Check Result
语法检查结果
<b>Syntax Check Results</b>
<p>This dialog shows the results of the syntax check. Double clicking an
entry will open an editor window and position the cursor at the respective line.</p>
<b>语法检查结果</b>
<p>该对话框显示语法检查的结果。双击条目将打开编辑器窗口并将光标放置在相应行。</p>
<b>Result List</b>
<p>This list shows the results of the syntax check. Double clicking
an entry will open this entry in an editor window and position the cursor at
the respective line.</p>
<b>结果列表</b>
<p>该列表显示语法检查的结果。
双击条目将在编辑器窗口中打开该条目,并将光标放置在相应行。</p>
Source
源文件
Shows the progress of the syntax check action
显示语法检查行为的进程
Show
显示
File/Line
文件/行
Message
消息
Press to show all files containing an issue
No issues found.
Exclude Files:
排除文件:
Enter filename patterns of files to be excluded separated by a comma
输入要排除文件的文件名样式,用逗号分隔
Press to start the syntax check run
Start
开始
Error: {0}
%v/%m Files
SyntaxCheckerPlugin
Check Syntax
检查语法
&Syntax...
语法(&S)……
Check syntax.
检查语法。
<b>Check Syntax...</b><p>This checks Python files for syntax errors.</p>
<b>检查语法……</b><p>检查 Python 文件的语法错误。</p>
TRPreviewer
<No translation>
<No translation>
Translations Previewer
翻译预览器
Select language file
选择语言文件
&Open UI Files...
打开用户界面文件(&O)……
Open UI files for display
打开并显示用户界面文件
<b>Open UI Files</b><p>This opens some UI files for display.</p>
<b>打开用户界面文件</b><p>打开并显示某用户界面文件。</p>
Open &Translation Files...
打开翻译文件(&T)……
Open Translation files for display
打开并显示翻译文件
<b>Open Translation Files</b><p>This opens some translation files for display.</p>
<b>打开翻译文件</b><p>打开并显示翻译文件。</p>
&Reload Translations
重新载入翻译(&R)
Reload the loaded translations
重新载入已载入的翻译
<b>Reload Translations</b><p>This reloads the translations for the loaded languages.</p>
<b>重新载入翻译</b><p>为已载入的语言重新载入翻译。</p>
&Quit
退出(&Q)
Ctrl+Q
File|Quit
Ctrl+Q
Quit the application
退出应用程序
<b>Quit</b><p>Quit the application.</p>
<b>退出</b><p>退出应用程序。</p>
&What's This?
这是什么(&W)?
Shift+F1
Shift+F1
Context sensitive help
背景帮助
<b>Display context sensitive help</b><p>In What's This? mode, the mouse cursor shows an arrow with a question mark, and you can click on the interface elements to get a short description of what they do and how to use them. In dialogs, this feature can be accessed using the context help button in the titlebar.</p>
<b>显示背景帮助</b><p>在“这是什么?”模式中,鼠标光标显示为带问号的箭头,通过点击界面元素你可以获得“在做什么”和“怎样使用”的简短描述。使用标题栏中的上下文帮助按钮可以获得此功能。</p>
&About
关于(&A)
Display information about this software
显示软件信息
<b>About</b><p>Display some information about this software.</p>
<b>关于</b><p>显示与本软件有关的部分信息。</p>
About &Qt
关于 &Qt
Display information about the Qt toolkit
显示Qt工具包信息
<b>About Qt</b><p>Display some information about the Qt toolkit.</p>
<b>关于 Qt</b><p>显示Qt工具包的部分相关信息。</p>
&Tile
平铺(&T)
Tile the windows
平铺窗口
<b>Tile the windows</b><p>Rearrange and resize the windows so that they are tiled.</p>
<b>平铺窗口</b><p>重新排列并改变窗口大小以便平铺多个窗口。</p>
&Cascade
层叠(&C)
Cascade the windows
层叠窗口
<b>Cascade the windows</b><p>Rearrange and resize the windows so that they are cascaded.</p>
<b>层叠窗口</b><p>重新排列并改变窗口大小以便层叠多个窗口。</p>
&Close
关闭(&C)
Ctrl+W
File|Close
Ctrl+W
Close the current window
关闭当前窗口
<b>Close Window</b><p>Close the current window.</p>
<b>关闭窗口</b><p>关闭当前窗口。</p>
Clos&e All
全部关闭(&e)
Close all windows
关闭所有窗口
<b>Close All Windows</b><p>Close all windows.</p>
<b>关闭所有窗口</b><p>关闭所有窗口。</p>
&File
文件(&F)
&Help
帮助(&H)
File
文件
Help
帮助
TR Previewer
翻译预览器
<h3> About TR Previewer </h3><p>The TR Previewer loads and displays Qt User-Interface files and translation files and shows dialogs for a selected language.</p>
<h3> 关于界面与翻译预览器 </h3><p>翻译预览器为所选文件显示对话框,载入并显示 Qt 用户界面文件和翻译文件。</p>
Select UI files
选择 UI 文件
Qt User-Interface Files (*.ui)
Qt 用户界面文件 (*.ui)
Select translation files
选择翻译文件
Qt Translation Files (*.qm)
Qt 翻译文件 (*.qm)
&Window
窗口(&W)
TabWidget
Close the current editor
关闭当前编辑器
Move Left
左移
Move Right
右移
Move First
移至最前
Move Last
移至最后
Close
关闭
Close All
全部关闭
Save
保存
Save As...
另存为……
Save All
全部保存
Print
打印
Show a navigation menu
Close Others
{0} (ro)
Copy Path to Clipboard
Open 'rejection' file
TabnannyDialog
Tabnanny Result
Tabnanny 结果
<b>Tabnanny Results</b>
<p>This dialog shows the results of the tabnanny command. Double clicking an
entry will open an editor window and position the cursor at the respective line.</p>
<b>Tabnanny 结果</b>
<p>该对话框显示 tabnanny 命令的结果。
在条目上双击将打开编辑器窗口并将光标置于相应行。</p>
<b>Result List</b>
<p>This list shows the results of the tabnanny command. Double clicking
an entry will open this entry in an editor window and position the cursor at
the respective line.</p>
<b>结果列表</b>
<p>该列表显示 tabnanny 命令的结果。
双击条目将在编辑器窗口中打开该条目并将光标置于相应行。</p>
Filename
文件名
#
#
Source
源文件
Shows the progress of the tabnanny action
显示 tabnanny 行为的进程
No indentation errors found.
未找到缩进错误。
Exclude Files:
排除文件:
Enter filename patterns of files to be excluded separated by a comma
输入要排除文件的文件名样式,用逗号分隔
Press to start the tabnanny run
Start
开始
%v/%m Files
TabnannyPlugin
Check Indentations
检查缩进
&Indentations...
缩进(&I)……
Check indentations using tabnanny.
使用 tabnanny 检查缩进。
<b>Check Indentations...</b><p>This checks Python files for bad indentations using tabnanny.</p>
<b>检查缩进……</b><p>使用 tabnanny 检查 Python 文件的不良缩进。</p>
Tabview
Untitled {0}
{0} (ro)
TaskFilterConfigDialog
Task filter configuration
任务过滤器配置
Select the categories, the tasks list should be filtered on. Within each category, enter the selection criteria. The enabled categories are combined using an "<b>and</b>" operation.
选择过滤任务列表的种类。在每个种类中,输入选择条件。允许的种类之间用“<b>and</b>”操作符连接。
Select to filter on the task filename
选择在任务文件名上进行过滤
Filename
文件名
Enter the filename filter as a wildcard expression.
以通配符表达式形式输入文件名过滤。
Select to filter on the task type
选择在任务类型上进行过滤
Type
类型
Select to filter on the task scope
选择在任务作用域上进行过滤
Scope
作用域
Select to show global tasks only
选择仅显示全局任务
Global tasks
全局任务
Select to show project tasks only
选择仅显示项目任务
Project tasks
项目任务
Select to filter on the task completion status
选择在任务完成状态上进行过滤
Completion status
完成状态
Select to show uncompleted tasks only
选择仅显示未完成的任务
Uncompleted tasks
未完成的任务
Select to show completed tasks only
选择仅显示已完成的任务
Completed tasks
已完成的任务
Select to filter on the task priority
选择在任务优先级上进行过滤
Priority
优先级
Select to show high priority tasks
选择显示高优先级任务
High priority tasks
高优先级任务
Select to show normal priority tasks
选择显示普通优先级任务
Normal priority tasks
普通优先级任务
Select to show low priority tasks
选择显示低优先级任务
Low priority tasks
低优先级任务
Select the task type to be shown
Bugfix
Warning
警告
ToDo
Note
Select to filter on the task summary
Summary
摘要
Enter the summary filter as a regular expression.
TaskPropertiesDialog
Task Properties
任务属性
&Summary:
摘要(&S):
Enter the task summary
输入任务摘要
&Description:
描述(&D):
Enter the task description
输入任务描述
Creation Time:
创建时间:
&Priority:
优先级(&P):
Select the task priority
选择任务优先级
High
高
Normal
普通
Low
低
Select to indicate a task related to the current project
选择指示与当前项目相关的任务
Project &Task
项目任务(&T)
Select to mark this task as completed
选择将该任务标记为已完成
T&ask completed
任务已完成(&a)
Filename:
文件名:
Line:
行:
TaskViewer
Summary
摘要
Filename
文件名
Line
行
&New Task...
新建任务(&N)……
&Regenerate project tasks
重新生成项目任务(&R)
&Go To
转到(&G)
&Copy
复制(&C)
&Paste
粘贴(&P)
&Delete
删除(&D)
&Mark Completed
标记已完成(&M)
Delete Completed &Tasks
删除已完成的任务(&T)
P&roperties...
属性(&r)……
&Filtered display
显示被过滤的(&F)
Filter c&onfiguration...
过滤器配置(&o)……
Resi&ze columns
改变列宽(&z)
Configure...
配置……
Activate task filter
激活任务过滤器
The task filter doesn't have any active filters. Do you want to configure the filter settings?
任务过滤器不包含任务激活过滤器。要配置过滤器设置吗?
Extracting project tasks...
提取项目任务……
Abort
终止
Extracting project tasks...
{0}
&Configure scan options
Scan Filter Patterns
Enter filename patterns of files to be excluded separated by a comma:
P&roject Tasks
%v/%m Files
Tasks
任务
TasksPage
<b>Configure Tasks</b>
<b>配置任务</b>
Tasks Markers
任务标记符
Enter the tasks markers separated by a space character.
输入任务标记符,以空格分隔。
Bugfix tasks:
错误修正任务:
Tasks Handling
Select to clear global file tasks when the file is closed
Clear global file task when file is closed
Warning tasks:
Todo tasks:
Note tasks:
Tasks Background Colours
Select the background colour for these tasks.
TemplateGroup
Add Template
添加模板
<p>The group <b>{0}</b> already contains a template named <b>{1}</b>.</p>
TemplateMultipleVariablesDialog
Enter Template Variables
输入模板变量
&OK
确定(&O)
&Cancel
取消(&C)
TemplatePropertiesDialog
Template Properties
模板属性
Name:
名称:
Enter the name of the template/group. Templates are autocompleted upon this name.
输入模板或组的名称。根据该名称自动完成模板。
Description:
描述:
Enter a description for the template
为模板输入描述
Group:
组:
Template:
模板:
Enter the text of the template
输入模板的文本
<b>Template Text</b>
<p>Enter the template text in this area. Every occurrence of $VAR$ will be replaced
by the associated text when the template is applied. Predefined variables may be used in the template. The separator character might
be changed via the preferences dialog.</p>
<p>Press the help button for more information.</p>
<b>模板文本</b>
<p>在该区域输入模板文件。每个出现 $VAR$ 的地方都将在应用该模板时被相关文本替换。
可以在模板中使用预定义变量。可以通过参数选择对话框改变分隔符。</p>
<p>点击帮助按钮以获取更多信息。</p>
&Help
帮助(&H)
Alt+H
Alt+H
<b>Template name<b><p>Enter the name of the template. Templates may be autocompleted upon this name. In order to support autocompletion. the template name must only consist of letters (a-z and A-Z), digits (0-9) and underscores (_).</p>
<b>模板名称<b><p>输入模板或组的名称。根据该名称自动完成模板。若要支持自动完成,则模板名称只能包含字母(a-z 和 A-Z)、数字(0-9)和下划线(_)。</p>
All
全部
Language:
语言:
GROUP
组
Close dialog
关闭对话框
Do you really want to close the dialog?
确定要关闭对话框?
Template Help
模板帮助
<p>To use variables in a template, you just have to enclose the variablename with $-characters. When you use the template, you will then be asked for a value for this variable.</p><p>Example template: This is a $VAR$</p><p>When you use this template you will be prompted for a value for the variable $VAR$. Any occurrences of $VAR$ will then be replaced with whatever you've entered.</p><p>If you need a single $-character in a template, which is not used to enclose a variable, type $$(two dollar characters) instead. They will automatically be replaced with a single $-character when you use the template.</p><p>If you want a variables contents to be treated specially, the variablename must be followed by a ':' and one formatting specifier (e.g. $VAR:ml$). The supported specifiers are:<table><tr><td>ml</td><td>Specifies a multiline formatting. The first line of the variable contents is prefixed with the string occurring before the variable on the same line of the template. All other lines are prefixed by the same amount of whitespace as the line containing the variable.</td></tr><tr><td>rl</td><td>Specifies a repeated line formatting. Each line of the variable contents is prefixed with the string occuring before the variable on the same line of the template.</td></tr></table></p><p>The following predefined variables may be used in a template:<table><tr><td>date</td><td>today's date in ISO format (YYYY-MM-DD)</td></tr><tr><td>year</td><td>the current year</td></tr><tr><td>project_name</td><td>the name of the project (if any)</td></tr><tr><td>project_path</td><td>the path of the project (if any)</td></tr><tr><td>path_name</td><td>full path of the current file</td></tr><tr><td>dir_name</td><td>full path of the parent directory</td></tr><tr><td>file_name</td><td>the current file name (without directory)</td></tr><tr><td>base_name</td><td>like <i>file_name</i>, but without extension</td></tr><tr><td>ext</td><td>the extension of the current file</td></tr><tr><td>cur_select</td><td>the currently selected text</td></tr><tr><td>insertion</td><td>Sets insertion point for cursor after template is inserted.</td></tr><tr><td>select_start</td><td>Sets span of selected text in template after template is inserted (used together with 'select_end').</td></tr><tr><td>select_end</td><td>Sets span of selected text in template after template is inserted (used together with 'select_start').</td></tr><tr><td>clipboard</td><td>the text of the clipboard</td></tr></table></p><p>If you want to change the default delimiter to anything different, please use the configuration dialog to do so.</p>
TemplateSingleVariableDialog
Enter Template Variable
输入模板变量
Enter the value for the variable.
为变量输入特定值。
Variable:
变量:
TemplateViewer
Apply
应用
Add entry...
添加条目……
Add group...
添加组……
Edit...
编辑……
Remove
移除
Save
保存
Import...
导入……
Export...
导出……
Help about Templates...
模板帮助……
Configure...
配置……
Remove Template
移除模板
Import Templates
导入模板
Export Templates
导出模板
Templates Files (*.e4c);; All Files (*)
模板文件 (*.e4c);; 所有文件 (*)
Template Help
模板帮助
Edit Template Group
编辑模板组
Save templates
保存模板
Read templates
写入模板
<p>Do you really want to remove <b>{0}</b>?</p>
<p>A template group with the name <b>{0}</b> already exists.</p>
<p>The templates file <b>{0}</b> could not be written.</p>
<p>The templates file <b>{0}</b> could not be read.</p>
<p><b>Template groups</b> are a means of grouping individual templates. Groups have an attribute that specifies, which programming language they apply for. In order to add template entries, at least one group has to be defined.</p><p><b>Template entries</b> are the actual templates. They are grouped by the template groups. Help about how to define them is available in the template edit dialog.</p>
Reload
重新载入
Reload Templates
The templates contain unsaved changes. Shall these changes be discarded?
TemplatesPage
<b>Configure Templates</b>
<b>配置模板</b>
Groups
组
Select, if groups having entries should be opened automatically
选择是否自动打开包含条目的组
Expand groups automatically
自动展开组
Variables
变量
Separator:
分隔符:
Enter the character that encloses variables
输入包围变量的符号
Input method for variables
变量的输入方法
Select, if a new dialog should be opened for every template variable
选择是否为每个模板变量打开一个新对话框
One dialog per template variable
每个模板变量一个对话框
Select, if only one dialog for all template variables should be shown
选择是否所有模板变量都显示在一个对话框中
One dialog for all template variables
所有模板变量一个对话框
Tooltips
工具提示
Select, if the template text should be shown in a tooltip
选择模板文本是否显示在工具提示中
Show template text in tooltip
在工具提示中显示模板文本
Template Editor
Press to select the font to be used for the code editor
Editor Font
Template Code Editor
ToolConfigurationDialog
Configure Tools Menu
配置工具菜单
Add a separator
添加一个分隔符
<b>Add separator</b><p>Add a separator for the menu.</p>
<b>添加分隔符</b><p>为菜单添加分隔符。</p>
Add &Separator
添加分隔符(&S)
Add a new tools entry
添加一个新的工具条目
<b>Add</b>
<p>Add a new tools entry with the values entered below.</p>
<b>添加</b>
<p>用以上输入的值添加一个新的工具条目。</p>
&Add
添加(&A)
Alt+A
Alt+A
Select the output redirection mode
选择输出重定向模式
<b>Redirect output<b><p>Select the output redirection mode. The standard error channel is either not redirected or shown in the log viewer.</p>
<b>重定向输出<b><p>选择输出重定模式。标准错误通道既无法进行重定向也不显示在日志浏览器中。</p>
Enter the arguments for the executable
输入执行的参数
<b>Arguments</b>
<p>Enter the arguments for the executable.</p>
<b>参数</b>
<p>为执行输入参数。</p>
Move up
上移
<b>Move Up</b>
<p>Move the selected entry up.</p>
<b>上移</b><p>向上移动所选入口。</p>
&Up
向上(&U)
Alt+U
Alt+U
Delete the selected entry
删除所选入口
<b>Delete</b>
<p>Delete the selected entry.</p>
<b>删除</b>
<p>删除所选入口。</p>
&Delete
删除(&D)
Alt+D
Alt+D
Clear all entry fields
清除所有条目区域
<b>New</b>
<p>Clear all entry fields for entering a new tools entry.</p>
<b>新建</b>
<p>清除所有条目区域以便输入一个新的工具条目。</p>
&New
新建(&N)
Alt+N
Alt+N
Select the icon via a file selection dialog
通过文件选择对话框选择图标
<b>Icon</b>
<p>Select the icon via a file selection dialog.</p>
<b>图标</b>
<p>通过文件选择对话框选择图标。</p>
Enter the filename of the executable
输入执行的文件名
<b>Executable</b>
<p>Enter the filename of the executable.</p>
<b>执行</b>
<p>输入执行的文件名。</p>
Move down
下移
<b>Move Down</b>
<p>Move the selected entry down.</p>
<b>下移</b>
<p>向下移动所选入口。</p>
Do&wn
向下(&w)
Alt+W
Alt+W
Enter the menu text
输入菜单文本
<b>Menu text</b>
<p>Enter the menu text. Precede the accelerator key with an & character.</p>
<b>菜单文本</b>
<p>输入菜单文本。通过在字母前添加“&”符号定义加速键。</p>
Change the values of the selected entry
改变所选条目的值
<b>Change</b>
<p>Change the values of the selected entry.</p>
<b>改变</b>
<p>改变所选条目的值。</p>
C&hange
改变(&h)
Alt+H
Alt+H
&Icon file:
图标文件(&I):
Ar&guments:
参数(&g):
&Menu text:
菜单文本(&M):
Select the executable via a file selection dialog
通过文件选择对话框选择执行
<b>Executable</b>
<p>Select the executable via a file selection dialog.</p>
<b>执行</b>
<p>通过文件选择对话框选择执行。</p>
Enter the filename of the icon
输入图标的文件名
<b>Icon</b>
<p>Enter the filename of the icon.</p>
<b>图标</b>
<p>输入图标的文件名。</p>
&Redirect output
重定向输出(&R)
&Executable file:
可执行文件(&E):
no redirection
不重定向
show output
显示输出
insert into current editor
插入到当前编辑器
replace selection of current editor
替换当前编辑器的所选内容
Add tool entry
添加工具条目
You have to set an executable to add to the Tools-Menu first.
必须首先设置要添加到工具-菜单的执行。
You have to insert a menuentry text to add the selected program to the Tools-Menu first.
必须首先插入一个菜单条目文本以便将所选程序添加到工具-菜单中。
The selected file could not be found or is not an executable. Please choose an executable filename.
选文件或未找到或不可执行。请选择一个可执行文件名。
Change tool entry
改变工具条目
You have to set an executable to change the Tools-Menu entry.
必须设置一个执行以改变工具-菜单条目。
You have to insert a menuentry text to change the selected Tools-Menu entry.
必须插入一个菜单条目文本以改变所选工具-菜单条目。
The selected file could not be found or is not an executable. Please choose an existing executable filename.
所选文件未找到或不可执行。请选择一个存在的可执行文件名。
Select executable
选择可执行的
The selected file is not an executable. Please choose an executable filename.
所选文件不可执行。请选择一个可执行文件名。
Select icon file
选择图标文件
Icon files (*.png)
图标文件 (*.png)
An entry for the menu text {0} already exists.
ToolGroupConfigurationDialog
Configure Tool Groups
配置工具组
Delete the selected entry
删除所选入口
<b>Delete</b>
<p>Delete the selected entry.</p>
<b>删除</b>
<p>删除所选入口。</p>
&Delete
删除(&D)
Alt+D
Alt+D
Add a new tools entry
添加一个新的工具条目
<b>Add</b>
<p>Add a new tool groups entry with the name entered below.</p>
<b>添加</b>
<p>使用以上输入的名称添加一个新工具组。</p>
&Add
添加(&A)
Alt+A
Alt+A
&Group name:
组名(&G):
Change the values of the selected entry
改变所选条目的值
<b>Change</b>
<p>Change the values of the selected entry.</p>
<b>改变</b>
<p>改变所选条目的值。</p>
C&hange
改变(&h)
Alt+H
Alt+H
Clear all entry fields
清除所有条目区域
<b>New</b>
<p>Clear all entry fields for entering a new tool groups entry.</p>
<b>新建</b>
<p>清除所有条目区域以便输入一个新的工具组条目。</p>
&New
新建(&N)
Alt+N
Alt+N
Move up
上移
<b>Move Up</b>
<p>Move the selected entry up.</p>
<b>上移</b><p>向上移动所选入口。</p>
&Up
向上(&U)
Alt+U
Alt+U
Move down
下移
<b>Move Down</b>
<p>Move the selected entry down.</p>
<b>下移</b>
<p>向下移动所选入口。</p>
Do&wn
向下(&w)
Alt+W
Alt+W
Enter the menu text
输入菜单文本
<b>Menu text</b>
<p>Enter the menu text. Precede the accelerator key with an & character.</p>
<b>菜单文本</b>
<p>输入菜单文本。通过在字母前添加“&”符号定义加速键。</p>
Add tool group entry
添加工具组条目
You have to give a name for the group to add.
必须给出要添加组的名称。
Delete tool group entry
删除工具组条目
An entry for the group name {0} already exists.
<p>Do you really want to delete the tool group <b>"{0}"</b>?</p>
TranslationPropertiesDialog
Translation Properties
翻译属性
Show directory selection dialog
显示文件夹选择对话框
<b>Binary Translations Path</b>
<p>Select the directory for the binary translations via a directory selection dialog.</p>
<b>二进制翻译路径</b>
<p>通过文件夹选择对话框为二进制翻译选择文件夹。</p>
Enter the path for the binary translation files (*.qm)
为二进制翻译文件 (*.qm) 输入路径
<b>Binary Translations Path</b>
<p>Enter the directory for the binary translation files (*.qm). Leave it empty to store them together with the *.ts files.</p>
<b>二进制翻译路径</b>
<p>为二进制翻译文件 (*.qm) 输入路径。为空时将这些文件与 *.ts 文件保存在同一文件夹中。</p>
<b>Translation Pattern</b>
<p>Select a translation file via a file selection dialog.</p>
<b>翻译模式</b>
<p>通过文件选择对话框选择一个翻译文件。</p>
&Binary Translations Path:
二进制翻译路径(&B):
Enter the path pattern for the translation files
为翻译文件输入路径模式
Exclude from translation
从翻译中排除
Press to select a directory via a selection dialog
点击通过选择对话框选择一个文件夹
Select d&irectory...
选择文件夹(&i)……
Press to select a file via a selection dialog
点击通过选择对话框选择一个文件
Select &file...
选择文件(&f)……
Press to add the entered path or file to the list
点击将输入的路径或文件添加到列表中
&Add
添加(&A)
Press to delete the selected entry from the list
点击将所选条目从列表中删除
&Delete
删除(&D)
Enter a path or file to be added
输入要添加的路径或文件
List of paths or files to excude from translation
要从翻译中排除的路径或文件列表
All Files (*)
所有文件 (*)
Select translation file
选择翻译文件
Select directory for binary translations
为二进制翻译选择文件夹
Exempt file from translation
从翻译中除去文件
Exempt directory from translation
从翻译中除去文件夹
Source Files ({0});;
Forms Files ({0});;
<b>Translation Pattern</b>
<p>Enter the path pattern for the translation files using %language% at the place of the language code (e.g. /path_to_eric/i18n/eric6_%language%.ts). This will result in translation files like /path_to_eric/i18n/eric6_de.ts.</p>
&Translation Path Pattern:
(Use '%language%' where the language code should be inserted, e.g. i18n/eric6_%language%.ts)
翻译路径模式(&T):
(在要插入语言代码的地方使用“%language%”,如:i18n/eric4_%language%.ts) {18n?} {5_?} {18n?} {6_?}
TranslationsDict
Set Translator
设置翻译器
Load Translator
载入翻译器
<p>The translation filename <b>{0}</b> is invalid.</p>
<p>The translator <b>{0}</b> is not known.</p>
<p>The translation file <b>{0}</b> could not be loaded.</p>
Transplant
Transplant Changesets
Transplant Changesets (Continue)
TransplantDialog
Transplant Changesets
&Revisions:
Repositor&y:
Enter a repository URL, if changesets shall be transplanted from a repository
&Branch:
Select or enter the branch to transplant from
Select to transplant all changesets of the branch
Transplant &All Changesets
&Skip:
&Merge:
Enter revisions to be merged separated by a space character
Select to append transplant info to the log message
Append Transplant &Info
Enter changesets by number, id, range or revset expression one per line
TransplantProjectHelper
Transplant Changesets
Transplant changesets from another branch
<b>Transplant Changesets</b><p>This transplants changesets from another branch on top of the current working directory with the log of the original changeset.</p>
Continue the last transplant session after repair
Transplant
The project should be reread. Do this now?
Transplant Changesets (Continue)
Continue Transplant Session
<b>Continue Transplant Session</b><p>This continues the last transplant session after repair.</p>
Transplant is deprecated
TrayStarter
Recent Projects
最近的项目
Recent Multiprojects
最近的多重项目
Recent Files
最近的文件
QRegExp editor
QRegExp 编辑器
Python re editor
Python 正则编辑器
UI Previewer
用户界面预览器
Translations Previewer
翻译预览器
Unittest
单元测试
Compare Files
比较文件
Compare Files side by side
并排比较文件
Install Plugin
安装插件
Uninstall Plugin
卸载插件
Plugin Repository
插件储存库
Preferences
参数选择
Quit
退出
Process Generation Error
进程生成错误
OK
确定
SQL Browser
<p>Could not start the process.<br>Ensure that it is available as <b>{0}</b>.</p>
Icon Editor
Snapshot
Configure Tray Starter
Eric6 tray starter
Eric4 系统托盘图标 {5 ?} {6 ?}
eric6 Web Browser
eric6 IDE
Eric4 IDE {5 ?} {6 ?}
eric6 Mini Editor
Eric4 小型编辑器 {5 ?} {6 ?}
TrayStarterPage
<b>Configure Tray Starter</b>
Icon
图标
Select to use the standard icon
Standard Icon
Select to use the high contrast icon
High Contrast Icon
Select to use a black and white icon
Black and White Icon
Select to use an inverse black and white icon
Inverse Black and White Icon
UIPreviewer
UI Previewer
用户界面预览器
Select GUI Theme
选择图形用户界面主题
Select the GUI Theme
选择图形用户界面主题
&Open File
打开文件(&O)
Ctrl+O
File|Open
Ctrl+O
Open a UI file for display
打开显示一个用户界面文件
<b>Open File</b><p>This opens a new UI file for display.</p>
<b>打开文件</b><p>打开显示一个新用户界面文件。</p>
&Print
打印(&P)
Ctrl+P
File|Print
Ctrl+P
Print a screen capture
打印屏幕捕捉
<b>Print</b><p>Print a screen capture.</p>
<b>打印</b><p>打印屏幕捕捉。</p>
Print Preview
打印预览
Print preview a screen capture
打印预览一个屏幕捕捉
<b>Print Preview</b><p>Print preview a screen capture.</p>
<b>打印预览</b><p>打印预览一个屏幕捕捉。</p>
&Screen Capture
屏幕捕捉(&S)
Ctrl+S
File|Screen Capture
Ctrl+S
Save a screen capture to an image file
将屏幕捕捉保存到一个图象文件中
<b>Screen Capture</b><p>Save a screen capture to an image file.</p>
<b>屏幕捕捉</b><p>将屏幕捕捉保存到一个图象文件中。</p>
&Quit
退出(&Q)
Ctrl+Q
File|Quit
Ctrl+Q
Quit the application
退出应用程序
<b>Quit</b><p>Quit the application.</p>
<b>退出</b><p>退出应用程序。</p>
&Copy
复制(&C)
Ctrl+C
Edit|Copy
Ctrl+C
Copy screen capture to clipboard
将屏幕捕捉复制到剪贴板
<b>Copy</b><p>Copy screen capture to clipboard.</p>
<b>复制</b><p>将屏幕捕捉复制到剪贴板。</p>
&What's This?
这是什么(&W)?
Shift+F1
Shift+F1
Context sensitive help
背景帮助
<b>Display context sensitive help</b><p>In What's This? mode, the mouse cursor shows an arrow with a question mark, and you can click on the interface elements to get a short description of what they do and how to use them. In dialogs, this feature can be accessed using the context help button in the titlebar.</p>
<b>显示背景帮助</b><p>在“这是什么?”模式中,鼠标光标显示为带问号的箭头,通过点击界面元素你可以获得“在做什么”和“怎样使用”的简短描述。使用标题栏中的上下文帮助按钮可以获得此功能。</p>
&About
关于(&A)
Display information about this software
显示软件信息
<b>About</b><p>Display some information about this software.</p>
<b>关于</b><p>显示与本软件有关的部分信息。</p>
About &Qt
关于 &Qt
Display information about the Qt toolkit
显示Qt工具包信息
<b>About Qt</b><p>Display some information about the Qt toolkit.</p>
<b>关于 Qt</b><p>显示Qt工具包的部分相关信息。</p>
&File
文件(&F)
&Edit
编辑(&E)
&Help
帮助(&H)
File
文件
Edit
编辑
Help
帮助
<h3> About UI Previewer </h3><p>The UI Previewer loads and displays Qt User-Interface files with various styles, which are selectable via a selection list.</p>
<h3> 关于用户界面预览器 </h3><p>用户界面预览器载入并以多种风格显示 Qt 用户界面文件,风格可通过选择列表进行选择。</p>
Select UI file
选择用户界面文件
Qt User-Interface Files (*.ui)
Qt 用户界面文件 (*.ui)
Load UI File
载入 UI 文件
Save Image
保存图像
There is no UI file loaded.
没有载入用户界面文件。
Print Image
打印图像
Printing the image...
正在打印图像……
Image sent to printer...
图像发送到打印机……
<p>The file <b>{0}</b> could not be loaded.</p>
Images ({0})
<p>The file <b>{0}</b> could not be saved.</p>
UMLClassDiagramBuilder
Class Diagram {0}: {1}
Class Diagram: {0}
The module <b>'{0}'</b> could not be found.
The module <b>'{0}'</b> does not contain any classes.
UMLDialog
Close
关闭
Window
窗口
Load
载入
Save
保存
Save As...
另存为……
Print
打印
Print Preview
打印预览
File
文件
Illegal diagram type '{0}' given.
Save Diagram
保存图表
<p>The file <b>{0}</b> already exists. Overwrite it?</p>
<p>The file <b>{0}</b> could not be saved.</p><p>Reason: {1}</p>
Load Diagram
<p>The file <b>{0}</b> could not be read.</p><p>Reason: {1}</p>
<p>The file <b>{0}</b> does not contain valid data.</p>
<p>The file <b>{0}</b> does not contain valid data.</p><p>Invalid line: {1}</p>
Save as Image
Eric Graphics File (*.e5g);;All Files (*)
UMLGraphicsView
Delete shapes
删除形状
Set size
设置尺寸
Re-Layout
重新布局
Align Left
左对齐
Align Center Horizontal
水平居中对齐
Align Right
右对齐
Align Top
顶部对齐
Align Center Vertical
垂直居中对齐
Align Bottom
底部对齐
Graphics
图形
Save Diagram
保存图表
Portable Network Graphics (*.png);;Scalable Vector Graphics (*.svg)
便携式网络图形 (*.png);;可缩放的向量图形 (*.svg)
Increase width by {0} points
Increase height by {0} points
Decrease width by {0} points
Decrease height by {0} points
<p>The file <b>{0}</b> could not be saved.</p>
<p>The file <b>{0}</b> already exists. Overwrite it?</p>
Re-Scan
UMLSceneSizeDialog
Set Size
设置尺寸
Height (in pixels):
高(像素):
Width (in pixels):
宽(像素):
Select the height of the diagram
选择图表的高度
Select the width of the diagram
选择图表的宽度
UnittestDialog
Unittest
单元测试
Enter the test name. Leave empty to use the default name "suite".
输入测试名称。为空时使用默认名称“suite”。
<b>Testname</b><p>Enter the name of the test to be performed. This name must follow the rules given by Python's unittest module. If this field is empty, the default name of "suite" will be used.</p>
<b>测试名</b><p>输入要执行测试的名称。该名称必须遵循由 Python 的单元测试模块所给出的规则。如果该区域没有输入,则使用默认名称“suite”。</p>
Enter name of file defining the testsuite
输入在测试组件中定义的文件名称
<b>Testsuite</b>
<p>Enter the name of the file defining the testsuite.
It should have a method with a name given below. If no name is given, the suite() method will be tried. If no such method can be
found, the module will be inspected for proper test
cases.</p>
<b>测试组件</b>
<p>输入在测试组件中定义的文件名称。
以上给出的一个名称应对应一个方法。如果没有给出名称,则尝试 suite() 方法。
如果没有找到相应的方法,则将在模块中检查合适的测试案例。</p>
Enter &test name:
输入测试名(&t):
Open a file selection dialog
打开文件选择对话框
Enter test &filename:
输入测试文件名(&f):
Select whether you want to run the test locally
选择是否在局部运行测试
Run &local
局部运行(&l)
Select whether coverage data should be collected
选择是否收集覆盖率数据
C&ollect coverage data
收集覆盖率数据(&o)
Select whether old coverage data should be erased
选择是否擦除原有的覆盖率数据
&Erase coverage data
擦除覆盖率数据(&E)
Progress:
进程:
Run:
运行:
Number of tests run
测试运行的数目
Failures:
失败:
Number of test failures
测试失败的数目
Errors:
错误:
Number of test errors
测试错误的数目
Remaining:
剩余:
Number of tests to be run
将要运行的测试的数目
Tests performed:
测试已完成:
Failures and errors:
失败和错误:
Failures and Errors list
失败和错误列表
<b>Failures and Errors list</b>
<p>This list shows all failed and errored tests.
Double clicking on an entry will show the respective traceback.</p>
<b>失败和错误列表</b>
<p>该列表显示所有失败和错误的测试。
双击条目将显示相应的追踪。</p>
Idle
空闲
Start
开始
Start the selected testsuite
开启所选测试套件
<b>Start Test</b><p>This button starts the selected testsuite.</p>
<b>开始测试</b><p>该按钮开启所选测试套件。</p>
Stop
中止
Stop the running unittest
中止正在运行的单元测试
<b>Stop Test</b><p>This button stops a running unittest.</p>
<b>中止测试</b><p>该按钮中止一个正在运行的单元测试。</p>
^Failure:
^失败:
^Error:
^错误:
You must enter a test suite file.
必须输入测试套件文件。
Preparing Testsuite
准备测试套件
Running
正在运行
Show Source
显示源代码
Python Files (*.py);;All Files (*)
Python3 Files ({1});;Python2 Files ({0});;All Files (*)
<p>Unable to run test <b>{0}</b>.<br>{1}<br>{2}</p>
Ran {0} test in {1:.3f}s
Ran {0} tests in {1:.3f}s
Failure: {0}
Error: {0}
Skipped:
Number of tests skipped
Expected Failures:
Number of tests with expected failure
Unexpected Successes:
Number of tests with unexpected success
Skipped: {0}
Expected Failure
Unexpected Success
Rerun Failed
Reruns failed tests of the selected testsuite
<b>Rerun Failed</b><p>This button reruns all failed tests of the selected testsuite.</p>
%v/%m Tests
UrlBar
Unknown
未知
Enter the URL here.
UserAgentManager
Saving user agent data
Loading user agent data
<p>User agent data could not be loaded from <b>{0}</b></p><p>Reason: {1}</p>
<p>User agent data could not be saved to <b>{0}</b></p>
Error when loading user agent data on line {0}, column {1}:
{2}
UserAgentMenu
Default
默认
Other...
Custom user agent
User agent:
Parsing default user agents
<p>Error parsing default user agents.</p><p>{0}</p>
Various
其它
UserAgentModel
Host
User Agent String
UserAgentReader
The file is not a UserAgents version 1.0 file.
UserAgentsDialog
Enter search term
Press to remove the selected entries
&Remove
移除(&R)
Press to remove all entries
Remove &All
User Agent Settings
UserInterface
Initializing Plugin Manager...
初始化插件管理器……
Generating Main User Interface...
生成主用户界面……
Setting up connections...
建立连接……
Initializing Tools...
初始化工具……
Registering Objects...
注册对象……
Initializing Actions...
初始化动作……
Initializing Menus...
初始化菜单……
Initializing Toolbars...
初始化工具栏……
Initializing Statusbar...
初始化状态栏……
Initializing Single Application Server...
初始化单应用程序服务器……
Activating Plugins...
激活插件……
Restoring Toolbarmanager...
恢复工具拦管理器……
Project-Viewer
项目浏览器
Multiproject-Viewer
多重项目浏览器
Debug-Viewer
调试浏览器
Log-Viewer
日志浏览器
Task-Viewer
任务浏览器
Template-Viewer
模板浏览器
File-Browser
文件浏览器
Shell
命令行
Horizontal Toolbox
横向工具箱
Quit
退出
&Quit
退出(&Q)
Ctrl+Q
File|Quit
Ctrl+Q
Quit the IDE
退出程序
<b>Quit the IDE</b><p>This quits the IDE. Any unsaved changes may be saved first. Any Python program being debugged will be stopped and the preferences will be written to disc.</p>
<b>退出程序</b><p>退出本程序。 先保存任何未保存的更改。任何被调试的 Python 程序都将停止,并将选项写入磁盘。</p>
Edit Profile
编辑模式
Activate the edit view profile
激活编辑视图模式
<b>Edit Profile</b><p>Activate the "Edit View Profile". Windows being shown, if this profile is active, may be configured with the "View Profile Configuration" dialog.</p>
<b>编辑模式</b><p>激活“编辑视图模式”。如果激活了该模式,则显示的窗口将按“视图模式配置”对话框进行配置。</p>
Debug Profile
调试模式
Activate the debug view profile
激活调试模式
<b>Debug Profile</b><p>Activate the "Debug View Profile". Windows being shown, if this profile is active, may be configured with the "View Profile Configuration" dialog.</p>
<b>调试模式</b><p>激活“调试视图模式”。如果激活了该模式,则显示的窗口将按“视图模式配置”对话框进行配置。</p>
&Project-Viewer
项目浏览器(&P)
Alt+Shift+P
Alt+Shift+P
&Multiproject-Viewer
多重项目浏览器(&M)
Alt+Shift+M
Alt+Shift+M
Alt+Shift+D
Alt+Shift+D
&Shell
命令行(&S)
Alt+Shift+S
Alt+Shift+S
Alt+Shift+F
Alt+Shift+F
Alt+Shift+G
Alt+Shift+G
Alt+Shift+T
Alt+Shift+T
Alt+Shift+A
Alt+Shift+A
&Horizontal Toolbox
横向工具箱(&H)
Toggle the Horizontal Toolbox window
切换横向工具箱窗口
<b>Toggle the Horizontal Toolbox window</b><p>If the Horizontal Toolbox window is hidden then display it. If it is displayed then close it.</p>
<b>切换横向工具箱窗口</b><p>在横向工具箱窗口的显示和隐藏状态间切换。</p>
What's This?
这是什么?
&What's This?
这是什么(&W)?
Shift+F1
Shift+F1
Context sensitive help
背景帮助
<b>Display context sensitive help</b><p>In What's This? mode, the mouse cursor shows an arrow with a question mark, and you can click on the interface elements to get a short description of what they do and how to use them. In dialogs, this feature can be accessed using the context help button in the titlebar.</p>
<b>显示背景帮助</b><p>在“这是什么?”模式中,鼠标光标显示为带问号的箭头,通过点击界面元素你可以获得“在做什么”和“怎样使用”的简短描述。使用标题栏中的上下文帮助按钮可以获得此功能。</p>
Helpviewer
帮助浏览器
&Helpviewer...
帮助浏览器(&H)
F1
F1
Open the helpviewer window
打开帮助浏览器窗口
Show Versions
显示版本
Show &Versions
显示版本(&V)
Display version information
显示版本信息
<b>Show Versions</b><p>Display version information.</p>
<b>显示版本</b><p>显示版本信息。</p>
Check for Updates
检查更新
Check for &Updates...
检查更新(&U)……
Show downloadable versions
显示可下载的版本
Show &downloadable versions...
显示可下载的版本(&d)……
Show the versions available for download
显示可以下载的版本
Report Bug
报告错误
Report &Bug...
报告错误(&B)……
Report a bug
报告一个错误
<b>Report Bug...</b><p>Opens a dialog to report a bug.</p>
<b>报告错误……</b><p>打开一个对话框并报告一个错误。</p>
Request Feature
请求功能
Request &Feature...
请求功能(&F)……
Send a feature request
发送一个功能请求
<b>Request Feature...</b><p>Opens a dialog to send a feature request.</p>
<b>请求功能……</b><p>打开一个对话框并发送一个功能请求。</p>
Unittest
单元测试
&Unittest...
单元测试(&U)……
Start unittest dialog
打开单元测试对话框
<b>Unittest</b><p>Perform unit tests. The dialog gives you the ability to select and run a unittest suite.</p>
<b>单元测试</b><p>执行单元测试。通过对话框可以选择和运行一个单元测试组件。</p>
Unittest Restart
单元测试重启
&Restart Unittest...
重启单元测试(&R)……
Restart last unittest
重启最后的单元测试
<b>Restart Unittest</b><p>Restart the unittest performed last.</p>
<b>重启单元测试</b><p>重新启动最后执行的单元测试。</p>
Unittest Script
脚本单元测试
Unittest &Script...
脚本单元测试(&S)……
Run unittest with current script
对当前脚本运行单元测试
<b>Unittest Script</b><p>Run unittest with current script.</p>
<b>脚本单元测试</b><p>对当前脚本运动单元测试。</p>
Unittest Project
项目单元测试
Unittest &Project...
项目单元测试(&P)……
Run unittest with current project
对当前项目运行单元测试
<b>Unittest Project</b><p>Run unittest with current project.</p>
<b>项目单元测试</b><p>对当前项目运行单元测试。</p>
UI Previewer
用户界面预览器
&UI Previewer...
用户界面(&U)预览器……
Start the UI Previewer
开启用户界面预览器
<b>UI Previewer</b><p>Start the UI Previewer.</p>
<b>助词界面预览器</b><p>开启用户界面预览器。</p>
Translations Previewer
翻译预览器
&Translations Previewer...
翻译预览器(&T)
Start the Translations Previewer
开启翻译预览器
<b>Translations Previewer</b><p>Start the Translations Previewer.</p>
<b>翻译预览器</b><p>开启翻译预览器。</p>
Compare Files
比较文件
&Compare Files...
比较文件(&C)……
Compare two files
比较两个文件
<b>Compare Files</b><p>Open a dialog to compare two files.</p>
<b>比较文件</b><p>打开对话框比较两个文件。</p>
Compare Files side by side
并排比较文件
<b>Compare Files side by side</b><p>Open a dialog to compare two files and show the result side by side.</p>
<b>并排比较文件</b><p>打开对话框比较两个文件,并排显示结果。</p>
Mini Editor
小型编辑器
Mini &Editor...
小型编辑器(&E)……
<b>Mini Editor</b><p>Open a dialog with a simplified editor.</p>
<b>小型编辑器</b><p>打开一个具有简化功能编辑器的对话框。</p>
Preferences
参数选择
&Preferences...
参数选择(&P)……
Set the prefered configuration
设定偏好配置
<b>Preferences</b><p>Set the configuration items of the application with your prefered values.</p>
<b>参数选择</b><p>将应用程序的配置项设定为你喜欢的值。</p>
Export Preferences
导出首选项
E&xport Preferences...
导出首选项(&x)……
Export the current configuration
导出当前配置
<b>Export Preferences</b><p>Export the current configuration to a file.</p>
<b>导出首选项</b><p>将当前配置导出到一个文件中。</p>
Import Preferences
导入首选项
I&mport Preferences...
导入首选项(&m)……
Import a previously exported configuration
导入以前导出的配置
<b>Import Preferences</b><p>Import a previously exported configuration.</p>
<b>导入首选项</b><p>导入以前导出的配置。</p>
Reload APIs
重新载入 API
Reload &APIs
重新载入 &API
Reload the API information
重新载入 API 信息
<b>Reload APIs</b><p>Reload the API information.</p>
<b>重新载入 API</b><p>重新载入 API 信息。</p>
Show external tools
显示外部工具
Show external &tools
显示外部工具(&t)
View Profiles
视图模式
&View Profiles...
视图模式(&V)……
Configure view profiles
配置视图模式
<b>View Profiles</b><p>Configure the view profiles. With this dialog you may set the visibility of the various windows for the predetermined view profiles.</p>
<b>视图模式</b><p>配置视图模式。通过该对话框可以为预先确定的视图设置多个窗口的可见性。</p>
Toolbars
工具栏
Tool&bars...
工具栏(&b)……
Configure toolbars
配置工具栏
<b>Toolbars</b><p>Configure the toolbars. With this dialog you may change the actions shown on the various toolbars and define your own toolbars.</p>
<b>工具栏</b><p>配置工具栏通过该对话框可以改变显示于多个工具栏的动作,还可以自定义工具栏。</p>
Keyboard Shortcuts
键盘快捷键
Keyboard &Shortcuts...
键盘快捷键(&S)……
Set the keyboard shortcuts
设置键盘快捷键
<b>Keyboard Shortcuts</b><p>Set the keyboard shortcuts of the application with your prefered values.</p>
<b>键盘快捷键</b><p>将程序的键盘快捷键设置成你喜欢的按键。</p>
Export Keyboard Shortcuts
导出键盘快捷键
&Export Keyboard Shortcuts...
导出键盘快捷键(&E)……
Export the keyboard shortcuts
导出键盘快捷键
<b>Export Keyboard Shortcuts</b><p>Export the keyboard shortcuts of the application.</p>
<b>导出键盘快捷键</b><p>导出程序的键盘快捷键。</p>
Import Keyboard Shortcuts
导入键盘快捷键
&Import Keyboard Shortcuts...
导入键盘快捷键(&I)……
Import the keyboard shortcuts
导入键盘快捷键
<b>Import Keyboard Shortcuts</b><p>Import the keyboard shortcuts of the application.</p>
<b>导入键盘快捷键</b><p>导入程序的键盘快捷键。</p>
Activate current editor
激活当前编辑器
Alt+Shift+E
Alt+Shift+E
Show next
显示下一个
Ctrl+Alt+Tab
Ctrl+Alt+Tab
Show previous
显示上一个
Shift+Ctrl+Alt+Tab
Shift+Ctrl+Alt+Tab
Switch between tabs
在选项卡间切换
Ctrl+1
Ctrl+1
Plugin Infos
插件信息
&Plugin Infos...
插件信息(&P)……
Show Plugin Infos
显示插件信息
<b>Plugin Infos...</b><p>This opens a dialog, that show some information about loaded plugins.</p>
<b>插件信息……</b><p>打开一个对话框,显示与已载入插件有关的一些信息。</p>
Install Plugins
安装插件
&Install Plugins...
安装插件(&I)……
<b>Install Plugins...</b><p>This opens a dialog to install or update plugins.</p>
<b>安装插件……</b><p>打开一个对话框安装或更新插件。</p>
Uninstall Plugin
卸载插件
&Uninstall Plugin...
卸载插件(&U)……
<b>Uninstall Plugin...</b><p>This opens a dialog to uninstall a plugin.</p>
<b>卸载插件……</b><p>打开一个对话框卸载插件。</p>
Plugin Repository
插件储存库
Plugin &Repository...
插件储存库(&R)……
Show Plugins available for download
显示可以下载的插件
<b>Plugin Repository...</b><p>This opens a dialog, that shows a list of plugins available on the Internet.</p>
<b>插件储存库……</b><p>打开一个对话框,显示互联网上可用的插件列表。</p>
Qt4 Documentation
Qt4 文档
Qt&4 Documentation
Qt&4 文档
Open Qt4 Documentation
打开 Qt4 文档
PyQt4 Documentation
PyQt4 文档
Open PyQt4 Documentation
打开 PyQt4 文档
Eric API Documentation
Eric API 文档
&Eric API Documentation
&Eric API 文档
Open Eric API Documentation
打开 Eric API 文档
&Unittest
单元测试(&U)
E&xtras
附加程序(&x)
Wi&zards
向导(&z)
&Tools
工具(&T)
Select Tool Group
选择工具组
Se&ttings
设置(&t)
&Window
窗口(&W)
&Toolbars
工具栏(&T)
P&lugins
插件(&l)
Configure...
配置……
&Help
帮助(&H)
Tools
工具
Settings
设置
Help
帮助
Profiles
模式
Plugins
插件
<p>This part of the status bar displays the current editors language.</p>
<p>状态栏的这一部分显示当前编辑器语言。</p>
<p>This part of the status bar displays the current editors encoding.</p>
<p>状态栏的这一部分显示当前编辑器编码。</p>
<p>This part of the status bar displays the current editors eol setting.</p>
<p>状态栏的这一部分显示当前编辑器行尾设置。</p>
<p>This part of the status bar displays an indication of the current editors files writability.</p>
<p>状态栏的这一部分显示当前编辑器文件是否可写。</p>
<p>This part of the status bar displays the line number of the current editor.</p>
<p>状态栏的这一部分显示当前编辑的行号。</p>
<p>This part of the status bar displays the cursor position of the current editor.</p>
<p>状态栏的这一部分显示当前编辑器的光标位置。</p>
<h3>Version Numbers</h3><table>
<h3>版本号</h3><table>
</table>
</table>
Email address or mail server address is empty. Please configure your Email settings in the Preferences Dialog.
电子邮件地址或邮件服务器地址为空。请在参数选择对话框中配置你的电子邮件设置。
Restart application
重启程序
The application needs to be restarted. Do it now?
程序需要重启。现在重启?
Configure Tool Groups ...
配置工具组……
Configure current Tool Group ...
配置当前工具组……
&Builtin Tools
内建工具(&B)
&Plugin Tools
插件工具(&P)
&Show all
全部显示(&S)
&Hide all
全部隐藏(&H)
There is no main script defined for the current project. Aborting
当前项目未定义主脚本。终止
Problem
问题
Process Generation Error
进程生成错误
Open Browser
打开浏览器
Could not start a web browser
无法启动网络浏览器
Currently no custom viewer is selected. Please use the preferences dialog to specify one.
目前没有选择自定义浏览器。请使用参数选择对话框指定一个。
<p>Could not start the help viewer.<br>Ensure that it is available as <b>hh</b>.</p>
<p>无法开启帮助浏览器。<br>确保其有效如 <b>%1</b>。</p>
External Tools
外部工具
Documentation Missing
文档丢失
Documentation
文档
<p>The PyQt4 documentation starting point has not been configured.</p>
<p>未配置 PyQt4 文档起点。</p>
Save tasks
保存任务
Read tasks
读取任务
Save session
保存会话
Read session
读取会话
Drop Error
降落误差
Error during updates check
检查更新时出错
&Cancel
取消(&C)
Update available
可用更新
Could not perform updates check.
无法完成更新检查。
<h3>Available versions</h3><table>
<h3>可用版本</h3><table>
First time usage
第一次使用
Left Sidebar
&Left Sidebar
Toggle the left sidebar window
<b>Toggle the left sidebar window</b><p>If the left sidebar window is hidden then display it. If it is displayed then close it.</p>
Bottom Sidebar
&Bottom Sidebar
Toggle the bottom sidebar window
<b>Toggle the bottom sidebar window</b><p>If the bottom sidebar window is hidden then display it. If it is displayed then close it.</p>
&Debug-Viewer
SQL Browser
SQL &Browser...
Browse a SQL database
<b>SQL Browser</b><p>Browse a SQL database.</p>
Icon Editor
&Icon Editor...
Qt 3 support
<p>The PySide documentation starting point has not been configured.</p>
PySide Documentation
Py&Side Documentation
Open PySide Documentation
{0} - Passive Mode
{0} - {1} - Passive Mode
{0} - {1} - {2} - Passive Mode
External Tools/{0}
<p>The file <b>{0}</b> does not exist or is zero length.</p>
<p>Could not start Qt-Designer.<br>Ensure that it is available as <b>{0}</b>.</p>
<p>Could not start Qt-Linguist.<br>Ensure that it is available as <b>{0}</b>.</p>
<p>Could not start Qt-Assistant.<br>Ensure that it is available as <b>{0}</b>.</p>
<p>Could not start custom viewer.<br>Ensure that it is available as <b>{0}</b>.</p>
<p>Could not start UI Previewer.<br>Ensure that it is available as <b>{0}</b>.</p>
<p>Could not start Translation Previewer.<br>Ensure that it is available as <b>{0}</b>.</p>
<p>Could not start SQL Browser.<br>Ensure that it is available as <b>{0}</b>.</p>
No tool entry found for external tool '{0}' in tool group '{1}'.
No toolgroup entry '{0}' found.
Starting process '{0} {1}'.
<p>Could not start the tool entry <b>{0}</b>.<br>Ensure that it is available as <b>{1}</b>.</p>
Process '{0}' has exited.
<p>The documentation starting point "<b>{0}</b>" could not be found.</p>
<p>The tasks file <b>{0}</b> could not be written.</p>
<p>The tasks file <b>{0}</b> could not be read.</p>
<p>The session file <b>{0}</b> could not be written.</p>
<p>The session file <b>{0}</b> could not be read.</p>
<p><b>{0}</b> is not a file.</p>
Trying host {0}
Cooperation
Alt+Shift+O
Symbols
Alt+Shift+Y
Numbers
Alt+Shift+B
Keyboard shortcut file (*.e4k)
Python 3 Documentation
Python &3 Documentation
Open Python 3 Documentation
Python 2 Documentation
Python &2 Documentation
Open Python 2 Documentation
<b>Python 2 Documentation</b><p>Display the Python 2 documentation. If no documentation directory is configured, the location of the Python 2 documentation is assumed to be the doc directory underneath the location of the configured Python 2 executable on Windows and <i>/usr/share/doc/packages/python/html/python-docs-html</i> on Unix. Set PYTHON2DOCDIR in your environment to override this. </p>
Error getting versions information
The versions information could not be downloaded. Please go online and try again.
The versions information could not be downloaded for the last 7 days. Please go online and try again.
Setting View Profile...
Reading Tasks...
Reading Templates...
Starting Debugger...
New Window
新建窗口
New &Window
Ctrl+Shift+N
File|New Window
Unittest Rerun Failed
Rerun Failed Tests...
Rerun failed tests of the last run
<b>Rerun Failed Tests</b><p>Rerun all tests that failed during the last unittest run.</p>
Compare &Files side by side...
Snapshot
&Snapshot...
Take snapshots of a screen region
<b>Snapshot</b><p>This opens a dialog to take snapshots of a screen region.</p>
<p>Could not start Snapshot tool.<br>Ensure that it is available as <b>{0}</b>.</p>
Select Workspace Directory
Left Toolbox
Right Toolbox
Switch the input focus to the Project-Viewer window.
<b>Activate Project-Viewer</b><p>This switches the input focus to the Project-Viewer window.</p>
Switch the input focus to the Multiproject-Viewer window.
<b>Activate Multiproject-Viewer</b><p>This switches the input focus to the Multiproject-Viewer window.</p>
Switch the input focus to the Debug-Viewer window.
<b>Activate Debug-Viewer</b><p>This switches the input focus to the Debug-Viewer window.</p>
Switch the input focus to the Shell window.
<b>Activate Shell</b><p>This switches the input focus to the Shell window.</p>
&File-Browser
Switch the input focus to the File-Browser window.
<b>Activate File-Browser</b><p>This switches the input focus to the File-Browser window.</p>
Lo&g-Viewer
Switch the input focus to the Log-Viewer window.
<b>Activate Log-Viewer</b><p>This switches the input focus to the Log-Viewer window.</p>
&Task-Viewer
Switch the input focus to the Task-Viewer window.
Templ&ate-Viewer
Switch the input focus to the Template-Viewer window.
<b>Activate Template-Viewer</b><p>This switches the input focus to the Template-Viewer window.</p>
&Left Toolbox
Toggle the Left Toolbox window
<b>Toggle the Left Toolbox window</b><p>If the Left Toolbox window is hidden then display it. If it is displayed then close it.</p>
&Right Toolbox
Toggle the Right Toolbox window
<b>Toggle the Right Toolbox window</b><p>If the Right Toolbox window is hidden then display it. If it is displayed then close it.</p>
Right Sidebar
&Right Sidebar
Toggle the right sidebar window
<b>Toggle the right sidebar window</b><p>If the right sidebar window is hidden then display it. If it is displayed then close it.</p>
Cooperation-Viewer
Co&operation-Viewer
Switch the input focus to the Cooperation-Viewer window.
<b>Activate Cooperation-Viewer</b><p>This switches the input focus to the Cooperation-Viewer window.</p>
Symbols-Viewer
S&ymbols-Viewer
Switch the input focus to the Symbols-Viewer window.
<b>Activate Symbols-Viewer</b><p>This switches the input focus to the Symbols-Viewer window.</p>
Numbers-Viewer
Num&bers-Viewer
Switch the input focus to the Numbers-Viewer window.
<b>Activate Numbers-Viewer</b><p>This switches the input focus to the Numbers-Viewer window.</p>
&Windows
窗口(&W)
<b>Activate Task-Viewer</b><p>This switches the input focus to the Task-Viewer window.</p>
IRC
&IRC
Meta+Shift+I
Switch the input focus to the IRC window.
<b>Activate IRC</b><p>This switches the input focus to the IRC window.</p>
Qt-Designer
Qt-&Designer...
Start Qt-Designer
<b>Qt-Designer</b><p>Start Qt-Designer.</p>
Qt-Linguist
Qt-&Linguist...
Start Qt-Linguist
<b>Qt-Linguist</b><p>Start Qt-Linguist.</p>
Qt5 Documentation
Qt4 文档 {5 ?}
Qt&5 Documentation
Qt&4 文档 {5 ?}
Open Qt5 Documentation
打开 Qt4 文档 {5 ?}
<p>This part of the status bar allows zooming the current editor, shell or terminal.</p>
Manage SSL Certificates
Manage SSL Certificates...
Manage the saved SSL certificates
<b>Manage SSL Certificates...</b><p>Opens a dialog to manage the saved SSL certificates.</p>
Edit Message Filters
Edit Message Filters...
Edit the message filters used to suppress unwanted messages
<b>Edit Message Filters</b><p>Opens a dialog to edit the message filters used to suppress unwanted messages been shown in an error window.</p>
PyQt&4 Documentation
PyQt5 Documentation
PyQt4 文档 {5 ?}
PyQt&5 Documentation
Open PyQt5 Documentation
打开 PyQt4 文档 {5 ?}
<p>The PyQt5 documentation starting point has not been configured.</p>
<p>未配置 PyQt4 文档起点。</p> {5 ?}
<b>Qt4 Documentation</b><p>Display the Qt4 Documentation. Dependent upon your settings, this will either show the help in Eric's internal help viewer, or execute a web browser or Qt Assistant. </p>
<b>Qt5 Documentation</b><p>Display the Qt5 Documentation. Dependent upon your settings, this will either show the help in Eric's internal help viewer, or execute a web browser or Qt Assistant. </p>
<b>PyQt4 Documentation</b><p>Display the PyQt4 Documentation. Dependent upon your settings, this will either show the help in Eric's internal help viewer, or execute a web browser or Qt Assistant. </p>
<b>PyQt5 Documentation</b><p>Display the PyQt5 Documentation. Dependent upon your settings, this will either show the help in Eric's internal help viewer, or execute a web browser or Qt Assistant. </p>
<b>Python 3 Documentation</b><p>Display the Python 3 documentation. If no documentation directory is configured, the location of the Python 3 documentation is assumed to be the doc directory underneath the location of the Python 3 executable on Windows and <i>/usr/share/doc/packages/python/html</i> on Unix. Set PYTHON3DOCDIR in your environment to override this.</p>
<b>PySide Documentation</b><p>Display the PySide Documentation. Dependent upon your settings, this will either show the help in Eric's internal help viewer, or execute a web browser or Qt Assistant. </p>
%v/%m
Show Error Log
Show Error &Log...
<b>Show Error Log...</b><p>Opens a dialog showing the most recent error log.</p>
Version Check
Open a new eric6 instance
<b>New Window</b><p>This opens a new instance of the eric6 IDE.</p>
<b>Helpviewer</b><p>Display the eric6 web browser. This window will show HTML help files and help from Qt help collections. It has the capability to navigate to links, set bookmarks, print the displayed help and some more features. You may use it to browse the internet as well</p><p>If called with a word selected, this word is search in the Qt help collection.</p>
<b>Check for Updates...</b><p>Checks the internet for updates of eric6.</p>
<b>检查更新……</b><p>从互联网检查 Eric4 的更新。</p> {5.?} {6.?}
<b>Show downloadable versions...</b><p>Shows the eric6 versions available for download from the internet.</p>
<b>显示可下载版本……</b><p>显示可以从互联网下载的 Eric4 版本。</p> {5 ?} {6 ?}
eric6 Web Browser
eric6 &Web Browser...
Start the eric6 Web Browser
<b>eric6 Web Browser</b><p>Browse the Internet with the eric6 Web Browser.</p>
Start the eric6 Icon Editor
<b>Icon Editor</b><p>Starts the eric6 Icon Editor for editing simple icons.</p>
<b>Show external tools</b><p>Opens a dialog to show the path and versions of all extenal tools used by eric6.</p>
<b>显示外部工具</b><p>打开一个对话框显示 Eric4 使用的所有外部工具的路径和版本。</p> {5.?} {6.?}
<b>Eric API Documentation</b><p>Display the Eric API documentation. The location for the documentation is the Documentation/Source subdirectory of the eric6 installation directory.</p>
<b>Eric API 文档</b><p>显示 Eric API 文档。文档位置为 Eric4 安装文件夹下的文档或源代码子文件夹。</p> {5 ?} {6 ?}
Qt v.3 is not supported by eric6.
The update to <b>{0}</b> of eric6 is available at <b>{1}</b>. Would you like to get it?
Eric6 is up to date
Eric4 已是最新版本 {5 ?} {6 ?}
You are using the latest version of eric6
eric6 has not been configured yet. The configuration dialog will be started.
尚未配置 Eric4。将打开配置对话框。 {5 ?} {6 ?}
UserPropertiesDialog
User Project Properties
用户项目属性
<b>User Project Properties</b>
<p>This dialog is used to show and edit the user specific project properties.</p>
<b>用户项目属性</b>
<p>该对话框用于显示和编辑用户特定的项目属性。</p>
VCS Status Monitor
版本控制系统状态监视器
Select the interval in seconds for VCS status updates (0 to disable)
以秒为单位选择版本控制系统状态更新的时间间隔(0 为不更新)
sec
秒
VCS Interface
版本控制系统界面
Select the vcs interface to be used
选择要使用的版本控制系统界面
Select to make the interface selection the default for the project
选择使界面选择成为项目的默认值
Make interface selection the default
用户界面选择设为默认
Utilities
<p>You may use %-codes as placeholders in the string. Supported codes are:<table><tr><td>%C</td><td>column of the cursor of the current editor</td></tr><tr><td>%D</td><td>directory of the current editor</td></tr><tr><td>%F</td><td>filename of the current editor</td></tr><tr><td>%H</td><td>home directory of the current user</td></tr><tr><td>%L</td><td>line of the cursor of the current editor</td></tr><tr><td>%P</td><td>path of the current project</td></tr><tr><td>%S</td><td>selected text of the current editor</td></tr><tr><td>%U</td><td>username of the current user</td></tr><tr><td>%%</td><td>the percent sign</td></tr></table></p>
<p>可以在字符串中使用“%-代码”作为占位符。支持的代码有:<table><tr><td>%C</td><td>当前编辑器的光标所在列</td></tr><tr><td>%D</td><td>当前编辑器的文件夹</td></tr><tr><td>%F</td><td>当前编辑器的文件名</td></tr><tr><td>%H</td><td>当前用户的根目录</td></tr><tr><td>%L</td><td>当前编辑器的光标所在行</td></tr><tr><td>%P</td><td>当前项目的路径</td></tr><tr><td>%S</td><td>当前编辑器中选择的文本</td></tr><tr><td>%U</td><td>当前用户的用户名</td></tr><tr><td>%%</td><td>百分比符号</td></tr></table></p>
Variable Types
Hidden Attributes
隐藏的属性
None
无
Type
类型
Boolean
布尔类型
Integer
整型
Long Integer
长整型
Float
浮点型
Complex
复数类型
String
字符串
Unicode String
Unicode 字符串
Tuple
元组(Tuple)
List/Array
列表/数组(List/Array)
Dictionary/Hash/Map
字典/散列/映射(Dictionary/Hash/Map)
Dictionary Proxy
字典代理(Dictionary Proxy)
File
文件
X Range
X 范围
Slice
切片(Slice)
Buffer
缓冲
Class
类
Class Instance
类实例
Class Method
类方法
Class Property
类属性
Generator
生成器
Function
函数
Builtin Function
内建函数
Code
代码
Module
模块
Ellipsis
省略号
Traceback
追踪
Frame
框架
Other
其它
Set
设置
VariableDetailDialog
Variable Details
变量细节
Name:
名称:
Type:
类型:
Value:
值:
VariableItem
<double click to show value>
<double click to show value>
VariablesFilterDialog
Variables Type Filter
变量类型过滤器
<b>Filter Dialog</b>
<p> This dialog gives the user the possibility to select what kind of variables should <b>not</b> be shown during a debugging session.</p>
<b>过滤器对话框</b>
<p> 该对话框使用户可以选择哪种变量<b>不</b>能在调试会话期间显示。</p>
&Locals Filter
局部过滤(&L)
&Globals Filter
全局过滤(&G)
Locals Filter List
局部过滤列表
<b>Locals Filter List</b>
<p>Select the variable types you want to be filtered out of the locals variables list.</p<
<b>局部过滤列表</b>
<p>选择想要从局部变量列表中过滤的变量类型。</p>
Globals Filter List
全局过滤列表
<b>Globals Filter List</b>
<p>Select the variable types you want to be filtered out of the globals variables list.</p<
<b>全局过滤列表</b>
<p>选择想要从全部变量列表中过滤的变量类型。</p>
Save Default
保存默认值
VariablesViewer
Global Variables
全局变量
Globals
全局
Value
值
Type
类型
<b>The Global Variables Viewer Window</b><p>This window displays the global variables of the debugged program.</p>
<b>全局变量浏览器窗口</b><p>该窗口显示调试程序的全局变量。</p>
Local Variables
局部变量
Locals
局部
<b>The Local Variables Viewer Window</b><p>This window displays the local variables of the debugged program.</p>
<b>局部变量浏览器窗口</b><p>该窗口显示高度程序的局部变量。</p>
Show Details...
显示细节……
Configure...
配置……
{0} items
VcsCommandOptionsDialog
VCS Command Options
版本控制系统命令选项
<b>VCS Command Options Dialog</b>
<p>Enter the options for the different VCS commands. The "Global Options" entry applies to all VCS commands.</p>
<b>版本控制系统命令选项对话框</b>
<p>为不同的版本控制系统命令输入选项。“全局选项”条目应用到所有版本控制系统命令中。</p>
&History Options:
历史选项(&H):
&Add Options:
添加选项(&A):
&Remove Options:
移除选项(&R):
&Tag Options:
标签选项(&T):
Enter the options for the commit command.
为提交命令输入选项。
<b>Commit Options</b>
<p>Enter the options for the commit command.</p>
<b>提交选项</b>
<p>为提交命令输入选项。</p>
Enter the options for the history command.
为历史命令输入选项。
<b>History Options</b>
<p>Enter the options for the history command.</p>
<b>历史选项</b>
<p>为历史命令输入选项。</p>
Enter the options for the diff command.
为差异命令输入选项。
<b>Diff Options</b>
<p>Enter the options for the diff command.</p>
<b>差异选项</b>
<p>为差异命令输入选项。</p>
Enter the options for the update command.
为更新命令输入选项。
<b>Update Options</b>
<p>Enter the options for the update command.</p>
<b>更新选项</b>
<p>为更新命令输入选项。</p>
Enter the options for the log command.
为日志命令输入选项。
<b>Log Options</b>
<p>Enter the options for the log command.</p>
<b>日志选项</b>
<p>为日志命令输入选项。</p>
Enter the options for the tag command.
为标记命令输入选项。
<b>Tag Options</b>
<p>Enter the options for the tag command.</p>
<b>标记选项</b>
<p>为标记命令输入选项。</p>
Enter the options for the status command.
为状态命令输入选项。
<b>Status Options</b>
<p>Enter the options for the status command.</p>
<b>状态选项</b>
<p>为状态命令输入选项。</p>
&Diff Options:
差异选项(&D):
&Global Options:
全局选项(&G):
Enter the options for the export command.
为导出命令输入选项。
<b>Export Options</b>
<p>Enter the options for the export command.</p>
<b>导出选项</b>
<p>为导出命令输入选项。</p>
Enter the options for the add command.
为添加命令输入选项。
<b>Add Options</b>
<p>Enter the options for the add command.</p>
<b>添加选项</b>
<p>为添加命令输入选项。</p>
&Log Options:
日志选项(&L):
&StatusOptions:
状态选项(&S):
Enter the options for the remove command.
为移除命令输入选项。
<b>Remove Options</b>
<p>Enter the options for the remove command.</p>
<b>移除选项</b>
<p>为移除命令输入选项。</p>
Enter the options for the checkout command.
为校验命令输入选项。
<b>Checkout Options</b>
<p>Enter the options for the checkout command.</p>
<b>校验选项</b>
<p>为校验命令输入选项。</p>
Co&mmit Options:
提交选项(&m):
&Export Options:
导出选项(&E):
Check&out Options:
校验选项(&o):
&Update Options:
更新选项(&U):
Enter the global options.
输入全局选项。
<b>Global Options</b>
<p>Enter the global options.</p>
<b>全局选项</b>
<p>输入全局选项。</p>
VcsMercurialPlugin
Version Control - Mercurial
Mercurial
VcsPage
<b>Configure Version Control Systems</b>
<b>配置版本控制系统</b>
Close VCS dialog automatically, if no error occured
如果没有错误发生,则自动关闭版本控制系统对话框
Commit
提交
Select, if files should be saved before a commit
选择是否在提交前保存文件
Save files upon commit
提交时保存文件
Select, if project should be saved before a commit
选择是否在提交前保存项目
Save project upon commit
提交时保存项目
Status Monitor
状态监视器
Select the interval in seconds for VCS status updates (0 to disable)
以秒为单位选择版本控制系统状态更新的时间间隔(0 为不更新)
sec
秒
Select to monitor local status only (if supported by VCS)
选择只监视本地状态(如果版本控制系统支持)
Monitor local status only
只监视本地状态
Colours
颜色
VCS status "added":
版本控制系统状态“已添加”:
Select the background colour for entries with VCS status "added".
为版本控制系统状态“已添加”条目选择背景色。
VCS status "conflict":
版本控制系统状态“冲突”:
Select the background colour for entries with VCS status "conflict".
为版本控制系统状态“冲突”条目选择背景色。
VCS status "modified":
版本控制系统状态“已修改”:
Select the background colour for entries with VCS status "modified".
为版本控制系统状态“已修改”条目选择背景色。
VCS status "replaced":
版本控制系统状态“已替换”:
Select the background colour for entries with VCS status "replaced".
为版本控制系统状态“已替换”条目选择背景色。
VCS status "needs update":
版本控制系统状态“需更新”:
Select the background colour for entries with VCS status "needs update".
为版本控制系统状态“需更新”条目选择背景色。
Select to enable automatic updates
Automatic updates enabled
VCS status "removed":
Select the background colour for entries with VCS status "removed".
VcsProjectBrowserHelper
Remove from repository (and disk)
从储存库(和磁盘)中移除
Do you really want to remove these translation files from the repository (and disk)?
确定要从储存库(和磁盘)中移除翻译文件?
Do you really want to remove these files/directories from the repository (and disk)?
确定要从储存库(和磁盘)中移除这些文件/文件夹?
VcsProjectHelper
New from repository
从储存库新建
&New from repository...
从储存库新建(&N)……
Create a new project from the VCS repository
从版本控制系统储存库创建新项目
<b>New from repository</b><p>This creates a new local project from the VCS repository.</p>
<b>从储存库新建</b><p>从版本控制系统储存库中创建新的本地项目。</p>
Export from repository
从储存库导出
&Export from repository...
从储存库导出(&E)……
Export a project from the repository
从储存库中导出一个项目
<b>Export from repository</b><p>This exports a project from the repository.</p>
<b>从储存库导出</b><p>从储存库导出一个项目。</p>
Add to repository
添加到储存库
&Add to repository...
添加到储存库(&A)……
Add the local project to the VCS repository
将本地项目添加到版本控制系统储存库中
<b>Add to repository</b><p>This adds (imports) the local project to the VCS repository.</p>
<b>添加到储存库</b><p>将本地项目添加(导入)到版本控制系统储存库中。</p>
New Project
新建项目
Select version control system for the project
为项目选择版本控制系统
Would you like to edit the VCS command options?
是否编辑版本控制系统命令选项?
Create project directory
创建项目文件夹
New project from repository
从储存库新建项目
Select a project file to open.
选择要打开的项目文件
Shall the project file be added to the repository?
是否将项目文件添加到储存库?
The project could not be retrieved from the repository.
无法从储存库中检索项目。
Import Project
导入项目
Remove project from repository
从储存库中移除项目
Dou you really want to remove this project from the repository (and disk)?
确定要从储存库(磁盘)中移除该项目?
Update
更新
The project should be reread. Do this now?
<p>The project directory <b>{0}</b> could not be created.</p>
The project retrieved from the repository does not contain an eric project file (*.e4p). Create it?
Switch
转换
VcsPySvnPlugin
Subversion (pysvn)
版本控制(pysvn)
Version Control - Subversion (pysvn)
版本控制 - 版本控制(pysvn)
Subversion
版本控制
VcsRepositoryInfoDialog
Repository Information
储存库信息
VcsStatusMonitorThread
Waiting for lock
等待闭锁
Checking repository status
检查储存库状态
Sending data
发送数据
Timed out waiting for lock
等待闭锁超时
VcsSubversionPlugin
Subversion (svn)
版本控制(svn)
Version Control - Subversion (svn)
版本控制 - 版本控制(svn)
Subversion
版本控制
VersionControl
Process Generation Error
进程生成错误
Repository status checking is switched off
储存库状态检查被关闭
The process {0} could not be started. Ensure, that it is in the search path.
ViewManager
New
新建
&New
新建(&N)
Ctrl+N
File|New
Ctrl+N
Open an empty editor window
打开一个空白编辑器窗口
<b>New</b><p>An empty editor window will be created.</p>
<b>新建</b><p>创建一个空白编辑器窗口。</p>
Open
打开
&Open...
打开(&O)……
Ctrl+O
File|Open
Ctrl+O
Open a file
打开一个文件
<b>Open a file</b><p>You will be asked for the name of a file to be opened in an editor window.</p>
<b>打开一个文件</b><p>在编辑器窗口中打开一个文件时将询问文件名称。</p>
Close
关闭
&Close
关闭(&C)
Ctrl+W
File|Close
Ctrl+W
Close the current window
关闭当前窗口
<b>Close Window</b><p>Close the current window.</p>
<b>关闭窗口</b><p>关闭当前窗口。</p>
Close All
全部关闭
Clos&e All
全部关闭(&e)
Close all editor windows
关闭所有编辑器窗口
<b>Close All Windows</b><p>Close all editor windows.</p>
<b>关闭所有窗口</b><p>关闭所有编辑器窗口。</p>
Save
保存
&Save
保存(&S)
Ctrl+S
File|Save
Ctrl+S
Save the current file
保存当前文件
<b>Save File</b><p>Save the contents of current editor window.</p>
<b>保存文件</b><p>保存当前编辑器窗口的内容。</p>
Save as
另存为
Save &as...
另存为(&a)……
Shift+Ctrl+S
File|Save As
Shift+Ctrl+S
Save the current file to a new one
将当前文件保存到一个新文件中
<b>Save File as</b><p>Save the contents of current editor window to a new file. The file can be entered in a file selection dialog.</p>
<b>文件另存为</b><p>将当前编辑器窗口的内容保存到一个新文件中。可以在文件选择对话框中输入该文件。</p>
Save all
全部保存
Save all files
保存所有文件
<b>Save All Files</b><p>Save the contents of all editor windows.</p>
<b>保存所有文件</b><p>保存所有编辑器窗口的内容。</p>
Print
打印
&Print
打印(&P)
Ctrl+P
File|Print
Ctrl+P
Print the current file
打印当前文件
<b>Print File</b><p>Print the contents of current editor window.</p>
<b>打印文件</b><p>打印当前编辑器窗口中的内容。</p>
Print Preview
打印预览
Print preview of the current file
当前文件的打印预览
<b>Print Preview</b><p>Print preview of the current editor window.</p>
<b>打印预览</b><p>当前编辑器窗口的打印预览。</p>
Search File
搜索文件
Search &File...
搜索文件(&F)……
Alt+Ctrl+F
File|Search File
Alt+Ctrl+F
Search for a file
搜索一个文件
<b>Search File</b><p>Search for a file.</p>
<b>搜索文件</b><p>搜索一个文件。</p>
&File
文件(&F)
Open &Recent Files
打开最近的文件(&R)
Open &Bookmarked Files
打开已设置书签的文件(&B)
File
文件
Export as
导出为
Undo
撤消
&Undo
撤消(&U)
Ctrl+Z
Edit|Undo
Ctrl+Z
Alt+Backspace
Edit|Undo
Alt+Backspace
Undo the last change
撤消最后一次更改
<b>Undo</b><p>Undo the last change done in the current editor.</p>
<b>撤消</b><p>在当前编辑器中撤消最后一次更改。</p>
Redo
重做
&Redo
重做(&R)
Ctrl+Shift+Z
Edit|Redo
Ctrl+Shift+Z
Redo the last change
重做最后一次更改
<b>Redo</b><p>Redo the last change done in the current editor.</p>
<b>重做</b><p>在当前编辑器中重做最后一次更改。</p>
Revert to last saved state
还原到最后保存的状态
Re&vert to last saved state
还原到最后保存的状态(&v)
Ctrl+Y
Edit|Revert
Ctrl+Y
<b>Revert to last saved state</b><p>Undo all changes up to the last saved state of the current editor.</p>
<b>还原到最后保存的状态</b><p>撤消所有更改到当前编辑器的最后保存状态。</p>
Cut
剪切
Cu&t
剪切(&t)
Ctrl+X
Edit|Cut
Ctrl+X
Shift+Del
Edit|Cut
Shift+Del
Cut the selection
剪切所选内容
<b>Cut</b><p>Cut the selected text of the current editor to the clipboard.</p>
<b>剪切</b><p>将当前编辑器所选内容剪切到剪贴板中。</p>
Copy
复制
&Copy
复制(&C)
Ctrl+C
Edit|Copy
Ctrl+C
Ctrl+Ins
Edit|Copy
Ctrl+Ins
Copy the selection
复制所选内容
<b>Copy</b><p>Copy the selected text of the current editor to the clipboard.</p>
<b>复制</b><p>将当前编辑器所选内容复制到剪贴板中。</p>
Paste
粘贴
&Paste
粘贴(&P)
Ctrl+V
Edit|Paste
Ctrl+V
Shift+Ins
Edit|Paste
Shift+Ins
Paste the last cut/copied text
粘贴最近剪切或复制的文本
<b>Paste</b><p>Paste the last cut/copied text from the clipboard to the current editor.</p>
<b>粘贴</b><p>将最近剪切或复制的文本从剪贴板粘贴到当前编辑器中。</p>
Clear
清除
Alt+Shift+C
Edit|Clear
Alt+Shift+C
Clear all text
清除所有文本
<b>Clear</b><p>Delete all text of the current editor.</p>
<b>清除</b><p>删除当前编辑器中的所有文本。</p>
Indent
缩进
&Indent
缩进(&I)
Ctrl+I
Edit|Indent
Ctrl+I
Indent line
缩进行
<b>Indent</b><p>Indents the current line or the lines of the selection by one level.</p>
<b>缩进</b><p>将当前行或所选择的行缩进一级。</p>
Unindent
取消缩进
U&nindent
取消缩进(&U)
Ctrl+Shift+I
Edit|Unindent
Ctrl+Shift+I
Unindent line
取消缩进行
<b>Unindent</b><p>Unindents the current line or the lines of the selection by one level.</p>
<b>取消缩进</b><p>将当前行或所选择的行取消缩进一级。</p>
Smart indent
智能缩进
Ctrl+Alt+I
Edit|Smart indent
Ctrl+Alt+I
Smart indent Line or Selection
智能缩进行或所选内容
<b>Smart indent</b><p>Indents the current line or the lines of the current selection smartly.</p>
<b>智能缩进</b><p>对当前行或当前选择的行进行智能缩进。</p>
Comment
注释
C&omment
注释(&o)
Ctrl+M
Edit|Comment
Ctrl+M
Comment Line or Selection
注释行或所选内容
<b>Comment</b><p>Comments the current line or the lines of the current selection.</p>
<b>注释</b><p>注释当前行或当前选择的多行。</p>
Uncomment
取消注释
Unco&mment
取消注释(&m)
Alt+Ctrl+M
Edit|Uncomment
Alt+Ctrl+M
Uncomment Line or Selection
取消注释行或所选内容
<b>Uncomment</b><p>Uncomments the current line or the lines of the current selection.</p>
<b>取消注释</b><p>取消注释当前行或当前选择的多行。</p>
Stream Comment
流注释
Stream Comment Line or Selection
流注释行或所选内容
<b>Stream Comment</b><p>Stream comments the current line or the current selection.</p>
<b>流注释</b><p>对当前行或当前所选内容进行流注释。</p>
Box Comment
块注释
Box Comment Line or Selection
块注释行或所选内容
<b>Box Comment</b><p>Box comments the current line or the lines of the current selection.</p>
<b>块注释</b><p>对当前行或当前所选内容进行块注释。</p>
Select to brace
选择括号内容
Select to &brace
选择括号内容(&b)
Ctrl+E
Edit|Select to brace
Ctrl+E
Select text to the matching brace
选择成对括号中的文本
<b>Select to brace</b><p>Select text of the current editor to the matching brace.</p>
<b>选择括号内容</b><p>选择当前编辑器中成对括号中的文本。</p>
Select all
全选
&Select all
全选(&S)
Ctrl+A
Edit|Select all
Ctrl+A
Select all text
选择所有文本
<b>Select All</b><p>Select all text of the current editor.</p>
<b>全选</b><p>选择当前编辑器中的所有文本。</p>
Deselect all
全部取消选择
&Deselect all
全部取消选择(&D)
Alt+Ctrl+A
Edit|Deselect all
Alt+Ctrl+A
Deselect all text
所有文本都不选择
<b>Deselect All</b><p>Deselect all text of the current editor.</p>
<b>取消全选</b><p>取消选择当前编辑器中的所有文本。</p>
Convert Line End Characters
转换行尾符
Convert &Line End Characters
转换行尾符(&L)
<b>Convert Line End Characters</b><p>Convert the line end characters to the currently set type.</p>
<b>转换行尾符</b><p>将行尾符转换成当前设置的类型。</p>
Shorten empty lines
缩减空行
<b>Shorten empty lines</b><p>Shorten lines consisting solely of whitespace characters.</p>
<b>缩减空行</b><p>缩减只包含空白符号的多行。</p>
Autocomplete
自动完成
&Autocomplete
自动完成(&A)
Ctrl+Space
Edit|Autocomplete
Ctrl+Space
Autocomplete current word
自动完成当前单词
<b>Autocomplete</b><p>Performs an autocompletion of the word containing the cursor.</p>
<b>自动完成</b><p>对包含当前光标的单词应用自动完成功能。</p>
Autocomplete from Document
根据文档自动完成
Ctrl+Shift+Space
Edit|Autocomplete from Document
Ctrl+Shift+Space
Autocomplete current word from Document
根据文档自动完成当前单词
<b>Autocomplete from Document</b><p>Performs an autocompletion from document of the word containing the cursor.</p>
<b>根据文档自动完成</b><p>根据文档对包含光标的单词应用自动完成功能。</p>
Autocomplete from APIs
根据 API 自动完成
Ctrl+Alt+Space
Edit|Autocomplete from APIs
Ctrl+Alt+Space
Autocomplete current word from APIs
根据 API 自动完成当前单词
<b>Autocomplete from APIs</b><p>Performs an autocompletion from APIs of the word containing the cursor.</p>
<b>根据 API 自动完成</b><p>根据 API 对包含光标的单词应用自动完成功能。</p>
Autocomplete from Document and APIs
根据文档和 API 自动完成
Alt+Shift+Space
Edit|Autocomplete from Document and APIs
Alt+Shift+Space
Autocomplete current word from Document and APIs
根据文档和 API 自动完成当前单词
<b>Autocomplete from Document and APIs</b><p>Performs an autocompletion from document and APIs of the word containing the cursor.</p>
<b>根据文档和 API 自动完成</b><p>根据文档和 API 对包含光标的单词应用自动完成功能。</p>
Calltip
调用提示
&Calltip
调用提示(&C)
Alt+Space
Edit|Calltip
Alt+Space
Show Calltips
显示调用提示
<b>Calltip</b><p>Show calltips based on the characters immediately to the left of the cursor.</p>
<b>调用提示</b><p>根据光标左边的字符即时显示调用提示。</p>
Move left one character
左移一个字符
Left
Left
Move right one character
右移一个字符
Right
Right
Move up one line
上移一行
Up
Up
Move down one line
下移一行
Down
Down
Move left one word part
左移一个单词部分
Alt+Left
Alt+Left
Move right one word part
右移一个单词部分
Alt+Right
Alt+Right
Move left one word
左移一个词距
Ctrl+Left
Ctrl+Left
Move right one word
右移一个词距
Ctrl+Right
Ctrl+Right
Home
Home
Alt+Home
Alt+Home
End
End
Scroll view down one line
视图向下滚动一行
Ctrl+Down
Ctrl+Down
Scroll view up one line
视图向上滚动一行
Ctrl+Up
Ctrl+Up
Move up one paragraph
上移一段
Alt+Up
Alt+Up
Move down one paragraph
下移一段
Alt+Down
Alt+Down
Move up one page
上移一页
PgUp
PgUp
Move down one page
下移一页
PgDown
PgDown
Ctrl+Home
Ctrl+Home
Ctrl+End
Ctrl+End
Indent one level
缩进一级
Tab
Tab 键
Unindent one level
取消缩进一级
Shift+Tab
Shift+Tab
Extend selection left one character
选区向左扩展一个字符
Shift+Left
Shift+Left
Extend selection right one character
选区向右扩展一个字符
Shift+Right
Shift+Right
Extend selection up one line
选区向上扩展一行
Shift+Up
Shift+Up
Extend selection down one line
选区向下扩展一行
Shift+Down
Shift+Down
Extend selection left one word part
选区向左扩展一个单词部分
Alt+Shift+Left
Alt+Shift+Left
Extend selection right one word part
选区向右扩展一个单词部分
Alt+Shift+Right
Alt+Shift+Right
Extend selection left one word
选区向左扩展一个单词
Ctrl+Shift+Left
Ctrl+Shift+Left
Extend selection right one word
选区向右扩展一个单词
Ctrl+Shift+Right
Ctrl+Shift+Right
Shift+Home
Shift+Home
Alt+Shift+Home
Alt+Shift+Home
Shift+End
Shift+End
Extend selection up one paragraph
选区向上扩展一段
Alt+Shift+Up
Alt+Shift+Up
Extend selection down one paragraph
选区向下扩展一段
Alt+Shift+Down
Alt+Shift+Down
Extend selection up one page
选区向上扩展一页
Shift+PgUp
Shift+PgUp
Extend selection down one page
选区向下扩展一页
Shift+PgDown
Shift+PgDown
Ctrl+Shift+Home
Ctrl+Shift+Home
Ctrl+Shift+End
Ctrl+Shift+End
Delete previous character
删除前一个字符
Backspace
Backspace
Shift+Backspace
Shift+Backspace
Delete current character
删除当前字符
Del
Del
Delete word to left
向左删除一个单词
Ctrl+Backspace
Ctrl+Backspace
Delete word to right
向右删除一个单词
Ctrl+Del
Ctrl+Del
Delete line to left
向左删除一行
Ctrl+Shift+Backspace
Ctrl+Shift+Backspace
Delete line to right
向右删除一行
Ctrl+Shift+Del
Ctrl+Shift+Del
Insert new line
插入新行
Return
Return
Enter
Enter
Insert new line below current line
在当前行之上插入新行
Shift+Return
Shift+Return
Shift+Enter
Shift+Enter
Delete current line
删除当前行
Ctrl+Shift+L
Ctrl+Shift+L
Duplicate current line
重复当前行
Ctrl+D
Ctrl+D
Swap current and previous lines
当前行与上一行交换位置
Ctrl+T
Ctrl+T
Cut current line
剪切当前行
Alt+Shift+L
Alt+Shift+L
Copy current line
复制当前行
Ctrl+Shift+T
Ctrl+Shift+T
Toggle insert/overtype
切换插入/改写状态
Ins
Ins
Convert selection to lower case
将所选内容转换成小写
Alt+Shift+U
Alt+Shift+U
Convert selection to upper case
将所选内容转换成大写
Ctrl+Shift+U
Ctrl+Shift+U
Alt+End
Alt+End
Formfeed
Formfeed
Escape
Escape
Esc
Esc
Extend rectangular selection down one line
矩形选区向下扩展一行
Alt+Ctrl+Down
Alt+Ctrl+Down
Extend rectangular selection up one line
矩形选区向上扩展一行
Alt+Ctrl+Up
Alt+Ctrl+Up
Extend rectangular selection left one character
矩形选区向左扩展一个字符
Alt+Ctrl+Left
Alt+Ctrl+Left
Extend rectangular selection right one character
矩形选区向右扩展一个字符
Alt+Ctrl+Right
Alt+Ctrl+Right
Extend rectangular selection up one page
矩形选区向上扩展一页
Extend rectangular selection down one page
矩形选区向下扩展一页
Duplicate current selection
重复当前选区
Ctrl+Shift+D
Ctrl+Shift+D
&Search
搜索(&S)
&Edit
编辑(&E)
Edit
编辑
Search
搜索
&Search...
搜索(&S)……
Ctrl+F
Search|Search
Ctrl+F
Search for a text
搜索文本
<b>Search</b><p>Search for some text in the current editor. A dialog is shown to enter the searchtext and options for the search.</p>
<b>搜索</b><p>在当前编辑器中搜索某文本。显示一个对话框可以输入要搜索的文本和搜索选项。</p>
Search next
搜索下一个
Search &next
搜索下一个(&n)
F3
Search|Search next
F3
Search next occurrence of text
搜索下一处文本
<b>Search next</b><p>Search the next occurrence of some text in the current editor. The previously entered searchtext and options are reused.</p>
<b>搜索下一个</b><p>在当前编辑器中搜索某文本下一次出现的位置。仍然使用前面输入的搜索文本和选项。</p>
Search previous
搜索上一个
Search &previous
搜索上一个(&p)
Shift+F3
Search|Search previous
Shift+F3
Search previous occurrence of text
搜索上一处文本
<b>Search previous</b><p>Search the previous occurrence of some text in the current editor. The previously entered searchtext and options are reused.</p>
<b>搜索上一个</b><p>在当前编辑器中搜索某文本上一次出现的位置。仍然使用前面输入的搜索文本和选项。</p>
Clear search markers
清除搜索标记
Ctrl+3
Search|Clear search markers
Ctrl+3
Clear all displayed search markers
清除所有显示的搜索标记
<b>Clear search markers</b><p>Clear all displayed search markers.</p>
<b>清除搜索标记</b><p>清除所有显示的搜索标记。</p>
Replace
替换
&Replace...
替换(&R)……
Ctrl+R
Search|Replace
Ctrl+R
Replace some text
替换某文本
<b>Replace</b><p>Search for some text in the current editor and replace it. A dialog is shown to enter the searchtext, the replacement text and options for the search and replace.</p>
<b>替换</b><p>在当前编辑器搜索某文本并替换之。显示一个对话框可输入搜索文本、替换文本以及搜索替换的选项。</p>
Quicksearch
快速搜索
&Quicksearch
快速搜索(&Q)
Ctrl+Shift+K
Search|Quicksearch
Ctrl+Shift+K
Perform a quicksearch
执行快速搜索
<b>Quicksearch</b><p>This activates the quicksearch function of the IDE by giving focus to the quicksearch entry field. If this field is already active and contains text, it searches for the next occurrence of this text.</p>
<b>快速搜索</b><p>通过给定快速搜索的条目区域激活 IDE 的快速搜索功能。如果该区域已激活并包含文本,则搜索该文本下一次出现的位置。</p>
Quicksearch backwards
向后快速搜索
Quicksearch &backwards
向后快速搜索(&b)
Ctrl+Shift+J
Search|Quicksearch backwards
Ctrl+Shift+J
Perform a quicksearch backwards
执行快速向后搜索
<b>Quicksearch backwards</b><p>This searches the previous occurrence of the quicksearch text.</p>
<b>向后快速搜索</b><p>搜索上一次出现快速搜索文本的位置。</p>
Quicksearch extend
扩展快速搜索
Quicksearch e&xtend
扩展快速搜索(&x)
Ctrl+Shift+H
Search|Quicksearch extend
Ctrl+Shift+H
Extend the quicksearch to the end of the current word
将快速搜索文本扩展到当前文字的末尾
<b>Quicksearch extend</b><p>This extends the quicksearch text to the end of the word currently found.</p>
<b>扩展快速搜索</b><p>将快速搜索文本扩展到当前找到文字的末尾。</p>
Goto Line
跳转行
&Goto Line...
跳转行(&G)……
Ctrl+G
Search|Goto Line
Ctrl+G
<b>Goto Line</b><p>Go to a specific line of text in the current editor. A dialog is shown to enter the linenumber.</p>
<b>跳转行</b><p>跳转到当前编辑器中文本的指定行。显示的对话框可输入行号。</p>
Goto Brace
跳转括号
Goto &Brace
跳转括号(&B)
Ctrl+L
Search|Goto Brace
Ctrl+L
<b>Goto Brace</b><p>Go to the matching brace in the current editor.</p>
<b>跳转括号</b><p>跳转到当前编辑器中匹配的括号处。</p>
Search in Files
在文件中搜索
Search in &Files...
在文件中搜索(&F)……
Shift+Ctrl+F
Search|Search Files
Shift+Ctrl+F
Search for a text in files
在文件中搜索文本
<b>Search in Files</b><p>Search for some text in the files of a directory tree or the project. A dialog is shown to enter the searchtext and options for the search and to display the result.</p>
<b>在文件中搜索</b><p>在项目或目录树的文件中搜索某文本。显示的对话框中可输入搜索文本、搜索和显示结果的选项。</p>
Replace in Files
在文件中替换
Replace in F&iles...
在文件中替换(&i)……
Shift+Ctrl+R
Search|Replace in Files
Shift+Ctrl+R
Search for a text in files and replace it
在文件中搜索文本并替换之
<b>Replace in Files</b><p>Search for some text in the files of a directory tree or the project and replace it. A dialog is shown to enter the searchtext, the replacement text and options for the search and to display the result.</p>
<b>在文件中替换</b><p>在项目或目录树的文件中搜索某文本并替换之。显示的对话框可输入搜索文本、替换文本以及搜索和显示结果的选项。</p>
<p>Enter the searchtext directly into this field. The search will be performed case insensitive. The quicksearch function is activated upon activation of the quicksearch next action (default key Ctrl+Shift+K), if this entry field does not have the input focus. Otherwise it searches for the next occurrence of the text entered. The quicksearch backwards action (default key Ctrl+Shift+J) searches backward. Activating the 'quicksearch extend' action (default key Ctrl+Shift+H) extends the current searchtext to the end of the currently found word. The quicksearch can be ended by pressing the Return key while the quicksearch entry has the the input focus.</p>
<p>将搜索文本直接输入到该区域。搜索区别大小写。如果该输入区域没有输入焦点,则快速搜索功能在“快速搜索下一个”动作(默认键:Ctrl+Shift+K)激活时被激活,否则将搜索输入文本下一次出现的位置。“向后快速搜索”动作(默认键:Ctrl+Shift+J)向后搜索。启动“扩展快速搜索”动作(默认键:Ctrl+Shift+H)将扩展当前搜索文本到当前找到文字的结尾。可在快速搜索条目具有输入焦点时按下回车键以开启快速搜索功能。</p>
Quicksearch Textedit
快速搜索文本编辑
Zoom in
放大
Zoom &in
放大(&i)
Ctrl++
View|Zoom in
Ctrl++
Zoom in on the text
放大显示文本
<b>Zoom in</b><p>Zoom in on the text. This makes the text bigger.</p>
<b>放大</b><p>放大显示文本。将使文本变大。</p>
Zoom out
缩小
Zoom &out
缩小(&o)
Ctrl+-
View|Zoom out
Ctrl+-
Zoom out on the text
缩小显示文本
<b>Zoom out</b><p>Zoom out on the text. This makes the text smaller.</p>
<b>缩小</b><p>缩小显示文本。将使文本变小。</p>
Zoom
缩放
&Zoom
缩放(&Z)
Ctrl+#
View|Zoom
Ctrl+#
Zoom the text
缩放文本
<b>Zoom</b><p>Zoom the text. This opens a dialog where the desired size can be entered.</p>
<b>缩放</b><p>缩放文本。打开一个对话框以输入所需大小。</p>
Toggle all folds
开关所有折叠
Toggle &all folds
开关所有折叠(&a)
<b>Toggle all folds</b><p>Toggle all folds of the current editor.</p>
<b>开关所有折叠</b><p>打开或关闭当前编辑器的所有折叠。</p>
Toggle all folds (including children)
开关所有折叠(包含子项)
Toggle all &folds (including children)
开关所有折叠(&f)(包含子项)
<b>Toggle all folds (including children)</b><p>Toggle all folds of the current editor including all children.</p>
<b>开关所有折叠(包含子项)</b><p>打开或关闭当前编辑器中的所有折叠,包括子折叠。</p>
Toggle current fold
开关当前折叠
Toggle ¤t fold
开关当前折叠(&c)
<b>Toggle current fold</b><p>Toggle the folds of the current line of the current editor.</p>
<b>开关当前折叠</b><p>打开或关闭当前编辑器的当前行中的折叠。</p>
Remove all highlights
取消所有高亮
<b>Remove all highlights</b><p>Remove the highlights of all editors.</p>
<b>取消所有高亮</b><p>取消所有编辑器中的高亮。</p>
Split view
拆分视图
&Split view
拆分视图(&)
Add a split to the view
对视图进行拆分
<b>Split view</b><p>Add a split to the view.</p>
<b>拆分视图</b><p>对视图进行拆分。</p>
Arrange horizontally
水平排列
Arrange &horizontally
水平排列(&h)
Arrange the splitted views horizontally
将拆分的视图进行水平排列
<b>Arrange horizontally</b><p>Arrange the splitted views horizontally.</p>
<b>水平排列</b><p>将拆分的视图进行水平排列。</p>
Remove split
移除拆分
&Remove split
移除拆分(&R)
Remove the current split
移除当前拆分
<b>Remove split</b><p>Remove the current split.</p>
<b>移除拆分</b><p>移除当前拆分。</p>
Next split
下一个拆分
&Next split
下一个拆分(&N)
Ctrl+Alt+N
View|Next split
Ctrl+Alt+N
Move to the next split
移动到下一个拆分中
<b>Next split</b><p>Move to the next split.</p>
<b>下一个拆分</b><p>移动到下一个拆分中。</p>
Previous split
上一个拆分
&Previous split
上一个拆分(&P)
Ctrl+Alt+P
View|Previous split
Ctrl+Alt+P
Move to the previous split
移动到上一个拆分中
<b>Previous split</b><p>Move to the previous split.</p>
<b>上一个拆分</b><p>移动到上一个拆分中。</p>
&View
视图(&V)
View
视图
Start Macro Recording
开始宏录制
S&tart Macro Recording
开始宏录制(&t)
<b>Start Macro Recording</b><p>Start recording editor commands into a new macro.</p>
<b>开始宏录制</b><p>开始将编辑器命令录制到一个新宏中。</p>
Stop Macro Recording
中止宏录制
Sto&p Macro Recording
中止宏录制(&p)
<b>Stop Macro Recording</b><p>Stop recording editor commands into a new macro.</p>
<b>中止宏录制</b><p>中止将编辑器命令录制到一个新宏中。</p>
Run Macro
运行宏
&Run Macro
运行宏(&R)
<b>Run Macro</b><p>Run a previously recorded editor macro.</p>
<b>运行宏</b><p>运行一个已经录制好的编辑器宏。</p>
Delete Macro
删除宏
&Delete Macro
删除宏(&D)
<b>Delete Macro</b><p>Delete a previously recorded editor macro.</p>
<b>删除宏</b><p>删除一个已经录制好的编辑器宏。</p>
Load Macro
载入宏
&Load Macro
载入宏(&L)
<b>Load Macro</b><p>Load an editor macro from a file.</p>
<b>载入宏</b><p>从文件中载入一个编辑器宏。</p>
Save Macro
保存宏
&Save Macro
保存宏(&S)
<b>Save Macro</b><p>Save a previously recorded editor macro to a file.</p>
<b>保存宏</b><p>将前面录制好的编辑器宏保存到一个文件中。</p>
&Macros
宏(&M)
Toggle Bookmark
切换书签
&Toggle Bookmark
切换书签(&T)
Alt+Ctrl+T
Bookmark|Toggle
Alt+Ctrl+T
<b>Toggle Bookmark</b><p>Toggle a bookmark at the current line of the current editor.</p>
<b>切换书签</b><p>在当前编辑器的当前行打开或关闭书签。</p>
Next Bookmark
下一个书签
&Next Bookmark
下一个书签(&N)
Ctrl+PgDown
Bookmark|Next
Ctrl+PgDown
<b>Next Bookmark</b><p>Go to next bookmark of the current editor.</p>
<b>下一个书签</b><p>跳转到当前编辑器的下一个书签处。</p>
Previous Bookmark
上一个书签
&Previous Bookmark
上一个书签(&P)
Ctrl+PgUp
Bookmark|Previous
Ctrl+PgUp
<b>Previous Bookmark</b><p>Go to previous bookmark of the current editor.</p>
<b>上一个书签</b><p>跳转到当前编辑器的上一个书签处。</p>
Clear Bookmarks
清除书签
&Clear Bookmarks
清除书签(&C)
Alt+Ctrl+C
Bookmark|Clear
Alt+Ctrl+C
<b>Clear Bookmarks</b><p>Clear bookmarks of all editors.</p>
<b>清除书签</b><p>清除所有编辑器的书签。</p>
Goto Syntax Error
转到语法错误处
&Goto Syntax Error
转到语法错误处(&G)
<b>Goto Syntax Error</b><p>Go to next syntax error of the current editor.</p>
<b>转到语法错误处</b><p>跳转到当前编辑器的下一个语法错误处。</p>
Clear Syntax Errors
清除语法错误
Clear &Syntax Errors
清除语法错误(&S)
<b>Clear Syntax Errors</b><p>Clear syntax errors of all editors.</p>
<b>清除语法错误</b><p>清除所有编辑器的语法错误。</p>
Next uncovered line
下一个未覆盖行
&Next uncovered line
下一个未覆盖行(&N)
<b>Next uncovered line</b><p>Go to next line of the current editor marked as not covered.</p>
<b>下一个未覆盖行</b><p>跳转到下一个当前编辑器标记为不覆盖的行。</p>
Previous uncovered line
上一个未覆盖行
&Previous uncovered line
上一个未覆盖行(&P)
<b>Previous uncovered line</b><p>Go to previous line of the current editor marked as not covered.</p>
<b>上一个未覆盖行</b><p>跳转到上一个编辑器标记为不覆盖的行。</p>
Next Task
下一个任务
&Next Task
下一个任务(&N)
<b>Next Task</b><p>Go to next line of the current editor having a task.</p>
<b>下一个任务</b><p>跳转到下一个包含任务的当前编辑器的行。</p>
Previous Task
上一个任务
&Previous Task
上一个任务(&P)
<b>Previous Task</b><p>Go to previous line of the current editor having a task.</p>
<b>上一个任务</b><p>跳转到上一个包含任务的当前编辑器的行。</p>
&Bookmarks
书签(&B)
Bookmarks
书签
Shift+F7
Spelling|Spell Check
Shift+F7
Perform spell check of current editor
对当前编辑器进行拼写检查
Automatic spell checking
自动拼写检查
&Automatic spell checking
自动拼写检查(&A)
(De-)Activate automatic spell checking
(不)激活自动拼写检查
<b>Automatic spell checking</b><p>Activate or deactivate the automatic spell checking function of all editors.</p>
<b>自动拼写检查</b><p>激活或不激活所有编辑器的自动拼写检查功能。</p>
Spelling
拼写法
Open files
打开多个文件
File Modified
文件已改变
&Clear
清除(&C)
&Add
添加(&A)
&Edit...
编辑(&E)……
<p>The file <b>{0}</b> has unsaved changes.</p>
Line: {0:5}
Pos: {0:5}
Next warning message
&Next warning message
Previous warning message
&Previous warning message
Clear Warning Messages
Clear &Warning Messages
Join Lines
Ctrl+J
Edit|Join Lines
<b>Join Lines</b><p>Join the current and the next lines.</p>
Goto Last Edit Location
Goto Last &Edit Location
Ctrl+Shift+G
Search|Goto Last Edit Location
<b>Goto Last Edit Location</b><p>Go to the location of the last edit in the current editor.</p>
Goto Previous Method or Class
Ctrl+Shift+Up
Search|Goto Previous Method or Class
Go to the previous method or class definition
<b>Goto Previous Method or Class</b><p>Goes to the line of the previous method or class definition and highlights the name.</p>
Goto Next Method or Class
Ctrl+Shift+Down
Search|Goto Next Method or Class
Go to the next method or class definition
<b>Goto Next Method or Class</b><p>Goes to the line of the next method or class definition and highlights the name.</p>
Preview
Preview the current file in the web browser
<b>Preview</b><p>This opens the web browser with a preview of the current file.</p>
Meta+B
Meta+F
Meta+P
Meta+N
Move to first visible character in document line
Move to start of display line
Move to end of document line
Meta+E
Meta+V
Move to start of document
Move to end of document
Meta+Shift+B
Meta+Shift+F
Meta+Shift+P
Meta+Shift+N
Extend selection to first visible character in document line
Extend selection to end of document line
Meta+Shift+E
Meta+Shift+V
Extend selection to start of document
Ctrl+Shift+Up
Extend selection to end of document
Ctrl+Shift+Down
Meta+H
Delete previous character if not at start of line
Meta+D
Meta+K
Move to end of display line
Extend selection to end of display line
Meta+Alt+Shift+N
Meta+Alt+Shift+P
Meta+Alt+Shift+B
Meta+Alt+Shift+F
Extend rectangular selection to first visible character in document line
Extend rectangular selection to end of document line
Meta+Alt+Shift+E
Alt+Shift+End
Alt+Shift+PgDown
Meta+Alt+Shift+V
Scroll to start of document
Scroll to end of document
Scroll vertically to center current line
Meta+L
Move to end of next word
Extend selection to end of next word
Move to end of previous word
Extend selection to end of previous word
Move to start of document line
Meta+A
Extend selection to start of document line
Meta+Shift+A
Extend rectangular selection to start of document line
Meta+Alt+Shift+A
Extend selection to start of display line
Move to start of display or document line
Extend selection to start of display or document line
Move to first visible character in display or document line
Extend selection to first visible character in display or document line
Move to end of display or document line
Extend selection to end of display or document line
Stuttered move up one page
Stuttered extend selection up one page
Stuttered move down one page
Stuttered extend selection down one page
Delete right to end of next word
Alt+Del
Move selected lines up one line
Move selected lines down one line
Alt+Shift+PgUp
Toggle Comment
Ctrl+Shift+M
Edit|Toggle Comment
Toggle the comment of the current line, selection or comment block
<b>Toggle Comment</b><p>If the current line does not start with a block comment, the current line or selection is commented. If it is already commented, this comment block is uncommented. </p>
Zoom reset
重置缩放
Zoom &reset
Ctrl+0
View|Zoom reset
Ctrl+0
Reset the zoom of the text
<b>Zoom reset</b><p>Reset the zoom of the text. This sets the zoom factor to 100%.</p>
Zoom In
View|Zoom in
Zoom Out
View|Zoom out
Save a&ll
Next Change
&Next Change
<b>Next Change</b><p>Go to next line of the current editor having a change marker.</p>
Previous Change
&Previous Change
<b>Previous Change</b><p>Go to previous line of the current editor having a change marker.</p>
Check spelling
拼写检查
Check &spelling...
<b>Check spelling</b><p>Perform a spell check of the current editor.</p>
Edit Dictionary
Project Word List
Project Exception List
User Word List
User Exception List
Edit Spelling Dictionary
Editing {0}
<p>The spelling dictionary file <b>{0}</b> could not be read.</p><p>Reason: {1}</p>
<p>The spelling dictionary file <b>{0}</b> could not be written.</p><p>Reason: {1}</p>
The spelling dictionary was saved successfully.
Search current word forward
Ctrl+.
Search|Search current word forward
Search next occurrence of the current word
<b>Search current word forward</b><p>Search the next occurrence of the current word of the current editor.</p>
Search current word backward
Ctrl+,
Search|Search current word backward
Search previous occurrence of the current word
<b>Search current word backward</b><p>Search the previous occurrence of the current word of the current editor.</p>
Search in Open Files
Search in Open Files...
Meta+Ctrl+Alt+F
Search|Search Open Files
Search for a text in open files
<b>Search in Open Files</b><p>Search for some text in the currently opened files. A dialog is shown to enter the searchtext and options for the search and to display the result.</p>
Replace in Open Files
Meta+Ctrl+Alt+R
Search|Replace in Open Files
Search for a text in open files and replace it
<b>Replace in Open Files</b><p>Search for some text in the currently opened files and replace it. A dialog is shown to enter the searchtext, the replacement text and options for the search and to display the result.</p>
Replace in Open Files...
Sort
Ctrl+Alt+S
Edit|Sort
Sort the lines containing the rectangular selection
<b>Sort</b><p>Sort the lines spanned by a rectangular selection based on the selection ignoring leading and trailing whitespace.</p>
Language: {0}
EOL Mode: {0}
New Document View
New &Document View
Open a new view of the current document
<b>New Document View</b><p>Opens a new view of the current document. Both views show the same document. However, the cursors may be positioned independently.</p>
New Document View (with new split)
Open a new view of the current document in a new split
<b>New Document View</b><p>Opens a new view of the current document in a new split. Both views show the same document. However, the cursors may be positioned independently.</p>
<b>Next warning message</b><p>Go to next line of the current editor having a pyflakes warning.</p>
<b>Previous warning message</b><p>Go to previous line of the current editor having a pyflakes warning.</p>
<b>Clear Warning Messages</b><p>Clear pyflakes warning messages of all editors.</p>
Meta+Alt+Space
Edit|Calltip
ViewProfileSidebarsDialog
Configure View Profiles
配置视图模式
Select the windows, that should be visible, when the different profiles are active.
选择在不同的模式中要激活的窗口,应该是可见的窗口。
&Edit Profile
编辑模式(&E)
Left Sidebar
Bottom Sidebar
&Debug Profile
调试模式(&D)
Right Sidebar
ViewProfileToolboxesDialog
Configure View Profiles
配置视图模式
Select the windows, that should be visible, when the different profiles are active.
选择在不同的模式中要激活的窗口,应该是可见的窗口。
&Edit Profile
编辑模式(&E)
Horizontal Toolbox
横向工具箱
&Debug Profile
调试模式(&D)
Left Toolbox
Right Toolbox
ViewmanagerPage
<b>Configure viewmanager</b>
<b>配置视图管理器</b>
<font color="#FF0000"><b>Note:</b> This setting is activated at the next startup of the application.</font>
<font color="#FF0000"><b>注意:</b> 该设置将在下次启动应用程序时生效。</font>
Window view:
窗口视图:
Select the window view type.
选择窗口视图类型。
The kind of window view can be selected from this list. The picture below gives an example of the selected view type.
可从列表中选择窗口视图的类型。下面的图片给出所选视图类型的实例。
Preview of selected window view
所选窗口视图的预览
This displays a small preview of the selected window view. This is the way the source windows are displayed in the application.
显示所选窗口视图的小型预览。也是源代码窗口在应用程序中显示的方式。
Tabbed View
分页视图
Filename Length of Tab:
页标签中的文件名长度:
Enter the number of characters to be shown in the tab.
输入要显示在页标签中的字符数。
Select to display the filename only
选择只显示文件名
Show filename only
只显示文件名
Recent Files
最近的文件
Number of recent files:
最近文件的数目:
Enter the number of recent files to remember
输入要记住的最近文件数目
VirusTotalAPI
Request limit has been reached.
Invalid key given.
Requested item is not present.
VmListspacePlugin
Listspace
列表区
VmTabviewPlugin
Tabbed View
分页视图
WatchPointModel
Condition
条件
Special
特殊的
Temporary
临时的
Enabled
已开启
Ignore Count
忽略计数
WatchPointViewer
Watchpoints
监视点
Add
添加
Edit...
编辑……
Enable
允许
Enable all
允许所有
Disable
禁止
Disable all
禁止所有
Delete
删除
Delete all
全部删除
Configure...
配置……
Enable selected
允许所选择的
Disable selected
禁止所选择的
Delete selected
删除所选择的
Watch expression already exists
监视表达式已存在
<p>A watch expression '<b>{0}</b>' already exists.</p>
<p>A watch expression '<b>{0}</b>' for the variable <b>{1}</b> already exists.</p>
WebDatabasesDialog
Web SQL Databases
Press to remove the selected entries
&Remove
移除(&R)
Press to remove all entries
Remove &All
Enter search term for databases
WebDatabasesModel
Name
名称
Size
大小
Local
{0} ({1})
bytes
字节
kB
千字节
MB
兆字节
WidgetArea
Load UI File
载入 UI 文件
<p>The file <b>{0}</b> could not be loaded.</p>
WidgetView
Load UI File
载入 UI 文件
<p>The file <b>{0}</b> could not be loaded.</p>
XMLStreamReaderBase
XML parse error
Pickle data encoding '{0}' is not supported.
<p>XML parse error in file <b>{0}</b>, line {1}, column {2}</p><p>Error: {3}</p>
File format version '{0}' is not supported.
Bad value: {0}
XbelImporter
Please choose the file to begin importing bookmarks.
XBEL Bookmarks
File '{0}' does not exist.
XBEL Import
Imported {0}
You can import bookmarks from any browser that supports XBEL exporting. This file has usually the extension .xbel or .xml.
Konqueror stores its bookmarks in the <b>bookmarks.xml</b> XML file. This file is usually located in
Error when importing bookmarks on line {0}, column {1}:
{2}
Konqueror Import
eric6 Web Browser stores its bookmarks in the <b>{0}</b> XML file. This file is usually located in
eric6 Web Browser Import
XbelReader
The file is not an XBEL version 1.0 file.
Unknown title
ZoomDialog
Zoom
缩放
Zoom &Factor:
缩放比例(&F):
Enter zoom factor
输入缩放比例
<b>Zoom Factor</b>
<p>Enter the desired zoom factor here. The zoom factor
may be between -10 and +20 and is the increment that is
added to the size of the fonts used in the editor windows.</p>
<b>缩放比例</b>
<p>在此输入所需绽放比例。缩放比例界于 -10 到 +20 之间,是添加到编辑器窗口中所使用字体的尺寸上的增量。</p>
eric6
Starting...
Generating Main Window...
正在产生主窗口……
mercurial
<tr><td><b>Parent #{0}</b></td><td></td></tr>
<tr><td><b>Changeset</b></td><td>{1}</td></tr>
<tr><td><b>Tags</b></td><td>{0}</td></tr>
<tr><td><b>Branches</b></td><td>{0}</td></tr>
<tr><td><b>Last author</b></td><td>{0}</td></tr>
<tr><td><b>Committed date</b></td><td>{1}</td></tr>
<tr><td><b>Committed time</b></td><td>{2}</td></tr>
<tr><td><b>Tip</b></td><td></td></tr>
<tr><td><b>Changeset</b></td><td>{0}</td></tr>
<tr><td><b>Parents</b></td><td>{0}</td></tr>
<tr><td><b>Last author</b></td><td>{0}</td></tr>
<tr><td><b>Committed date</b></td><td>{1}</td></tr>
<tr><td><b>Committed time</b></td><td>{2}</td></tr>
</table></p>
<tr><td><b>Bookmarks</b></td><td>{0}</td></tr>
<h3>Repository information</h3>
<p><table>
<tr><td><b>Mercurial V.</b></td><td>{0}</td></tr>
<tr></tr>
<tr><td><b>URL</b></td><td>{1}</td></tr>
{2}</table></p>
pep8
indentation contains mixed spaces and tabs
indentation is not a multiple of four
expected an indented block
unexpected indentation
indentation contains tabs
whitespace after '{0}'
whitespace before '{0}'
multiple spaces before operator
multiple spaces after operator
tab before operator
tab after operator
missing whitespace around operator
missing whitespace after '{0}'
multiple spaces after '{0}'
tab after '{0}'
at least two spaces before inline comment
inline comment should start with '# '
trailing whitespace
no newline at end of file
blank line contains whitespace
expected 1 blank line, found 0
expected 2 blank lines, found {0}
too many blank lines ({0})
blank lines found after function decorator
blank line at end of file
multiple imports on one line
.has_key() is deprecated, use 'in'
deprecated form of raising exception
'<>' is deprecated, use '!='
backticks are deprecated, use 'repr()'
multiple statements on one line (colon)
multiple statements on one line (semicolon)
continuation line indentation is not a multiple of four
continuation line missing indentation or outdented
closing bracket does not match indentation of opening bracket's line
closing bracket does not match visual indentation
continuation line over-indented for hanging indent
continuation line over-indented for visual indent
continuation line under-indented for visual indent
closing bracket is missing indentation
missing whitespace around arithmetic operator
missing whitespace around bitwise or shift operator
missing whitespace around modulo operator
unexpected spaces around keyword / parameter equals
multiple spaces after keyword
multiple spaces before keyword
tab after keyword
tab before keyword
line too long ({0} > {1} characters)
the backslash is redundant between brackets
statement ends with a semicolon
comparison to {0} should be {1}
do not compare types, use 'isinstance()'
{0}: {1}
continuation line with same indent as next logical line
visually indented line with same indent as next logical line
continuation line unaligned for hanging indent
block comment should start with '# '
test for membership should be 'not in'
test for object identity should be 'is not'
{0}
pyFlakes
{0!r} imported but unused.
Redefinition of unused {0!r} from line {1!r}.
Import {0!r} from line {1!r} shadowed by loop variable.
'from {0} import *' used; unable to detect undefined names.
Undefined name {0!r}.
Undefined name {0!r} in __all__.
Local variable {0!r} (defined in enclosing scope on line {1!r}) referenced before assignment.
Duplicate argument {0!r} in function definition.
Redefinition of {0!r} from line {1!r}.
Future import(s) {0!r} after other statements.
Local variable {0!r} is assigned to but never used.
List comprehension redefines {0!r} from line {1!r}.
Syntax error detected in doctest.
no message defined for code '{0}'
'return' with argument inside generator
subversion
unknown
未知
<h3>Repository information</h3><table><tr><td><b>Subversion V.</b></td><td>{0}</td></tr><tr><td><b>URL</b></td><td>{1}</td></tr><tr><td><b>Current revision</b></td><td>{2}</td></tr><tr><td><b>Committed revision</b></td><td>{3}</td></tr><tr><td><b>Committed date</b></td><td>{4}</td></tr><tr><td><b>Comitted time</b></td><td>{5}</td></tr><tr><td><b>Last author</b></td><td>{6}</td></tr></table>
<h3>Repository information</h3><table><tr><td><b>PySvn V.</b></td><td>{0}</td></tr><tr><td><b>Subversion V.</b></td><td>{1}</td></tr><tr><td><b>Subversion API V.</b></td><td>{2}</td></tr><tr><td><b>URL</b></td><td>{3}</td></tr><tr><td><b>Current revision</b></td><td>{4}</td></tr><tr><td><b>Committed revision</b></td><td>{5}</td></tr><tr><td><b>Committed date</b></td><td>{6}</td></tr><tr><td><b>Comitted time</b></td><td>{7}</td></tr><tr><td><b>Last author</b></td><td>{8}</td></tr></table>
eric6-6.0.8/eric/i18n/PaxHeaders.20306/eric6_zh_CN.GB2312.qm 0000644 0000000 0000000 00000000132 12355743211 017217 x ustar 00 30 mtime=1404552841.316267344
30 atime=1438509823.927428873
30 ctime=1438509828.074433061
eric6-6.0.8/eric/i18n/eric6_zh_CN.GB2312.qm 0000644 0001750 0000144 00002302643 12355743211 020204 0 ustar 00detlev users 0000000 0000000